You are on page 1of 325

the EOG

Grade 8 StudyText
Copyright © by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Except as permitted
under the United States Copyright Act, no part of this publication may be reproduced or
distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a database or retrieval system, without
the prior permission of the publisher.

Send all inquiries to:


Glencoe/McGraw-Hill
8787 Orion Place
Columbus, OH 43240-4027

ISBN: 978-0-07-890677-0 North Carolina Mastering the EOG, Grade 8


MHID: 0-07-890677-6

Printed in the United States of America.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 HSO 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
Contents in Brief

Using Your North Carolina StudyText . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v

Commonly-Used Mathematics Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi

Chapter-by-Chapter Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

North Carolina Essential Standards, Mathematics Grade 8 . . . . . . . . . .xvii

Chapter Resources
1 Algebra: Integers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Algebra: Rational Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4 Proportions and Similarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5 Percent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
6 Geometry and Spatial Reasoning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7 Measurement: Area and Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8 More Equations and Inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

9 Algebra: Linear Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157


10 Algebra: Nonlinear Functions and Polynomials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
11 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
12 Probability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Mastering the EOG


Diagnostic Test: Student Answer Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A1
Diagnostic Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3
Practice by Essential Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A17
Countdown to EOG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A47
Practice Test: Student Answer Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A53
Practice Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A55

North Carolina, Grade 8 iii


Using Your North Carolina StudyText

North Carolina Mastering the EOG, Grade 8 Mathematics StudyText is a


practice workbook designed to help you master the North Carolina Essential
Standards for Grade 8 Mathematics. It is divided into two sections.

Chapter Resources
• The Chapter-by-Chapter Contents lists all of the chapter resources, which
Essential Standard(s) they address, and where to go in your textbook if you
need more explanation.
• Each chapter begins with two activities. The Anticipation Guide is an
informal assessment of what you may think you know about the topics in the
chapter. This can help you determine how well you are prepared for the content
of the chapter. The Family Activity is a problem-solving opportunity to
practice at home. Each question has a full solution to help you check your work.
• The chapter contains four pages for each Key Lesson in for the chapter. Your
teacher may ask you to complete one or more of these worksheets as an
assignment in addition to your work in your textbook.
• Each worksheet is labeled with the Essential Standard(s) that it practices.

Mastering the EOG


This section of your StudyText is composed of different types of assessment and
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

practice to prepare you for taking the EOG.


• The Diagnostic Test can help you determine which Essential Standards you
might need to review before taking the EOG. After taking the Diagnostic Test,
your teacher can tell you which standard(s) you need to review.
• The Practice by Essential Standard gives you more practice problems to
help you become a better test-taker. The problems are organized by Essential
Standard and can be used as review on a particular standard or as a general
review of all the standards.
• Countdown to EOG gives you one practice question per day for the six weeks
prior to the EOG.
• The Practice Test can be used to simulate what the Grade 8 EOG
mathematics test might be like so that you will be better prepared to take the
EOG in the spring.

Know Your Formulas


On the next page you will see a list of formulas that are commonly used in
the problems you solve in geometry in Grade 8. You can become a better
problem-solver if you know these formulas by heart and do not have to look
them up each time you need them to solve a problem.

North Carolina, Grade 8 v


Commonly-Used Formulas
Mathematics Grade 8

There are many formulas used in mathematics. You can become a better
problem-solver if you know the formulas without having to look them up, so
that you work more efficiently. It is recommended that you be very familiar
with the following measurement formulas for Grade 8 Mathematics.

Area of a Rectangle Sum of Measures of Angles Area of a Rectangle


In a Triangle
w h
2
b

1 3 A=_
1
bh
A = w 2
m∠1 + m∠2 + m∠3 = 180°

Circumference of a Circle Area of a Circle

d r d r

(_d2 )
2
C = πd C = 2πr A=π A = πr2

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Volume of Cylinder or Prism Surface Area Surface Area
V = Bh of a Cylinder of a Prism
r
B h
B h
h
h w

B = πr2 B = w
A = πr2 h A = wh S.A. = 2πr2 + 2πrh S.A. = 2w + 2wh + 2h

Pythagorean Theorem

In a right triangle, where a and b are the lengths of the


c legs and c is the length of the hypotenuse,
a

b a2 + b2 = c2

vi North Carolina, Grade 8


Chapter-by-Chapter Contents

1 Algebra: Integers
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
1 Chapter 1 Anticipation Guide
2 Chapter 1 Family Activity
1A Integers and Absolute Value 35–39
3 Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
4 Study Guide 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
5 Homework Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
6 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
1B Adding Integers 41–45
7 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
8 Study Guide 8.N.1.1
9 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1
10 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
1C Subtracting Integers 46–49
11 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
12 Study Guide 8.N.1.1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

13 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1


14 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
1D Multiplying and Dividing Integers 51–56
15 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
16 Study Guide 8.N.1.1
17 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1
18 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
1E Solving Addition and Subtraction Equations 65–69
19 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1
20 Study Guide 8.A.2.1
21 Homework Practice 8.A.2.1
22 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1
1F Solving Multiplication and Division Equations 70–73
23 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1
24 Study Guide 8.A.2.1
25 Homework Practice 8.A.2.1
26 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 1]: Chapter 1 (Integers), Chapter 3 (Expressions and Equations)

North Carolina, Grade 8 vii


2 Algebra: Rational Numbers
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
27 Chapter 2 Anticipation Guide
28 Chapter 2 Family Activity
2A Comparing and Ordering Rational Numbers 91–95
29 Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
30 Study Guide 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
31 Homework Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
32 Mini-Project 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
2B Integers and Absolute Value
33 Study Guide 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
34 Skills Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
35 Homework Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
36 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3
2C Multiplying Positive and Negative Fractions 96–101
37 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
38 Study Guide 8.N.1.1
39 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1
40 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
2D Dividing Positive and Negative Fractions 102–107
41 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
42 Study Guide 8.N.1.1
43 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1
44 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
2E Adding and Subtracting Like Fractions 108–112
45 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
46 Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


47 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1
48 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
2F Adding and Subtracting Unlike Fractions 114–118
49 Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1
50 Study Guide 8.N.1.1
51 Homework Practice 8.N.1.1
52 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1
2G Solving Equations with Rational Numbers 119–123
53 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1
54 Study Guide 8.A.2.1
55 Homework Practice 8.A.2.1
56 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Additional Resources
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 1 (Integers), Chapter 3 (Expressions and Equations)
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 5 (Ratios, Rates, and Similarity)

viii North Carolina, Grade 8


3 Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
57 Chapter 3 Anticipation Guide
58 Chapter 3 Family Activity
3A Square Roots 144–147
59 Explore Through Reading 8.G.1.1
60 Study Guide 8.G.1.1
61 Homework Practice 8.G.1.1
62 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.1.1
3B Estimating Square Roots 148–151
63 Explore Through Reading 8.G.1.3
64 Study Guide 8.G.1.3
65 Homework Practice 8.G.1.3
66 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.1.3
3C The Real Number System 155–159
67 Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.1
68 Study Guide 8.N.2.1
69 Homework Practice 8.N.2.1
70 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.1
3D The Pythagorean Theorem 162–166
71 Explore Through Reading 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2
72 Study Guide 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2
73 Homework Practice 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2
74 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

3E Using the Pythagorean Theorem 167–171


75 Explore Through Reading 8.G.2.1
76 Study Guide 8.G.2.1
77 Homework Practice 8.G.2.1
78 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.2.1
3F Geometry: Distance on the Coordinate Plane 173–178
79 Explore Through Reading 8.G.2.1
80 Study Guide 8.G.2.1
81 Homework Practice 8.G.2.1
82 Mini-Project 8.G.2.1

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 6 (Squares, Square Roots, and the Pythagorean Theorem)

North Carolina, Grade 8 ix


4 Proportions and Similarity
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
83 Chapter 4 Anticipation Guide
84 Chapter 4 Family Activity
4A Rate of Change 198–203
85 Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.3
86 Study Guide 8.A.4.3
87 Homework Practice 8.A.4.3
88 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.3
4B Constant Rate of Change 204–209
89 Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.3
90 Study Guide 8.A.4.3
91 Homework Practice 8.A.4.3
92 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.3
4C Similar Polygons 218–223
93 Explore Through Reading 8.M.1.1
94 Study Guide 8.M.1.1
95 Homework Practice 8.M.1.1
96 Problem-Solving Practice 8.M.1.1

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 5 (Ratios, Rates, and Similarity)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5 Percent
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
97 Chapter 5 Anticipation Guide
98 Chapter 5 Family Activity
5A Comparing Fractions, Decimals, and Percents 256–261
99 Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.3
100 Study Guide 8.N.2.3
101 Homework Practice 8.N.2.3
102 Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.3

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 3]: Chapter 8 (Percents and Circle Graphs)

x North Carolina, Grade 8


6 Geometry and Spatial Reasoning
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
103 Chapter 6 Anticipation Guide
104 Chapter 6 Family Activity
6A Line and Angle Relationships 306–311
105 Explore Through Reading 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2
106 Study Guide 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2
107 Homework Practice 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2
108 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2
6B Polygons and Angles 316–319
109 Explore Through Reading 8.G.3.1
110 Study Guide 8.G.3.1
111 Homework Practice 8.G.3.1
112 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.3.1
6C Rotations
113 Study Guide 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2
114 Skills Practice 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2
115 Homework Practice 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2
116 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 4 (Angle Measures)
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

North Carolina, Grade 8 xi


7 Measurement: Area and Volume
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
117 Chapter 7 Anticipation Guide
118 Chapter 7 Family Activity
7A Arcs and Angles
119 Study Guide 8.G.3.3
120 Skills Practice 8.G.3.3
121 Homework Practice 8.G.3.3
122 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.3.3
7B Changes in Dimension
123 Study Guide 8.M.1.1
124 Skills Practice 8.M.1.1
125 Homework Practice 8.M.1.1
126 Problem-Solving Practice 8.M.1.1
7–9 Similar Solids 399–404
127 Explore Through Reading 8.M.1.2
128 Study Guide 8.M.1.2
129 Homework Practice 8.M.1.2
130 Problem-Solving Practice 8.M.1.2

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 4 (Angle Measures), Chapter 5 (Ratios, Rates , and Similarity)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

xii North Carolina, Grade 8


8 More Equations and Inequalities
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
131 Chapter 8 Anticipation Guide
132 Chapter 8 Family Activity
8A Simplifying Algebraic Expressions 416–421
133 Explore Through Reading 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4
134 Study Guide 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4
135 Homework Practice 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4
136 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4
8B Solving Two-Step Equations 422–426
137 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1
138 Study Guide 8.A.2.1
139 Homework Practice 8.A.2.1
140 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1
8C Writing Two-Step Equations 427–431
141 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1
142 Study Guide 8.A.2.1
143 Homework Practice 8.A.2.1
144 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1
8D Solving Equations with Variables on Each Side 434–437
145 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1
146 Study Guide 8.A.2.1
147 Homework Practice 8.A.2.1
148 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

8E Solving Inequalities by Adding or Subtracting 445–448


149 Study Guide 8.A.2.2
150 Skills Practice 8.A.2.2
151 Homework Practice 8.A.2.2
152 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.2
8F Solving Inequalities by Multiplying or Dividing 449–453
153 Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.2
154 Study Guide 8.A.2.2
155 Homework Practice 8.A.2.2
156 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.2

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 1]: Chapter 2 (Patterns and Graphs) and Chapter 3 (Expressions and
Equations)

North Carolina, Grade 8 xiii


9 Algebra: Linear Functions
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
157 Chapter 9 Anticipation Guide
158 Chapter 9 Family Activity
9A Representing Linear Functions 475–480
159 Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4
160 Study Guide 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4
161 Homework Practice 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4
162 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4
9B Slope 481–486
163 Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.1
164 Study Guide 8.A.4.1
165 Homework Practice 8.A.4.1
166 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.1
9C Direct Variation 487–492
167 Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.1
168 Study Guide 8.A.4.1
169 Homework Practice 8.A.4.1
170 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.1
9D Slope Intercept Form 495–499
171 Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3
172 Study Guide 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3
173 Homework Practice 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3
174 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3
9E Systems of Equations 502–507

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


175 Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.2
176 Study Guide 8.A.4.2
177 Homework Practice 8.A.4.2
178 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.2
9F Graphing Inequalities
179 Study Guide 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2
180 Skills Practice 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2
181 Homework Practice 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2
182 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2
9G Scatter Plots 510–515
183 Explore Through Reading 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
184 Study Guide 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
185 Homework Practice 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
186 Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
9H Prediction Equations
187 Study Guide 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
188 Skills Practice 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
189 Homework Practice 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4
190 Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Additional Resources
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 1]: Chapter 2 (Patterns and Graphs) and Chapter 3 (Expressions and Equations)
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 3]: Chapter 7 (One-Variable Data) and Chapter 9 (Two-Variable Data)

xiv North Carolina, Grade 8


10 Algebra: Nonlinear Functions and Polynomials
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
191 Chapter 10 Anticipation Guide
192 Chapter 10 Family Activity
10A Linear and Nonlinear Functions 528–533
193 Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.3
194 Study Guide 8.A.4.3
195 Homework Practice 8.A.4.3
196 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.3
10B Graphing Quadratic Functions 534–537
197 Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.2
198 Study Guide 8.A.3.2
199 Homework Practice 8.A.3.2
200 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.2
10C Graphing Cubic Functions 540–543
201 Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.2
202 Study Guide 8.A.3.2
203 Homework Practice 8.A.3.2
204 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.2
10D The Distributive Property
205 Study Guide 8.A.1.1
206 Skills Practice 8.A.1.1
207 Homework Practice 8.A.1.1
208 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.1.1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10E Factoring Out the Greatest Common Factor


209 Study Guide 8.A.1.2
210 Skills Practice 8.A.1.2
211 Homework Practice 8.A.1.2
212 Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.1.2
10F Roots of Monomials 559–562
213 Study Guide 8.G.1.2
214 Skills Practice 8.G.1.2
215 Homework Practice 8.G.1.2
216 Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.1.2

Additional Resources
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 1]: Chapter 2 (Patterns and Graphs) and Chapter 3 (Expressions and
Equations)
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 6 (Squares, Square Roots, and the Pythagorean Theorem)
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 3]: Chapter 9 (Two-Variable Data)

North Carolina, Grade 8 xv


11 Statistics
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
217 Chapter 11 Anticipation Guide
218 Chapter 11 Family Activity
11A Measures of Variation 599–604
219 Explore Through Reading 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2
220 Study Guide 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2
221 Homework Practice 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2
222 Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 3]: Chapter 7 (One-Variable Data)

12 Probability
Learn More in
Focus on Math Connects,
Page Lesson Essential Standard(s) Course 3 (pages)
223 Chapter 12 Anticipation Guide
224 Chapter 12 Family Activity
12A Probability of Compound Events 637–642
225 Explore Through Reading 8.S.1.1

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


226 Study Guide 8.S.1.1
227 Homework Practice 8.S.1.1
228 Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.1.1
12B Using Sampling to Predict 653–658
229 Explore Through Reading 8.S.3.3
230 Study Guide 8.S.3.3
231 Homework Practice 8.S.3.3
232 Mini-Project 8.S.3.3

Additional Resource
Math Triumphs, Grade 8 [Book 2]: Chapter 5 (Ratios, Rates, and Similarity)

xvi North Carolina, Grade 8


North Carolina Essential Standards
Mathematics Grade 8

The diagram shows what each part of the standard means.

8 is the grade level 2 is the Essential Standard number and


3 tells which Clarifying Objective under
8.N.2.3 that Essential Standard

N stands for Number and Operations

Number and Operations


8.N.1 Apply combinations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division to solve multi-step problems
with all rational numbers.
8.N.1.1 Use all four operations for all rational numbers including formal algorithms.
8.N.2 Understand the structure of the Real number system.
8.N.2.1 Classify Real numbers as natural, whole, integer, rational or irrational providing a justification.
8.N.2.2 Represent Real numbers on a number line using opposites and absolute value.
8.N.2.3 Compare Real numbers.
Algebra
8.A.1 Use the combining of like terms and the distributive property to write equivalent expressions.
8.A.1.1 Use area models to illustrate the distributive property.
8.A.1.2 Use Greatest Common Factor and area models to determine possible dimensions of a rectangle when
given the area.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

8.A.1.3 Use like terms to write equivalent expressions.


8.A.1.4 Use a given value of the variable to identify equivalent expressions.
8.A.2 Apply mathematical operations and properties to solve inequalities and equations, including variables
on both sides.
8.A.2.1 Use mathematical operations and properties to solve equations.
8.A.2.2 Use mathematical operations and properties to solve inequalities.
8.A.3 Understand the use of linear relationships in slope-intercept form to solve relevant problems.
8.A.3.1 Translate a linear relationship between its verbal, tabular, graphic and algebraic forms.
8.A.3.2 Interpret the meaning of x-intercepts and y-intercepts.
8.A.3.3 Represent a linear equation in slope-intercept form, given the slope and y-intercept, slope and a point
or two points.
8.A.3.4 Classify ordered pairs as correct or incorrect solutions to a linear equation.
8.A.4 Interpret the meaning and value of slope of linear relationships.
8.A.4.1 Represent slope given a table, graph, linear equation or two points.
8.A.4.2 Compare the slopes of two linear relationships and determine whether the lines are parallel or
intersect at a point
8.A.4.3 Interpret the rate of change in tables to identify linear and non-linear relationships between variables.
8.A.5 Use the Cartesian coordinate system to solve problems involving a linear inequality.
8.A.5.1 Represent a linear inequality on the Cartesian coordinate system.
8.A.5.2 Use graphs to find solutions to a linear inequality.

North Carolina, Grade 8 xvii


North Carolina Essential Standards
Mathematics Grade 8 (continued)

Geometry
8.G.1 Understand square roots and cube roots.
8.G.1.1 Understand the relationship between geometric squares, perfect squares and their square roots.
8.G.1.2 Understand the relationship between geometric cubes, cube numbers and their cube roots.
8.G.1.3 Infer an approximate square root of non-perfect squares between two consecutive integers.
8.G.2 Apply the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse to solve relevant problems.
8.G.2.1 Apply the concepts of squares and square roots with the Pythagorean Theorem to find the side lengths
of right triangles.
8.G.2.2 Use the converse of the Pythagorean Theorem to identify right triangles.
8.G.3 Apply properties of angle relationships to solve problems.
8.G.3.1 Use properties of adjacent, vertical, supplementary and complementary angles to solve problems.
8.G.3.2 Use properties of parallel lines cut by a transversal to determine angle measures.
8.G.3.3 Use proportional reasoning to determine arc lengths and central angles.
8.G.4 Understand rotations of points and two-dimensional geometric shapes about the origin in the
Cartesian coordinate system.
8.G.4.1 Illustrate symbolic representation for rotations of points for 90°, 180°, 270°, both clockwise and
counterclockwise about the origin.
8.G.4.2 Illustrate symbolic representation for rotations of two-dimensional geometric shapes for 90°, 180°, 270°,
both clockwise and counterclockwise about the origin.
Measurement

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


8.M.1 Explain the effect of one or more changes in dimensions on perimeter, area, volume and surface area of
two-dimensional and three-dimensional figures (prisms and cylinders).
8.M.1.1 Understand the effect that dimension changes have on perimeter and area of two-dimensional figures.
8.M.1.2 Understand the effect that dimension changes have on volume and surface area of prisms and
cylinders.
Statistics and Probability
8.S.1 Calculate the probabilities of dependent and independent events.
8.S.1.1 Use probabilities of simple events to calculate the probabilities of independent and dependent events.
8.S.2 Use scatterplots to summarize bivariate data.
8.S.2.1 Classify type (positive, negative, no relation) of bivariate data in scatterplots.
8.S.2.2 Represent trends in bivariate data, when appropriate, with a linear model.
8.S.2.3 Represent the linear model with a linear equation in slope-intercept form.
8.S.2.4 Predict the value of one variable based on the other using the linear model to fit the data.
8.S.3 Understand misuse or distortion of data, statistical measures and graphical displays.
8.S.3.1 Understand how to determine outliers using the formula.
8.S.3.2 Understand the effect of an outlier on the mean, median, interquartile range and range of a set
of data.
8.S.3.3 Understand misuses of surveys, sampling, graphs and statistics.

xviii North Carolina, Grade 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

1 Anticipation Guide
Algebra: Integers
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 1

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree
or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. A conjecture is a statement proven to be true.
2. Algebraic expressions are any mathematical expressions that
contain at least one operation symbol.
3. According to the Order of Operations, all operations within
grouping symbols must be completed first.
4. According to the Order of Operations, all addition and
subtraction should be done before multiplication and division.
5. The Commutative Property is true only for addition and
multiplication.
6. Negative integers can be used to express values less than
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

zero.
7. When comparing two negative integers, the greater integer is
the one with the greater absolute value.
8. The sum of a positive integer and a negative integer is always
negative.
9. When subtracting a negative integer, add its opposite.
10. The product of two negative integers is always positive.
11. The quotient of two negative integers is always negative.
12. Any letter can be used to represent an unknown in an
expression or equation.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 1

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write
an example of why you disagree.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece
of paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Evan stepped into an elevator in a very 2. Jarred has six fewer model cars than
tall building in downtown New York City. Cammie. Half of the sum of their
The buttons he could choose from ranged combined model cars is equal to 10.
from Basement Level D (-4) to 64. How many model cars does Cammie
have?
64

Which equation can be used to find the


number of model cars Cammie has?
A c_
-6
= 10
0 street level 2
-1
B __
c+c-6
= 10
-2 2
-3
D -4 C c - c - 6 = 10 ÷ 2
D c- _
6
= 10
How many stories high is this building 2
(including its basements)?
A 60 stories high
B 68 stories high
C 67 stories high
D 61 stories high

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution
1. There are 64 stories above ground and 2. Hint: A letter (or variable) is used to
4 stories below ground, which means represent a number that we do not know,
there are 64 + 4, or 68 stories. in this case the number of cars Cammie
has. In order to solve the problem, you
also will need to write an expression for
the number of cars that Jared has based
on the number Cammie has.

The number of cars that Cammie has


can be represented by the letter c. We
know that Jared has 5 less cars than
Cammie, or c - 5. If we add their cars
together (c + c - 5) and divide by 2,
the number should equal 10.

The answer is B. The answer is B.

2 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1A Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 35 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What does a temperature of -34°F represent?

2. Which temperature is closer to zero?

Read the Lesson


The symbol … is called an ellipsis.
3. Look on page 35 in your textbook to find the meaning of the ellipsis as it
is used in the list 1, 4, 7, 10,... .

4. Use a dictionary to find the meaning of the ellipsis as it is used in the


sentence The marathon began... downtown.

5. How can you explain the usage of the ellipsis in the list in Exercise 3 in
terms of the meaning for the ellipsis in the sentence in Exercise 4?

6. Look at the number line on page 35 of your textbook. How are the ellipses
(plural of ellipsis) in the set of integers {..., -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,...}
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

represented on the number line?

Complete each sentence with either left or right to make a true


sentence. Then write a statement comparing the two numbers with
either < or >.
7. -45 lies to the of 0 on a number line.

8. 72 lies to the of 0 on a number line.

9. -3 lies to the of -95 on a number line.

10. 6 lies to the of -7 on a number line.

11. Describe the symbol for the absolute value of 3. Then write the symbol.

Remember What You Learned


12. Write a mathematical expression that represents the following sentence.
(Hint: Let f represent the 49ers’ score and s represent the Seahawks’ score.)
The Seahawks and the 49ers scored within 3 points of each other.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

1A Study Guide 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


A number line can help you order a set of integers. When graphed on a number line, the smaller of
two integers is always to the left of the greater integer.

Example 1 Order the set of integers {10, -3, -9, 4, 0} from least to greatest.
Graph each integer on a number line.

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10

The numbers from left to right are {-9, -3, 0, 4, 10}.


The absolute value of a number is the distance of that number from 0 on a number line.

Example 2 Evaluate the expression ⎪-20⎥ + ⎪10⎥.


⎪-20⎥ + ⎪10⎥ = ⎪20⎥ + ⎪10⎥ The absolute value of -20 is 20.
= 20 + 10 The absolute value of 10 is 10.
= 30 Simplify.

Exercises
Order each set of integers in each set from least to greatest.
1. {3, 0, -5, 1, 4} 2. {-6, -8, 3, -1, -4}

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


3. {2, 13, -11, -21, 5} 4. {31, 0, -34, -9, 7}

Evaluate each expression.


5. ⎪-13⎥ 6. ⎪21⎥ 7. ⎪-3⎥ + ⎪-5⎥

8. ⎪9⎥ + ⎪-8⎥ 9. ⎪-13⎥ + ⎪15⎥ 10. ⎪21 - 18⎥

11. ⎪-11⎥ - ⎪-5⎥ 12. ⎪4⎥ - ⎪-4⎥ 13. ⎪23 + 15⎥

Evaluate each expression if a = -6, b = 4, and c = 5.


14. ⎪a⎥ + 14 15. ⎪c - b⎥ 16. b + ⎪c⎥

17. ⎪3b⎥ 18. 2⎪a⎥ + c 19. ⎪2b + c⎥

4 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1A Homework Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


Replace each with <, >, or = to make a true sentence.
1. 0 8 2. -5 -3 3. 1 -7

4. -4 -4 5. -12 10 6. 5 -6

7. -6 -7 8. 0 -8 9. -10 -10

Order each set of integers from least to greatest.


10. {-5, -7, 0, 5, 7} 11. {-1, 2, -3, 4}

12. {-2, -4, -6, -8, -10, -12} 13. {0, -9, -3, -7, 1, -1}

Evaluate each expression.


14. ⎪-19⎥ 15. ⎪15⎥ 16. |0|

17. ⎪-1⎥ + ⎪3⎥ 18. ⎪-19⎥ + ⎪-8⎥ 19. ⎪-12⎥ - ⎪4⎥

Evaluate each expression if k = 4, m = -2, n = 7, and p = -5.


20. ⎪m⎥ + 6 21. n - ⎪p⎥ 22. k + ⎪p⎥
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

23. 5⎪n⎥ + k 24. ⎪n⎥ - 4 25. 9⎪m⎥ - 14

TEMPERATURE For Exercises 26 and 28, use the following information.

During a five-day cold spell, Jose recorded the temperature each day at noon.
The temperature was -3°F on Monday, -5°F on Tuesday, -4°F on Wednesday,
-1°F on Thursday, and 0°F on Friday.

26. On which day was it the coldest at noon?

27. On which day was it the warmest at noon?

28. The temperature at noon on Saturday was 25° warmer than the
temperature on Tuesday. What was the temperature on Saturday?
Justify your answer using a number line.
5 5 5 5 5

-5 0 5 10 15 20

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 5


NAME DATE PERIOD

1A Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


GOLF For Exercises 1 and 2, use the table that lists ten players and
their scores in Round 3 of the 2005 60th U.S. Women’s Open.

Player Score Player Score


Gulbis, Natalie 0 Kim, Birdie -2
Icher, Karine +1 Kung, Candie 0
Jo, Young -1 Lang, Brittany +1
Kane, Lorie +5 Pressel, Morgan -1
Kerr, Cristie +1 Ochoa, Lorena +6

1. Order the scores in the table from least 2. Who had the lowest score?
to greatest.

3. LONGITUDE London, England, is located 4. STOCK MARKET Your stock loses 53


at 0° longitude. Write integers for points on Monday and 23 points on

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


the locations of New York City whose Tuesday, but gains 67 points on
longitude is 74° west and Tokyo whose Wednesday. Write an integer for each
longitude is 140° east. Assume that day's change.
east is the positive direction.

5. SOLAR SYSTEM The average 6. OCEAN TRENCHES The elevation of the


temperature of Saturn is -218°F, while Puerto Rican Trench in the Atlantic
the average temperature of Jupiter is Ocean is -8,605 meters, the elevation
-162°F. Which planet has the lower of the Mariana Trench in the Pacific
average temperature? Ocean is -10,924 meters, and the
elevation of the Java Trench in the
Indian Ocean is -7,125 meters. Which
trench has the the lowest elevation?

6 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1B Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Adding Integers
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 41 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Write an integer that describes the amount of money Jack owes his
brother for the three days he downloads songs.

2. Write an addition sentence that describes this situation.

Read the Lesson


3. Look at your answer for Exercise 2. Identify each number in the addition
sentence as either an addend or a sum.

Identify the number with the greater absolute value.


4. 4, 8 5. -3, 5

6. 9, -12 7. -23, -16

Determine whether you add or subtract the absolute values of the


numbers to find the sum. Give a reason for your answer.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

8. 4 + 8 9. -3 + 5

10. 9 + (-12) 11. -23 + (-16)

Determine whether the sum is positive or negative. Then find the sum.
12. 4 + 8 13. -3 + 5

14. 9 + (-12) 15. -23 + (-16)

Add.
16. 3 + (-4) 17. -3 + 4 18. -6 + (-4) 19. 7 + 8

20. 25 + (-17) 21. -34 + (-17) 22. -43 + 4 23. 11 + (-30)

24. -81 + (-63) 25. -39 + 124 26. 97 + (-165) 27. -49 + (-75)

Remember What You Learned


28. You have seen what a negative number means in terms of weather or
money. Describe what a negative number means on a video cassette
recorder.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

1B Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Adding Integers
To add integers with the same sign, add their absolute values. The sum has the same sign as the
integers.

Example 1 Find -3 + (-4).


-3 + (-4) = -7 Add ⎪-3⎥ + ⎪-4⎥. Both numbers are negative, so the sum is negative.

To add integers with different signs, subtract their absolute values. The sum has the same sign as the
integer with the greater absolute value.

Example 2 Find -16 + 12.


-16 + 12 = -4 Subtract ⎪12⎥ from ⎪-16⎥. The sum is negative because ⎪-16⎥ > ⎪12⎥.

Exercises
Add.
1. 9 + 16 2. -10 + (-10) 3. 18 + (-26)

4. -23 + (-15) 5. -45 + 35 6. 39 + (-38)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


7. -55 + 81 8. -61 + (-39) 9. -74 + 36

10. 5 + (-4) + 8 11. -3 + 10 + (-6) 12. -13 + (-8) + (-12)

13. 3 + (-10) + (-16) + 11 14. -17 + 31 + (-14) + 26

Evaluate each expression if x = 4 and y = -3.


15. 11 + y 16. x + (-6) 17. y + 2

18. ⎪x + y⎥ 19. ⎪x⎥ + y 20. x + ⎪y⎥

8 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1B Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Adding Integers
Find each sum.
1. -1 + (-8) 2. 13 + 15 3. 19 + (-7)

4. -14 + (-14) 5. -12 + 10 6. -5 + (-26)

7. -46 + 27 8. -33 + 55 9. -29 + (-25)

10. 6 + 14 + (-12) 11. -15 + (-17) + 10 12. -13 + (-13) + (-18)

13. -5 + 8 + (-1) + (-6) 14. 8 + (-7) + (-8) + (-9) 15. -15 + 10 + -16 + 12

POPULATION For Exercises 16 and 17, use the table below that shows the
change in population for four cities between 2000 and 2005.

2000 Population Change as of 2005


City
(thousands) (thousands)
Boston, Massachusetts 589 -30
Las Vegas, Nevada 478 +67
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 335 -18
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Rochester, New York 220 -8


Source: U.S. Census Bureau

16. What is the population of each of these cities as of 2005 in thousands?

17. What was the total population change for these four cities?

Write an addition expression to describe each situation. Then find each


sum and explain its meaning.
18. GAMES On one turn, you move 10 spaces forward around the game board.
On the next turn, you move 4 spaces backward.

19. CAMPING While hiking down into a canyon, Manuel passed a sign stating
that the elevation was 100 feet below sea level. He descended another
56 feet before reaching his campsite.

20. WEATHER Before you went to sleep last night, the temperature was -3°F.
During the night the temperature dropped by 5°.

21. ELEVATOR Mrs. Brown parked in the parking garage 30 feet below street level.
She then got in an elevator and went up 80 feet to her office.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

1B Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Adding Integers
1. FOOTBALL A football team loses 5 yards 2. ELEVATOR You park in a garage 3 floors
on one play and then loses 8 yards on below ground level. Then you get in the
the next play. Write an addition elevator and go up 12 floors. Write an
expression that represents the change addition expression to represent this
in position of the team for the two situation. Then find the sum.
plays. Then find the sum.

3. GOLF In 2005, Tiger Woods won the 4. INVENTORY A local bookstore has
Masters Tournament. His scores were 30 copies of a bestseller when it opens
+2, -6, -7, and -1 for four rounds. Monday morning. On Monday, it sells
Write an addition expression that 6 copies of the book. On Tuesday, it
represents his final score. Then find the sells 3 copies. On Wednesday, it receives
sum. a shipment containing 24 copies of the
book and also sells 8 copies. Write an
addition expression that represents the
number of copies of the book that store
has at the end of the day on

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Wednesday. Then find the sum.

5. OCEANOGRAPHY A research team 6. SPORTS Peter weighs 156 pounds, but


aboard an underwater research vessel he would like to wrestle in a lower
descends 1,500 feet beneath the surface weight class. He loses 4 pounds one
of the water. They then rise 525 feet week, gains back 2 pounds the next
and descend again 350 feet. Write an week, loses 5 pounds the third week,
addition expression to represent this and loses 3 pounds the fourth week.
situation. Then find the sum. Write an addition expression to
represent this situation. Then find the
sum.

10 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1C Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Subtracting Integers
Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 46 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. How does this result compare with the result of 2 + (-5)?

2. Use algebra tiles to find -3 - 4.

3. How does this result compare to -3 + (-4)?

4. Use algebra tiles to find each difference and sum. Compare the results in
each group.
a. 3 - 6; 3 + (-6) b. -4 - 2; -4 + (-2)

Read the Lesson


5. Find the opposite of 7.

6. Find the additive inverse of 7.

7. How is the opposite of a number different from the additive inverse of the
number?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Rewrite each difference as a sum. Then find the sum.


8. 2 - 9 9. -3 - 8

10. 10 - (-12) 11. -5 - (-16)

Subtract.
12. 3 - (-5) 13. -3 - 5 14. -7 - (-3) 15. 6 - 8

16. 23 - (-17) 17. -24 - (-12) 18. -41 - 4 19. 31 - (-26)

20. -81 - (-33) 21. -139 - 134 22. 97 - (-265) 23. -59 - (-77)

24. Describe the method for subtracting integers.

Remember What You Learned


25. Subtraction and addition are often referred to as opposite operations.
Explain in your own words the relationship between addition and subtraction.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 11


NAME DATE PERIOD

1C Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Subtracting Integers
To subtract an integer, add its opposite or additive inverse.

Example 1 Find 8 - 15.


8 - 15 = 8 + (-15) To subtract 15, add -15.
= -7 Add.

Example 2 Find 13 - (-22).


13 - (-22) = 13 + 22 To subtract -22, add 22.
= 35 Add.

Exercises
Subtract.
1. -3 - 4 2. 5 - (-2) 3. -10 - 8

4. -15 - (-12) 5. -23 - (-28) 6. 16 - 9

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


7. 9 - 16 8. -21 - 16 9. 28 - 37

10. -34 - (-46) 11. 65 - (-6) 12. 19 - ⎪29⎥

Evaluate each expression if a = -7, b = -3, and c = 5.


13. a - 8 14. 20 - b 15. a - c

16. c - b 17. b - a - c 18. c - b - a

12 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1C Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Subtracting Integers
Subtract.
1. 15 - 7 2. 3 - 12 3. -8 - 9

4. 4 - (-12) 5. 18 - (-7) 6. -8 - (-9)

7. -14 - (-18) 8. -19 - (-13) 9. 8 - (-22)

10. -1 - 15 11. 12 - 19 12. -10 - (-5)

Evaluate each expression if d = -4, f = -7, and g = 11.


13. d - 10 14. g - 15 15. d - g

16. d - f 17. d - f - g 18. g - d - f

GEOGRAPHY For Exercises 19–21, use Lowest Highest


the table that shows the elevations Continent
Point (m) Point (m)
above sea level of the lowest and Africa 5,895
-156
highest points on six continents.
Asia -400 8,850
19. How far below the highest point Australia -12 2,228
in Australia is the lowest point
Europe -28 5,642
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

in Australia?
North America -86 6,194
20. How far below the highest point in
South America -42 6,960
North America is the lowest point
in Asia?
21. Find the difference between the
lowest point in South America and
the lowest point in Africa.

Simplify.
22. 29 - (-4) - (-15) 23. -10 - [8 + (-16)]

24. 25 - [16 + (-9)] 25. [22 - (-18)] - (-5 + 11)

26. (-5 + 9) - (-20 - 12) 27. [-15 + (-7)] - (-8 - 11)

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 13


NAME DATE PERIOD

1C Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Subtracting Integers
GEOGRAPHY For Exercises 1 and 2, use the table. The table shows the
elevations of several places on Earth.

Place Elevation (feet)


Mt. McKinley +20,320
Puerto Rican Trench -28,232
Mt. Everest +29,035
Dead Sea -1,348
Death Valley -282

1. Find the difference in elevation 2. Find the difference in elevation


between the top of Mt. McKinley and between Death Valley and the
the top of Mt. Everest. Dead Sea.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


3. TEMPERATURE The highest recorded 4. WEATHER If the overnight temperature
temperature on Earth was recorded in at the Arctic Circle was -14°F, but
Africa at 136°F, while the lowest was the temperature rose to 8°F during
-129°F in Antarctica. What is the the day, what was the difference
range of temperatures recorded between these high and low
on Earth? temperatures?

5. WATER The boiling point of water is 6. STOCK MARKET During the course of
212°F, while -460°F is its absolute one day, the price of a stock fluctuated
lowest temperature. Find the between a high of $3 above the
difference between these two previous day’s closing price and a low of
temperatures. $2 below the previous day’s closing
price. What was the difference between
the high and low prices for that day?

14 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1D Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Multiplying and Dividing Integers


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 51 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Write an addition sentence that could be used to find the change in the
plane’s elevation after 3 seconds. Then find the sum.

2. Write a multiplication sentence that could be used to find this same change
in elevation. Explain your reasoning.

3. Write a multiplication sentence that could be used to find the change in


the plane’s elevation after 12 seconds. Then find the product.

Read the Lesson


4. Identify each number in the multiplication sentence 3(-120) = -360 as
either a factor or a product.

Complete each sentence with either positive or negative.


5. The product of two integers with different signs is .
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. The product of two integers with the same signs is .

7. The quotient of two integers with different signs is .

8. The quotient of two integers with the same signs is .

Determine whether each product or quotient is positive or negative.


Then evaluate the expression.
9. 4 · 8 10. -3 · 5

11. 9(-2) 12. -6(-7)

13. 12 ÷ (-4) 14. -35 ÷ (-7)

15. _
21 _
16. -64
3 8

Remember What You Learned


17. Explain how to find the mean of a set of numbers. What is another name
for the mean?

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 15


NAME DATE PERIOD

1D Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Multiplying and Dividing Integers


Use the following rules to determine whether the product or quotient of two integers is positive or
negative.
• The product of two integers with different signs is negative.
• The product of two integers with the same sign is positive.
• The quotient of two integers with different signs is negative.
• The quotient of two integers with the same sign is positive.

Example 1 Find 7(-4).


7(-4) = -28 The factors have different signs. The product is negative.

Example 2 Find -5(-6).


-5(-6) = 30 The factors have the same sign. The product is positive.

Example 3 Find 15 ÷ (-3).


15 ÷ -3 = -5 The dividend and divisor have different signs. The quotient is negative.

Example 4 Find -54 ÷ (-6).


-54 ÷ (-6) = 9 The dividend and divisor have the same sign. The quotient is positive.

Exercises

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Multiply or divide.
1. 8(-8) 2. -3(-7) 3. -9(4) 4. 12(8)

5. 33 ÷ (-3) 6. -25 ÷ 5 7. 48 ÷ 4 8. -63 ÷ (-7)

9. (-4) 2 _
10. -75 11. -6(3)(-5) _
12. -143
15 -13

Evaluate each expression if a = -1, b = 4, and c = -7.


13. 3c + b 14. a(b + c) 15. c 2 - 5b 16. a_
-6
c

16 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1D Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Multiplying and Dividing Integers


Multiply.
1. 5(-7) 2. -3 · 12 3. -8(-9)

4. -4(-12) 5. (-7) 2 6. -2(-5)(-3)

Divide.
7. -14 ÷ 2 8. 35 ÷ -7 9. -48 ÷ (-6)

_
10. -66 11. _
56 _
12. -80
6 -7 -5

Evaluate each expression if r = -4, s = 11, and t = -7.


13. s + 5t 14. 10 - rt 15. _
5s
t-4

16. _
-42
17. -r 2 - 16 18. (2t + 4) 2 ÷ 4
r-t
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Find the mean of each set of integers.


19. -8, -5, 3, -9, 5, 2 20. 11, -15, -16, 17, -20, -18, -22

21. -5, 4, 8, -12, 10 22. -22, -19, -14, -17, -18

Find each product or quotient.


23. (3) 2 · (-4) 2 24. -3(-5) 2 25. -5(-2)(4)(-3)

26. __
-10(15)
27. _
12 2 __
28. -4 · 12
6 -12 8

29. MONEY If you have $216 and you spend $12 each day, how long would it be until
you had no money left?

30. WEATHER During a six hour period, the temperature dropped 18°F. Find the
average hourly change in the temperature.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 17


NAME DATE PERIOD

1D Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Multiplying and Dividing Integers


1. STOCK MARKET The price of a stock 2. EVAPORATION The height of the water
decreased $2 per day for four in a tank decreases 3 inches each week
consecutive days. What was the total due to evaporation. What is the change
change in value of the stock over the in the height of the water over a five-
four-day period? week period due to evaporation?

3. FOOTBALL A football team lost 9 yards 4. HIKING A group of hikers is descending


on each of three consecutive plays. a mountain at a rate of 400 feet
What was the team’s total change in per hour. What is the change in the
position for the three plays? elevation of the hikers after 6 hours?

G 10 20 30 40 50 40 30 20 10 G

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. WEATHER On a certain day, the 6. GEOLOGY The length of an island is
temperature changed at a rate changing at the rate of -17 inches per
of -2°F per hour. How long did year. How long will it take for the
it take for the change in change in the length of the island to be
temperature to be -14°F? -14°F -255 inches?

7. DEPRECIATION The value of a piece of 8. POPULATION The population of a small


office equipment is changing at a rate town is changing at a rate of -255
of -$175 per year. How long will it take people per year. How long will it take
for the change in value to be -$1,050? for the change in population to be
-2,040 people?

18 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1E Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1

Solving Addition and Subtraction Equations


Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 65 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
Solve each equation using algebra tiles.
1. x + 1 = 4 2. x + 3 = 7 3. x + (-4) = -5

4. Explain how you would find a value of x that makes x + (-3) = -8 true
without using models.

Read the Lesson


5. Match the method of solving with the appropriate equation.
x+6=9 a. Subtract 11 from each side.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

s - 5 = 14 b. Subtract 6 from each side.

4 = -3 + p c. Add 3 to each side.

11 + m = 33 d. Add 5 to each side.

For Exercises 6–8, explain how to solve each equation.


6. w - 7 + -2

7. c + 3 = 9

8. 17 = 11 + k

Solve each equation.


9. z + 8 = 2 10. 3 = -7 + r 11. -9 = g - 14

Remember What You Learned


12. Write two addition and two subtraction equations of your own. Trade your
equations with a partner and solve. Explain to each other the method you
used to solve the equations.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 19


NAME DATE PERIOD

1E Study Guide 8.A.2.1

Solving Addition and Subtraction Equations


You can use the following properties to solve addition and subtraction equations.
• Addition Property of Equality — If you add the same number to each side of an equation, the two
sides remain equal.
• Subtraction Property of Equality — If you subtract the same number from each side of an equation,
the two sides remain equal.

Example 1 Solve w + 19 = 45. Check your solution.


w + 19 = 45 Write the equation.

w + 19 - 19 = 45 - 19 Subtract 19 from each side.

w = 26 19 - 19 = 0 and 45 - 19 = 26. w is by itself.

Check w + 19 = 45 Write the original equation.

26 + 19  45 Replace w with 26. Is this sentence true?

45 = 45 ✓ 26 + 19 = 45

Example 2 Solve h - 25 = -76. Check your solution.


h - 25 = -76 Write the equation.

h - 25 + 25 = -76 + 25 Add 25 to each side.

h = -51 -25 + 25 = 0 and -76 + 25 = -51. h is by itself.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Check h - 25 = -76 Write the original equation.

-51 - 25  -76 Replace h with -51. Is this sentence true?

-76 = -76 ✓ -51 - 25 = -51 + (-25) or -76

Exercises
Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. s - 4 = 12 2. d + 2 = 21 3. h + 6 = 15

4. x + 5 = -8 5. b - 10 = -34 6. f - 22 = -6

7. 17 + c = 41 8. v - 36 = 25 9. y - 29 = -51

10. 19 = z - 32 11. 13 + t = -29 12. 55 = 39 + k

13. 62 + b = 45 14. x - 39 = -65 15. -56 = -47 + n

20 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1E Homework Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Addition and Subtraction Equations


Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. t + 7 = 12 2. h - 3 = 8 3. 8 = b - 9

4. k - 4 = -14 5. m + 9 = -7 6. y - 10 = -3

7. -14 = 2 + d 8. 15 + n = 10 9. -8 = r - 6

10. 11 = w - 5 11. -9 = g + 9 12. 12 + c = 16

13. GEOMETRY Two angles are supplementary if


the sum of their measures is 180°. The two
angles shown are supplementary. Write and
solve an equation to find the measure of 140°
angle R. R S

14. ARCHITECTURE The Sears Tower in Chicago was the tallest building in the
world when it was completed. Twenty-three years later, a taller building
was completed in 1996 on Taiwan. Write and solve an equation to find the
year that the Sears Tower was completed.

15. FUNDRAISING During a five-day fundraiser, Shantell sold 8 boxes of


greeting cards the first day, 6 boxes the second day, 10 boxes the third
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

day, and 7 boxes the fourth day. If she sold a total of 45 boxes of greeting
cards during the five days, write an equation that can be used to find
the number of boxes Shantell sold the fifth day. Explain two methods of
solving this equation. Then solve the equation.

16. ANALYZE TABLES The total points scored by both Total Points Scored by Both
teams in the 2006 Super Bowl was 14 less than Teams in Super Bowl
the total points for 2005. Write and solve an
Year Points
equation to find the total points for 2005.
2005 p
2006 31

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 21


NAME DATE PERIOD

1E Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Addition and Subtraction Equations


1. AGE Walter lived 2 years longer than 2. CIVICS New York has 24 fewer members
his brother Martin. Walter was 79 at in the House of Representatives than
the time of his death. Write and solve California. New York has 29
an addition equation to find Martin’s representatives. Write and solve a
age at the time of his death. subtraction equation to find the
number of California representatives.

3. GEOMETRY Two angles are 4. BANKING After you withdraw $40 from
supplementary if the sum of their your checking account, the balance is
measures is 180°. Angles A and B are $287. Write and solve a subtraction
supplementary. If the measure of equation to find your balance before
angle A is 78°, write and solve an this withdrawal.
addition equation to find the measure
of angle B.

180° m∠" 78°


# "

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. WEATHER After the temperature 6. CHEMISTRY The atomic number of
had risen 12°F, the temperature mercury is the sum of the atomic
was 7°F. Write and solve an number of aluminum and 67. The
addition equation to find the 7° F atomic number of mercury is 80. Write
starting temperature. and solve an addition equation to find
the atomic number of aluminum.

7. ELEVATION The lowest point in 8. POPULATION In 2005, the population of


Louisiana is 543 feet lower than the Honduras is the population of Haiti
highest point in Louisiana. The decreased by 832,598. The population of
elevation of the lowest point is -8 feet. Honduras is 6,823,568. Write and solve
Write and solve a subtraction equation a subtraction equation to find the
to find the elevation of the highest population of Haiti.
point in Louisiana.

22 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1F Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1

Algebra: Equations
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 70 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. If h represents the number of hours the train has traveled, write a
multiplication equation you could use to find how long it would take the
train to travel 675 miles.

Read the Lesson


Complete each sentence.
2. To solve 3x = 51, each side by 3.

3. To solve _
b
= 4, each side by -2.
-2

4. To solve -65 = -5t, each side by -5.

5. To solve -7 = _
d
, each side by 6.
6

Explain how to solve each equation.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. _
u
= 13
6

7. -2c = -14

8. 64 = 16k

Solve each equation.


9. 8r = 32 10. 3 = _
x
11. -9 = -9g
7

Remember What You Learned


12. Write two multiplication and two division equations of your own. Trade
your equations with a partner and solve. Explain to each other the
method you used to solve the equations.

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 23


NAME DATE PERIOD

1F Study Guide 8.A.2.1

Algebra: Equations
You can use the following properties to solve multiplication and division equations.
• Multiplication Property of Equality — If you multiply each side of an equation by the same number,
the two sides remain equal.
• Division Property of Equality — If you divide each side of an equation by the same nonzero number,
the two sides remain equal.

Example 1 Solve 19w = 114. Check your solution.


19w = 114 Write the equation.

_
19w
= 114 _ Divide each side of the equation by 19.
19 19
1w = 6 19 ÷ 19 = 1 and 114 ÷ 19 = 6.

w=6 Identity Property; 1w = w

Check 19w = 114 Write the original equation.

19(6)  114 Replace w with 6.

114 = 114 This sentence is true.

Example 2 _
Solve d = -9. Check your solution.
15
_
d
= -9
15

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


_
d ( )
15 = -9(15) Multiply each side of the equation by 15.
15
d = -135

Check _d
= -9 Write the original equation.
15
_  -9
-135
Replace d with -135.
15
-9  -9 -135 ÷ 15 = -9

Exercises
Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. _
r
=6 2. 2d = 12 3. 7h = -21
5

4. -8x = 40 5. _f = -6 6. _
x
= -7
8 -10

7. 17c = -68 8. _
h
= 12 9. 29t = -145
-11

10. 125 = 5z 11. 13t = -182 12. 117 = -39k

24 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

1F Homework Practice 8.A.2.1

Algebra: Equations
Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. 5s = 45 2. 8h = 64 3. 36 = 9b

4. -3p = 24 5. -12m = -72 6. -56 = 7d

7. _
x
= 11 8. _
v
= 20 9. _
c
= 43
5 4 -2

10. 16 = _
y
11. -9 = _
n
12. _
a
= -3
-3 8 25

13. CARS Mrs. Alvarez bought a new car. Her monthly payments are $525. If she will pay
a total of $25,200 in payments, write and solve a multiplication equation to find the
number of payments.

14. POPULATION The population of South Africa is four times the population of Greece. If
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

the population of South Africa is 44 million, write and solve a multiplication equation to
find the population of Greece.

MEASUREMENT For Exercises 15 and 16, refer to the table. Write and
solve an equation to find each quantity.
15. the number of quarts in 24 pints Customary System
Conversions (capacity)
1 pint = 2 cups
1 quart = 2 pints
16. the number of gallons in 104 pints 1 quart = 4 cups
1 gallon = 4 quarts
1 gallon = 8 pints

Solve each equation.


_
17. 3 = -84 18. _
-4 _ = -16
19. -144
g x = -8 r

Chapter 1 North Carolina, Grade 8 25


NAME DATE PERIOD

1F Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Algebra: Equations
1. WAGES Felipe earns $9 per hour for 2. SHOPPING Granola bars are on sale
helping his grandmother with her yard for $0.50 each. If Brad paid $5 for
work. Write and solve a multiplication granola bars, write and solve a
equation to find how many hours he multiplication equation to find how
must help his grandmother in order to many bars he bought.
earn $54.

3. EXERCISE Jasmine jogs 3 miles each day. 4. TRAVEL On a trip, the Rollins family
Write and solve a multiplication drove at an average rate of 62 miles per
equation to find how many days it will hour. Write and solve a multiplication
take her to jog 57 miles. equation to find how long it took them
to drive 558 miles.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. ROBOTS The smallest robot can travel 6. BANKING Nate withdraws $40 from his
20 inches per minute through a pipe. checking account each day. Write and
Write and solve a multiplication solve a multiplication equation to find
equation to find how long it will take how long it will take him to withdraw
this robot to travel through 10 feet of $680.
pipe.

7. AGE The product of Bart’s age and 26 is 8. POPULATION The population of a small
338. Write and solve a multiplication town is increasing at a rate of 325
equation to find Bart’s age. people per year. Write and solve a
multiplication equation to find how
long it will take the population to
increase by 6,825.

26 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 1


NAME DATE PERIOD

2 Anticipation Guide
Algebra: Rational Numbers
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 2

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree
or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D

1. 3, _
1
, 0.4, and 2 _
3
are all examples of rational numbers.
2 5
2. To write a fraction as a decimal, divide the numerator into the
denominator.

3. _
4
is greater than _
4
because 7 is greater than 5.
7 5
4. When multiplying two fractions, first find a common
denominator, and then multiply numerators and
denominators.
5. Before multiplying two mixed numbers, rewrite both as
improper fractions.

6. 12 and _
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

1
are multiplicative inverses of each other.
12
7. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its opposite.
8. To subtract two fractions with a common denominator,
subtract the numerators and then the denominators.
9. A common denominator must be found before adding or
subtracting fractions with different denominators.
10. The equation 0.7 = x - 2.4 would be solved by addition.
11. Any non zero number to the zero power equals 1.
12. Any number written as a product of a number and a power of
10 is written in scientific notation.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 2

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 27


NAME DATE PERIOD

2 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another
piece of paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Use the model below to find the answer 2. The sun is about 92,000,000 miles from
to the following multiplication problem. the Earth.

_1 of 3
3 Mars Mercury

Venus Earth

Pluto Jupiter
Saturn

Neptune
Uranus

What is the product for _


1
of 3? How can this distance be expressed in
3
scientific notation?
A _
1
9
B 1 A 9.2 × 10 6
B 9.2 × 10 7
C _
1
3 C 9.2 × 10 8
D _2 D 9.2 × 10 9
3

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution

1. 2. Hint: Scientific notation is used to


represent very large or very small numbers
and is written as the product of a number
and a factor of 10. The decimal point is
1 1 1 placed after the first non-zero digit and the
3 3 3
exponent is the number of spaces that the
decimal place is moved to the right (for
_1 + _1 + _1 = _3 or 1 small numbers) or left (for large numbers).
3 3 3 3
In this case, the decimal is moved to the
left seven spaces, or

92000000

so the resulting scientific notation


is 9.2 × 10 7.

The answer is B. The answer is B.


28 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2
NAME DATE PERIOD

2A Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Comparing and Ordering Rational Numbers


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 91 in your textbook. Write
your answers below.
1. Do more or less than half of the students prefer buttered popcorn? Explain how
you know.

2. Which category is preferred by more students: caramel or plain? Explain.

3. Which category of popcorn is preferred by about one fourth of the class?


Explain.

4. Using estimation, order the fractions from least to greatest.

Read the Lesson


5. Read Example 4 on page 93. Explain how to use a number line to determine
which of two rational numbers is the lesser number.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

For Exercises 6 and 7, graph each pair of rational numbers on a number


line. Then identify the lesser number.
6. _
1 _
, 1 7. - _
4
, -_
9
5 3 5 10

Remember What You Learned


8. Order the numbers _
3 _
, 3, _
3 _
, 3 , and _
3
from least to greatest. Then write
7 5 8 4 11
a rule that helps you compare two positive fractions with the same
numerator.

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 29


NAME DATE PERIOD

2A Study Guide 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Comparing and Ordering Rational Numbers


When comparing two or more rational numbers, either write the numbers as fractions with the same
denominator or write the numbers as decimals.

Example 1 Replace with <, >, or = to make 4 _ _7 a true sentence.


5 10
Write as fractions with the same denominator. The least common denominator is 10.
_4 = 4_·2
or _8
5 5·2 10
_
7
= _
7·1
or _7
10 10 · 1 10
Since _ 8
> _7 _
, 4 > _ 7
.
10 10 5 10

Example 2
− _
Order the set of rational numbers -3.25, -3 1 , -3 2 , and -3.25 from _
3 5
least to greatest.
Write -3 _
1
and -3 _
2
as decimals.
3 5
_ = 0.3, so -3 _ = -3.−3.
1 − 1
3 3
_2 = 0.4, so -3 _2 = -3.4.
5 5
− −
Since -3.4 < -3.3 < -3.25 < -3.25, the numbers from least to greatest are
-3 _ , -3 _
2 1 −
, -3.25, and -3.25.
5 3

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Exercises
Replace each with <, > or = to make a true sentence.
1. _
5 _2 2. _
4 _
13
3. _
1 _1
6 3 5 15 9 8

4. - _
2
-_
7
5. 3 _
7
3_
4
6. -2 _
3
-2 _
4
3 10 10 5 7 9

2_ 8. 4 _
5 1 − − −−
7. 2.6 4.16 9. -4.58 4. 58
8 6

Order each set of rational numbers from least to greatest.


10. 0.5, 0.1, _
1 _
, 2 11. 2.4, 2 _
4
, 2.13, 1 _
9
4 3 7 10

12. _
1
, -0.7, 0.25, - _
3
13. 1 _
2
, 1_
2
, 1.45, 1.67
5 5 9 3

14. -2 _
1
, -2.28, -2.7, -2 _
4
15. 4 _
2
, 4_
5
, 4.6, 5.3
4 5 3 6

30 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2A Homework Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Comparing and Ordering Rational Numbers


Replace each with <, >, or = to make a true sentence.
1. _
3 _5 2. _
4 _
5
3. 3 _
2
3_
1
4. 5 _
7
5_
8
5 7 9 11 11 9 15 17

5. 0.2 _
2
6. 0.25 _
5
7. 8 _
10
8.3 8. 4 _
8
4.3
11 21 27 30

9. - _
8
-_
5
10. - _
3
-_
7
11. - _
2
-_
6
12. - _
2
-_
9
13 13 8 8 5 7 9 11

13. -4.5 -4.55 14. -6.14 -6.15 15. -3.57 -3.5 16. -1.9 -1.99

17. Which is least: _ , 0.4, _ , 0.03 5, or _


3 4 − 5
?
8 11 13

18. Which is greatest: _ , 0.778, 0.78, _


7 −− 11
or 0.787?
9 13

Order each set of rational numbers from least to greatest.


19. -5.81, -5 _
3
, -5 _
3
, -5.69 20. -1.01, -1.1, -1 _
1
, -1 _
1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

4 5 9 11

21. Which point on the number line is P Q SR


the graph of 0.875?
0 1 1 3 1
4 2 4

22. STATISTICS If you order a set of numbers from least to greatest, the
middle number is the median. Find the median of 43.7, 41.3, 44.5,
42 _
4
, and 43 _
3
.
5 4

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 31


NAME DATE PERIOD

Mini-Project 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

(Use with Lesson 2A)


Comparing and Ordering Rational Numbers
Rational numbers can be compared by using many different methods. For
instance, you can express them as fractions with like denominators. You can also
express them as decimals and compare the decimals. You can even draw lines to
represent each fraction and compare their lengths.

Use a ruler to draw a segment having the length of each fraction.


Rewrite the length as a fraction with a denominator of 16. Then write
the fraction as a decimal.

Length Segment Fraction Decimal

1. _
1
inch
2

2. _
5
inch
16

3. _
3
inch
4

4. _
5
inch

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


8

5. _
1
inch
4

6. Order the fractions from least to 7. How did you order the fractions
greatest. and why did you choose this method?

least

greatest

32 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2B Study Guide 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


ABSOLUTE VALUE Numbers on opposite sides of zero and the same distance from
zero have the same absolute value.
2 units 2 units

-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3

The symbol for absolute value is two vertical bars on either side of the
number. |2| = 2 and |-2| = 2

Example 1 Evaluate each expression.

a. |-4| b. |-3| + |6|


|- 3| + |6| = 3 + 6 ⎪-3⎥ = 3, ⎪6⎥ = 6
4 units
=9 Simplify.

-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6

|-4| = 4 On the number line, -4 is 4 units from 0.

Example 2 Evaluate |x| - 7 if x = -8.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

|x| - 7 = |-8| -7 Replace x with - 8.

=8-7 The absolute value of - 8 is 8.

=1 Simplify.

Exercises
Evaluate each expression.

1. |-6| 2. |15| 3. |-12| 4. |21|

5. |4| - |2| 6. |-8| + |-3| 7. |-10| - |-6| 8. |12| + |-4|

ALGEBRA Evaluate each expression if x = 8 and y = – 3.

9. 12 + |y| 10. x - |y| 11. 2|x| + 3|y|

12. x + |y| 13. 6|y| 14. 3x - 4|y|

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 33


NAME DATE PERIOD

2B Skills Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


Write an integer for each situation. Then graph on a number line.

1. a bank deposit of $200 2. a loss of 10 yards

3. 450 feet above sea level 4. 7°F below normal

Replace each ● with <, >, or = to make a true sentence.

5. 1 ● 0 6. –3 ● 0 7. 0 ● -1 8. 0 ● 9

9. -7 ● –7 10. 2 ● -2 11. -2 ● 8 12. -4 ● 4

13. 5 ● 5 14. 0 ● -6 15. 4 ● 10 16. 6 ● -6

17. 3 ● 7 18. -1 ● -2 19. 3 ● 4 20. -3 ● -4

Evaluate each expression.

21. |1| 22. |-10| 23. |-8|

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


24. |10| 25. |4| + |-4| 26. |9| - |-5|

27. 0 + |-1| 28. |-6| + |-5| 29. |-8| - |-8|

30. |12| + |-3| 31. |-15| - |6| 32. |-13| + |-7|

ALGEBRA Evaluate each expression if a = -3, b = 0, and c = 1.

33. |a| - b 34. |c| + 2 35. 9 - |a|

36. 25 - |b| 37. 10 - |b| 38. |-8| + |a|

34 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2B Homework Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


Write an integer for each situation. Then graph on a number line.

1. an elevator ascends 4 floors 2. to be at par

3. 11°F below zero 4. a profit of $52 on a sale

Replace each ● with <, >, or = to make a true sentence.

5. 0 ● -5 6. 10 ● -10 7. -8 ● 3 8. 11 ● 11

9. -18 ● -18 10. -18 ● 18 11. 18 ● -18 12. 18 ● 18

13. -120 ● -95 14. 35 ● -12 15. -35 ● 12 16. 41 ● 17

Evaluate each expression.

17. |-7| 18. |14| 19. |-11|

20. |-9| - |6| 21. |-18| - |-8| 22. |-12| + |1|


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

23. |8 - 4| 24. |23| - |18| 25. |-16| + |-22|

ALGEBRA Evaluate each expression if a = -3, b = 0, and c = 1.

26. |a| - |c| 27. |a| + |c| 28. |ab| + c

29. 5 - |ac| 30. c + |-5| 31. c + |5|

32. WEATHER At 6:15 A.M. the temperature was -8°F. At 12:15 P.M. the temperature
was -12°F. At 6:16 P.M. the temperature was -10°F. Order the temperatures from
least to greatest.

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 35


NAME DATE PERIOD

2B Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.2, 8.N.2.3

Integers and Absolute Value


1. ELEVATION The surface of the Dead 4. BANKING One page in Joe’s check
Sea is 1312 feet below sea level. Use an register looks like the following table.
integer to express the surface of the How do the total deposits compare with
Dead Sea in relation to sea level. the total withdrawals?

Description Deposit Withdrawal Balance


Movies $15 $360
Paycheck $300 $660
2. FOOTBALL During a football game Gas $25 $635
between the Eagles and the Bears, the Groceries $50 $585
quarterback of the Eagles was tackled Car $150 $435
for a loss of six yards. Use an integer to
express the Eagles’ new location on the
football field in relation to their previous
location.

5. GOLF Joe is a golfer. He keeps track of


3. WINDCHILL The windchill factor, shown his scores by noting the difference
in the table below, indicates how much between his score and par, the number of
colder the wind feels than the actual swings it should take the ball to descend
outdoor temperature. How much colder into the hole. The scorecard below shows

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


does it feel when the outdoor Joe’s scores from a recent round of golf.
temperature is 10°F and the wind is
blowing at 10 miles per hour? Big Lake Country Club
Hole 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Windchill Factor Par 4 4 5 4 4 3 3 4 5
Wind Temperature (°F) Score 2 -1 -1 1 0 -2 1 0 2
(mph) 20 15 10 5 0 -5 -10 -15 Hole 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
5 13 7 1 -5 -11 -16 -22 -28 Par 4 4 4 3 3 4 5 4 5
10 9 3 -4 -10 -16 -22 -28 -35 Score 1 0 0 -1 2 1 -2 1 -1
15 6 0 -7 -13 -19 -26 -32 -39
20 4 -2 -9 -15 -22 -29 -35 -42 a. Compare Joe’s scores on the 7th and
25 3 -4 -11 -17 -24 -31 -37 -44 13th holes.
30 1 -5 -12 -19 -26 -33 -39 -46
b. Compare Joe’s scores on the 6th and
35 0 -7 -14 -21 -27 -34 -41 -48
18th holes.
40 -1 -8 -15 -22 -29 -36 -43 -50
c. Write the scores for the 1st, 3rd, 4th,
and 8th holes in the order from least
to greatest.

36 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2C Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Multiplying Positive and Negative Fractions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 96 in your textbook. Write
your answers below.
1. What is the product of _
1
and _
2
?
3 5
2. Use an area model to find each product.
a. _
3 _
· 1 b. _
2 _
· 2 c. _
1 _
· 3 d. _
2 _
· 4
4 2 5 3 4 5 3 5

3. What is the relationship between the numerators of the factors and the
numerator of the product?

4. What is the relationship between the denominators of the factors and the
denominator of the product?

Read the Lesson


5. What is the greatest common factor of two numbers?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. How is the greatest common factor used when multiplying fractions?

7. How is dimensional analysis defined on page 98 in your textbook?

8. How is dimensional analysis used in Example 5 on page 98 in your


textbook?

Remember What You Learned


9. If you were to visit Europe, you may need to exchange some of your
money for Euros. The exchange rate tells you how many dollars equals
how many Euros. How would you use dimensional analysis to compute
the number of Euros you would get from $50?

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 37


NAME DATE PERIOD

2C Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Multiplying Positive and Negative Fractions


To multiply fractions, multiply the numerators and multiply the denominators.

Example 1 _ _
Find 3 · 4 . Write in simplest form.
1
8 11
_ _
3
· 4 =3 · 4 _ _ Divide 8 and 4 by their GCF, 4.
8 11 8 11
2

= _
3·1
Multiply the numerators and denominators.
2 · 11

=_
3
Simplify.
22
To multiply mixed numbers, first rewrite them as improper fractions.

Example 2 _ _
Find -2 1 · 3 3 . Write in simplest form.
3 5
-2 _
1
· 3_
3
= -_
7 _
· 18 -2 _
1 = -_
7 3 = _
, 3_ 18
3 5 3 5 3 3 5 5
6

= -_
7 _
· 18 Divide 18 and 3 by their GCF, 3.
3 5
1
__
= -7 ·6
Multiply the numerators and denominators.
1·5

= -_
42
Simplify.
5

= -8 _
2
Write the result as a mixed number.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5

Exercises
Multiply. Write in simplest form.

1. _
2 _
·3 2. _
4 _
·3 3. - _
1 _
·7
3 5 7 4 2 9

4. _
9
· _
2
5. _
5
· -_
( 9)
4
6. - _
4
· -_
( 3)
2
10 3 8 7

7. 2 _
2 _
· 1 8. -3 _
1
· 1_
1
9. 3 _
3
· 2_
5
5 6 3 2 7 8

10. -1 _
7
· -2 _
2
( ) 11. -1 _
3
· 2_
1
12. 2 _
2
· 2_
3
8 5 4 5 3 7

38 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2C Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Multiplying Positive and Negative Fractions


Find each product. Write in simplest form.

1. _
1 _
·4 2. _
6 _
· 1 3. _
3
· _
2
4 5 7 2 10 3

15 _ 8 _
4. - _ · 4 5. - _
( 15
) 16 6. - _ -_
( 8 )( 7 )
7 1
16 5 25

7. 1 _
1 _
· 1 8. 1 _
1
· 1_
1
9. -2 _
2
· -_
1
( 4)
4 5 4 5 3

10. _
1
· -_
4
·_
5
( ) 11. 2 _
2
· 2_
1
·2 12. 10 · 8.56 · _
1
4 15 7 5 3 2

1 2 7 3
ALGEBRA Evaluate each expression if a = - , b = , c = , and d = - . _ _ _ _
5 3 8 4

13. bc 14. ab 15. abc 16. abd

17. COOKING A recipe calls for 2 _


1
cups of flour. How much flour would you
4
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

need to make _
1
of the recipe?
3

18. FARMING A farmer has 6 _


1
acres of land for growing crops. If she plants corn on
2
_3 of the land, how many acres of corn will she have?
5

1 2 1 1
ALGEBRA Evaluate each expression if e = -1 , f = 2 , g = -2 , and h = 1 . _ _ _ _
4 3 6 5

19. efh 2 20. e 2h 2 21. _


1 2
f g 22. -2ef(-gh)
8

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 39


NAME DATE PERIOD

2C Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Multiplying Positive and Negative Fractions


1. NUTRITION Maria’s favorite granola bar 2. ELECTIONS In the last election, _3
of the
8
has 230 Calories. The nutrition label voters in Afton voted for the incumbent
states that _
7
of the Calories come from mayor. If 424 people voted in Afton in
8
fat. How many Calories in the granola the last election, how many voted for
bar come from fat? the incumbent mayor?

3. HOBBIES Jerry is building a _ 1


scale 4. COOKING Enola’s recipe for cookies
9
model of a race car. If the tires on the calls for 2 _
1
cups of flour. If she wants
actual car are 33 inches in diameter, 2
what is the diameter of the tires on the to make _
3
of a batch of cookies, how
4
model? much flour should she use?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. TRANSPORTATION Hana’s car used _
3
 of 6. GEOMETRY The area of a rectangle is
4
a tank of gas to cross Arizona. The gas found by multiplying its length times
tank on her car holds 15 _
1 its width. What is the area of a
rectangle with a length of 2 _
gallons. How 1
2 inches
4
many gallons of gas did it take to cross and a width of 1 _
5
inches?
Arizona? 9

7. COOKING A recipe for ice cream calls 8. ADVERTISING A jewelry advertisement


_
for 3 1 cups of heavy cream. If Steve shows a bracelet at 6 times its actual
3
_
wants to make 2 1 times the normal
size. If the actual length of the bracelet
2
amount, how much heavy cream is 5 _
3
inches, what is the length of the
10
should he use? bracelet in the photograph?

40 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2D Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Dividing Positive and Negative Fractions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 102 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Find the value of 60 ÷ 5.

2. Find the value of 60 × _


1
.
5

3. Compare the values of 60 ÷ 5 and 60 × _


1
.
5

4. What can you conclude about the relationship between dividing by 5 and
multiplying by _
1
?
5

Read the Lesson


5. Describe the process for finding the multiplicative inverse of a mixed
number.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

For Exercises 6–9, write the multiplicative inverse of each mixed


number.

6. 2 _
1
7. -1 _
3
8. 3 _
4
9. 5 _
5
5 8 7 9

10. Explain how to divide by a fraction.

11. Look at your answers for Exercises 6 and 10 above. How do you divide a
number by 2 _
1
?
5

Remember What You Learned


12. Look up the word invert in the dictionary. Draw a simple picture and then
invert it. Explain how this helps you remember how to divide fractions.

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 41


NAME DATE PERIOD

2D Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Dividing Positive and Negative Fractions


Two numbers whose product is 1 are multiplicative inverses, or reciprocals, of each other.

Example 1 Write the multiplicative inverse of -2 3 . _


4
-2 _
3
= -_
11 _
Write -2 3 as an improper fraction.
4 4 4

Since - _
11
-_
4
= 1, the multiplicative inverse of -2 _
( ) 3
is - _
4
4 11 4 11

To divide by a fraction or mixed number, multiply by its multiplicative inverse.

Example 2 Find _
3
÷ _
6
. Write in simplest form.
8 7
_3 ÷ _6 = _3 · _7 Multiply by the multiplicative inverse of _
6
, which is _
7
.
8 7 8 6 7 6
1

= _
3 _
· 7 Divide 6 and 3 by their GCF, 3.
8 6
2

= _
7
Simplify.
16

Exercises
Write the multiplicative inverse of each number.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1. _
3
2. - _
8
3. _
1
4. - _
1
5 9 10 6

5. 2 _
3
6. -1 _
2
7. -5 _
2 _
8. 7 1
5 3 5 4

Divide. Write in simplest form.

9. _
1
÷ _
1
10. _
2
÷ _
4
3 6 5 7

11. - _
5
÷ _
3
12. 1 _
1
÷ 2_
1
6 4 5 4

13. 3 _
1
÷ -3 _
2
( ) 14. - _
4
÷2
7 3 9

15. _
6
÷ (-4) 16. 5 ÷ 2 1 _
11 3

42 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2D Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Dividing Positive and Negative Fractions


Write the multiplicative inverse of each number.

1. _
4
2. _
7
3. -20 4. -5 _
3
5 12 8

Find each quotient. Write in simplest form.

5. _
1
÷ _
1
6. _
2
÷ _
5
7. _
3
÷ _
6
5 4 5 6 7 11

8. _
3
÷ _
4
9. _
3
÷6 10. _
6
÷3
10 5 8 7

11. _
4
÷ 10 12. _
6
÷8 13. - _
4
÷ _
5
5 11 5 6

14. _
5
÷ -_
3
( 5) 15. - _
3
÷ -_
2
( 5) 16. - _
13
÷ -_
8
( 9)
12 10 18

17. 4 _
1
÷ 1_
3
18. 8 _
1
÷ 3_
3
19. -10 _
1
÷ 2_
1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5 4 3 4 2 3

20. OFFICE SUPPLIES A regular paper clip is 1 _


1
inches long, and a jumbo paper clip is
_ 4
1 7 inches long. How many times longer is the jumbo paper clip than the regular
8
paper clip?

21. STORAGE The ceiling in a storage unit is 7 _


2
feet high. How many boxes may be stacked
3
in a single stack if each box is _
3
foot tall?
4

ALGEBRA Evaluate each expressin for the given values.

22. r ÷ s if r = - _
7
and s = _
7
23. m ÷ n if m = _
4
and n = _
11
20 15 9 12

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 43


NAME DATE PERIOD

2D Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Dividing Positive and Negative Fractions


1. CONTAINER GARDENING One bag of 2. MUSIC Doug has a shelf 9 _
3
inches long
potting soil contains 8 _
4
for storing CDs. Each CD is _
1 3
quarts of inch
4 8
soil. How many clay pots can be filled wide. How many CDs will fit on one
from one bag of potting soil if each pot shelf?
holds _3
quart?
4

3. SERVING SIZE A box of cereal contains 4. HOME IMPROVEMENT Lori is building


15 _
3
ounces of cereal. If a bowl holds a path in her backyard using square
paving stones that are 1 _
5 3
2_
2 feet on each
ounces of cereal, how many bowls of 4
5 side. How many paving stones placed
cereal are in one box?
end-to-end are needed to make a path
that is 21 feet long?

5. GEOMETRY Given the length of a 6. GEOMETRY Given the length of a


rectangle and its area, you can find rectangle and its area, you can find

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


the width by dividing the area by the width by dividing the area by the
the length. A rectangle has an area length. A rectangle has an area of 4 _
5
7
of 6 _
2
square inches and a length of square feet and a length of 3 _
2
feet.
3 3
2_
1
inches. What is the width of the What is the width of the rectangle?
2
rectangle?

7. HOBBIES Dena has a picture frame that 8. YARD WORK Leon is mowing his yard,
is 13 _
1
inches wide. How many pictures which is 21 _
2
feet wide. His lawn
2
that are 3 _
3
mower makes a cut that is 1 _
3 2
inches wide can be placed feet
8 3
beside each other within the frame? wide on each pass. How many passes
will Leon need to finish the lawn?

44 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2E Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Like Fractions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 108 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What is the sum of the whole-number parts of the baskets of apples?

2. How many _
1
baskets are there?
4
3. Can you combine all of the apples into a bushel that holds five baskets?
Explain.

Read the Lesson


4. Define like fractions.

For Exercises 5–8, determine whether each pair of fractions are like
fractions.

5. _
3 _
,3 6. _
5 _
,7 7. _
4
, -_
5
8. _
5
, -_
2
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5 7 8 8 7 7 9 3

9. Explain how to add like fractions. Then simplify if necessary.

10. Explain how to subtract like fractions. Then simplify if necessary.

Add or subtract. Write in simplest form.

11. _
3
+_
1
12. _
5
+_
7
13. _
5
-_
2
14. _
4
-_
5
5 5 8 8 9 9 7 7

Remember What You Learned


15. Talk with a partner about the word like. What does it usually mean? How
is this different from the way it is used in the lesson?

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 45


NAME DATE PERIOD

2E Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Like Fractions


Fractions that have the same denominator are called like fractions. To add like fractions, add the
numerators of the fractions and write the sum over the denominator.

Example 1 _ ( _)
Find 1 + - 4 . Write in simplest form.
5 5
_1 + (- _4 ) = __
1 + ( -4)
Add the numerators. The denominators are the same.
5 5 5
=_
-3
or - _
3
Simplify.
5 5

To subtract like fractions, subtract the numerators of the fractions and write the difference over the
denominator.

Example 2 _ _
Find - 4 - 7 . Write in simplest form.
9 9

-_
4
-_
7
= __
-4 - 7
Subtract the numerators. The denominators are the same.
9 9 9
_
= -11 or -1 2 _ Rename _
-11 as -1 _
2
.
9 9 9 9

To add or subtract mixed numbers, first write the mixed numbers as improper fractions. Then add or
subtract the improper fractions and simplify the result.

Example 3 _ _
Find 2 3 + 6 5 . Write in simplest form.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


7 7

2_
3
+ 6_
5
=_
17
+_
47
Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions.
7 7 7 7
= __
17 + 47
Add the numerators. The denominators are the same.
7
= _ _
64
or 9 1 Rewrite _
64
as 9 _
1
.
7 7 7 7

Exercises
Add or subtract. Write in simplest form.

1. _
4
+_
2
2. _
1
+_
5
3. _
5
+ -_
1
7 7 10 10 9 9

_
4. 1 + - _
5
5. - _
3
+_
7
6. _
5
- -_
4
( )
6 6 8 8 11 11

7. - _
4
-_
3
8. - _
9
+ -_
6
( ) 9. 2 _
1
+ 1_
1
5 5 13 13 4 4

10. 3 _
5
+ 2_
3
11. 3 _
5
- 1_
3
12. 4 _
3
- 2_
4
7 7 8 8 5 5

46 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2E Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Like Fractions


Add or subtract. Write in simplest form.

1. - _
1
+_
3
2. - _
3
+ -_
1
( 8) 3. - _
8
+_
10
4 4 8 11 11

4. - _
5
-_
4
5. _
11
-_
7
6. _
2
-_
7
7 7 12 12 15 15

7. 4 _
3
+ 6_
3
8. 5 _
7
+ 9_
9 _ (
9. 7 4 + -3 _
5
)
4 4 10 10 9 9

_
10. -1 8 - 4 _
8
11. -4 _
4
- 5_
4
12. 8 _
5
- 3_
5
9 9 5 5 6 6

13. SEWING Naomi needs 2 _


3
yards of fabric to make a banner for a football
4
game. The fabric store has 6 _
1
yards of the fabric she wants. How much of
4
the fabric will remain at the store after Naomi buys her fabric?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

14. GEOMETRY Find the perimeter of the

triangle. 4 3 in.
2 7 in.
8 8

5 1 in.
8

Simplify each expression.

15. -5 _
4
+ 2_
1
- 3_
5
( 7) 16. -7 _
1
- -4 _
(
11
+ 9_
7
)
7 7 12 12 12

ALGEBRA Evaluate each expressions for the given values.

17. r + s if r = 8 _
4
and s = -3 _
2
18. b - c if b = -2 _
7
and c = -9 _
5
5 5 9 9

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 47


NAME DATE PERIOD

2E Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Like Fractions


1. GEOMETRY Find the perimeter of a 2. PETS Pat wants to find out how much
rectangle with a length of 4 _
2
inches her dog Hunter weighs. Pat steps on

and a width of 3 _
1
inches.
3
the scale and reads her weight as 126 3 _
3 8
pounds. The combined weight of Pat
and Hunter is 137 _
7
pounds. How much
8
does Hunter weigh?

3. MEASUREMENTS Tate fills a 13 _


1
ounce 4. DECORATING Jeri has two posters. One
3
glass from a 21 _
2
ounce bottle of juice. is 4 _
7
feet wide and the other is 5 _
1
3 10 10
How much juice is left in the bottle? feet wide. Will the two posters fit beside
each other on a wall that is 10 feet
wide? Explain.

5. AGE Nida is 11 _
1

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


years old, while her 6. GEOMETRY A triangle has sides of
sister Yoki is 8 5
12
_years old. What is 1_
1
inches, 1 _
3 _
inches, and 1 5 inches.
8 8 8
12
the sum of the ages of the sisters? What is the perimeter of the triangle?

7. HUMAN BODY Tom’s right foot 8. COMPUTERS Trey has two data files on
measures 10 _
2
inches, while Randy’s his computer that he is going to
combine. One file is 1 _
5 4
right foot measures 9 _
4 megabytes,
inches. How 9
while the other file is 3 _
5 8
much longer is Tom’s foot than megabytes.
9
Randy’s? What will be the size of the resulting
file?

48 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2F Explore Through Reading 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Unlike Fractions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 114 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What are the denominators of the fractions?

2. What is the least common multiple of the denominators?

3. Find the missing value in _ = _.


1 ?
2 6

Read the Lesson


4. What do LCM and LCD stand for? Give a definition for each.

Find the LCM of each pair of numbers.


5. 2, 3 6. 4, 6 7. 5, 10 8. 9, 12
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Find the LCM of each pair of numbers.

9. _
3 _
,3 10. _
5 _
, 7 11. _
4
, -_
5
12. _
5
, -_
2
5 7 8 12 7 7 9 3

13. Explain how to add or subtract unlike fractions.

Rewrite each sum or difference in terms of like fractions. Then add


or subtract. Write in simplest form.

14. _
3
+_
1
15. _
3
+_
7
16. _
5
-_
2
5 2 4 8 9 3

17. _
4
-_
1
18. _
3
+_
3
19. _
5
-_
7
7 2 5 7 8 12

Remember What You Learned


20. Describe what the prefix un- usually means when it appears in front of a
word. How does this meaning relate to unlike fractions?

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 49


NAME DATE PERIOD

2F Study Guide 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Unlike Fractions


Fractions with unlike denominators are called unlike fractions. To add or subtract unlike fractions,
rename the fractions using the least common denominator. Then add or subtract as with like fractions.

Example 1 _ _
Find 3 + 2 . Write in simplest form.
5 3
_3 + _2 = _3 · _3 + _2 · _5 The LCD is 5 · 3 or 15.
5 3 5 3 3 5
= _9
+ _
10
Rename each fraction using the LCD.
15 15
= __
9 + 10
Add the numerators. The denominators are the same.
15
= _19
or 1 _4
Simplify.
15 15

Example 2 _ _
Find -3 1 - 1 5 . Write in simplest form.
2 6

-3 _
1 - 1_
5
= -_
7
-_11
Write the mixed numbers as improper fractions.
2 6 2 6
=- · -_
7 _
_ 3 11
The LCD is 2 · 3 or 6.
2 3 6
=-_ _
21
- 11
Rename _
7
using the LCD.
6 6 2

= __
-21 - 11
Subtract the numerators.
6
=-_32_ or - 16 or -5 1 _ Simplify.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


6 3 3

Exercises
Add or subtract. Write in simplest form.

1. _
2
5
+_
3
10
_7 2. _
1
3
+_
2
9
_5 3. _
5
+ -_
9
1
( 6) _7
10 9 18

4. - _
3
-_
4
5
6
_
-1 7 5. _
4
5
- -_
1
( 3) 12 _ 6. 1 _
2
- -_
3
4
( 9) 21 _
12 15 9

7. - _
7
- -_
10
1
( 2) -1 _ 8. 2 _
1
+ 1_
4
3
8
_
35 9. 3 _
3
- 1_
4
1
3
_
25
5 8 12

10. -1 _
1
- 2_
1
5 4
-3 9 _ 11. -2 _
4
- -1 _
1
9 ( 3 ) -1 1 _ 12. 3 _
3
- 2_
5
2
3
_
14
20 9 15

50 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2F Homework Practice 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Unlike Fractions


Add or subtract. Write in simplest form.

1. - _
1
+_
7
2. _
5
+ -_
5
( 9) 3. - _
4
+ -_
1
( 3)
2 10 6 5

4. _
7
-_
2 _ (
5. 3 - - _
1
) 6. - _
7
- -_
2
( 3)
9 5 4 12 8

7. 4 _
1
+ 6_
3
8. 1 _
7
+ -5 _
(
3
) 9. 7 _
3
- -5 _
1
( )
5 4 10 5 5 3

10. -3 _
2
- 45 _ 11. -4 _
3
-59 _ 12. -18 _ + 14 3
5 _
3 9 5 10 12 4

13. POPULATION About _


1
of the world’s population lives in China, and _
1
of the world’s
5 6
population lives in India. What fraction of the world’s population lives in other

countries?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

ALGEBRA For Exercises 14 and 15, evaluate each expression using the given information.

14. m - n if m = - _
3
and n = -10 _
7
15. j - k if j = - _
5
and k = 4 _
5
5 10 9 6

GEOMETRY Find the missing measure for each figure.

16. 17. 10 1 in.


x in. 2
3 1 in.
3
x in.
14 5 in.
8

5 1 in. 17 3 in.
4 4

perimeter = 12 _
23
in. perimeter = 59 _
1
in.
24 4

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 51


NAME DATE PERIOD

2F Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.1.1

Adding and Subtracting Unlike Fractions


1. GEOMETRY Two line segments have 2. COMPUTERS The biology class has
_
lengths of 3 1 inches and 1 _
1
inches. created two data files on the computer.
4 3
What is the sum of the lengths of the
_
One file is 2 1 megabytes, while the
9
other file is 4 _
two line segments? 1
megabytes. How much
2
larger is the second file than the first?

3. HUMAN BODY The index finger on 4. DECORATING Sugi has two pictures that


_
Pablo’s right hand measures 3 3 inches, she wants to put beside each other in a
frame. One is 3 _
8 1
while the index finger on his left hand inches wide and the
2
measures 3 _
5
inches. Which hand has other is 5 _
1
inches wide. How wide
16 8
the longer index finger? How much must the frame be to fit both pictures?
longer is it?

5. PETS Laura purchased two puppies 6. AGE Alma is 6 _


3
years old, while her

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


4
from a litter. One of the puppies weighs brother David is 3 _
5
years old. What is
6
4_
5
pounds and the other puppy weighs the sum of the ages of Alma and David?
6
5_
1
pounds. How much more does the
2
second puppy weigh than the first?

7. MEASUREMENT Ned pours 7 _


2
ounces of 8. GEOMETRY A triangle has sides of
5
water from a beaker containing 1_
1
inches, 1 _
1
inches, and 1 _
2
inches.
6 3 3
10 _
1
ounces. How much water is left in What is the perimeter of the triangle?
4
the beaker?

52 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2G Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Rational Numbers


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 119 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Multiply each side of the equation by 3. Then divide each side by 2. Write
the result.

2. Multiply each side of the original equation by the multiplicative


inverse of _
2
. Write the result.
3

3. What was Kenseth’s average life speed in Michigan?

4. Which method of solving the equation seems most efficient?

Read the Lesson


5. Match the method of solving with the appropriate equation.

1.25a = 3.75 a. Subtract _


3
from each side.
5

x + 1.25 = 5.25 b. Multiply each by _


5
.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

3
_3 m = _
7
c. Add 1.25 to each side.
5 10

r – 1.25 = 4.5 d. Divide each side by 1.25.

_3 + f = _1 e. Subtract 1.25 from each side.


5 2

Explain in words how to solve each equation.

6. _
y
= 1.1
3.2

7. _
3
+v= _
7
8 12

Remember What You Learned


8. The description of a problem often has more information than you need to
design an equation and solve it. Describe the process of writing an
equation to solve a problem.

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 53


NAME DATE PERIOD

2G Study Guide 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Rational Numbers


The Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Division Properties of Equality can be used to solve
equations with rational numbers.

Example 1 Solve x - 2.73 = 1.31. Check your solution.


x - 2.73 = 1.31 Write the equation.

x - 2.73 + 2.73 = 1.31 + 2.73 Add 2.73 to each side.

x = 4.04 Simplify.

Check x - 2.73 = 1.31 Write the original equation.

4.04 - 2.73  1.31 Replace x with 4.04.

1.31 = 1.31 ✓ Simplify.

Example 2 Solve _
4
y= _
2
. Check your solution.
5 3
_4 y = _2 Write the equation.
5 3
_5 ( _4 y) = _5 · _2 Multiply each side by _
5
.
4 5 4 3 4

y=_
5
Simplify.
6
_4 y = _2

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Check Write the original equation.
5 3
_4 ( _5 )  _2 Replace y with _
5
.
5 6 3 6

_2 = _2 ✓ Simplify.
3 3

Exercises
Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. t + 1.32 = 3.48 2. b - 4.22 = 7.08 3. -8.07 = r - 4.48

4. h + _
4
=_
7
5. - _
5
=x- _
1
6. - _
2
+f= _
3
9 9 8 4 3 5

7. 3.2c = 9.6 8. -5.04 = 1.26d 9. _


3
x=6
5

10. - _
2
= _
3
t 11. _
w
= 4.2 12. 1 _
3
r = 3_
5
3 4 2.5 4 8

54 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

2G Homework Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Rational Numbers


Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. m + 0.88 = 1.64 2. t - 2.89 = 9.15 3. - _
3
=d- _
5
5 6

4. - _
7
=b+ _
1
5. h - (-6.3) = 8.12 6. -2.5 = n - (-5.37)
16 4

7. - _
5
k = 25 8. - _
3
v = -27 9. -2.94 = -0.42a
8 7

10. -8.4 = 1.4y 11. _


f
= -7.5 12. __
p
= -3.6
2.4 -6.25

13. 2.5x = - _ 14. -4.5w = -8 _ 15. 8 _


13 1 2 −
= -1.3g
16 3 3
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

16. MONEY The currency in Switzerland is called a franc. On a certain day,


one U.S. dollar equaled 1 _
1
Swiss francs. Write and solve a multiplication
4
equation to find the number of U.S. dollars that would equal 15 Swiss
francs.

FOOTBALL For Exercise 18, refer to the table. NFL Stadiums


17. Let s equal the number of additional seats Seating Capacity
that the Pittsburgh Steelers’ stadium needs Seats
Stadium
to equal the number of seats in Kansas City (thousands)
Chiefs’ stadium. Write and solve an addition Dallas Cowboys 65.7
equation to determine the number of seats Kansas City Chiefs 79.4
that the Steelers’ stadium needs to equal
Pittsburgh Steelers 64.5
the number of seats in the Chiefs’ stadium.
San Diego Chargers 71.3

Chapter 2 North Carolina, Grade 8 55


NAME DATE PERIOD

2G Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Rational Numbers


1. NATURE The height of a certain tree is 2. SHOPPING Kristen went shopping and
12.85 meters. The length  of its longest spent $84.63 on books and CDs. The
branch can be found using the equation equation 84.63 = b + 43.22 can be
 + 3.23 = 12.85. Solve the equation. used to determine the amount b that
she spent on books. Solve the equation.

3. ENERGY PRICES Suppose regular 4. DRIVING TIME Sam went for a drive
unleaded gasoline costs $2.40 per last Sunday. His average speed was 46
gallon. The price p of premium gasoline miles per hour and he drove 115 miles.
can be found using the equation The equation 115 = 46t can be used to
_
p
= 2.40. What is the price of the find the time t that he spent driving.
1.2 Solve the equation.
premium gasoline?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. AUTOMOBILES The bed of Julian’s 6. SPORTS Leo and Ted both ran in a race.
truck is 2 _
1
yards long. The length  of Leo’s time was 9 minutes, which was _ 3
3 4
the truck can be found by solving the of Ted’s time. Using t for Ted’s time,
equation  - 2 _
4 _
= 2 1 . What is the
write a multiplication equation to
9 3 represent the situation.
length of the truck?

7. SPEED Ella rode the bus to work today. 8. GEOMETRY A rectangle has area
The distance she traveled was 4 _
1
miles 6_
2
square inches and length 2 _
1
inches.
4 3 2
and the ride took _
1
of an hour. The The equation 6 _
2
= 2_
1
w can be used to
3 3 2
equation _
1
s = 4_
1
can be used to find find the width w of the rectangle. Solve
3 4
the equation.
the average speed s of the bus. What
was the average speed of the bus?

56 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 2


NAME DATE PERIOD

3 Anticipation Guide
Real Numbers and the Pythagorean Theorem
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 3

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree,
write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. -4 is a square root of 16.
2. To solve an equation when the variable is squared, take the
square root of each side of the equation.
3. The best whole number estimate for the square root of 47
is 6.
4. A Venn Diagram can contain at most two circles.
5. The set of real numbers contains both rational numbers and
irrational numbers.
6. The set of irrational numbers is the set of all square roots.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. The square of the length of the longest side of a triangle


equals the sum of the squares of the lengths of the legs is
true only in right triangles.
8. 4, 9, 16 is an example of a Pythagorean Triple.
9. In the coordinate plane, all ordered pairs in Quadrants III
and IV have a negative x-coordinates.
10. The Pythagorean Theorem can be used to find the distance
between two points on the coordinate plane.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 3

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 57


NAME DATE PERIOD

3 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another
piece of paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Use the array shown below to help 2. Gerri is attempting to install a new
answer the question. window for a second floor room. She is not
sure how far off the ground the window
is, but she does know that the ladder is
20 feet long. She also knows that she is
standing 10 feet from the house.

window

20 ft
10 ft
What is the square root of 121?
A 12 Which equation will allow you to find how
B 9 far the window is from the ground (h)?
C 13 A 20 - 10 = h
D 11 B 20 2 - 10 = h 2
C 20 2 - 10 2 = h 2
D h2 + 10 2 = 20

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution
1. The array shows 121 dots in a square 2. Hint: The Pythagorean Theorem can help
with 11 rows of 11 dots. The number you find the answer to questions of distance
of dots in each row shows the square in cases where a right triangle is formed.
root of 121. Since there are 11 dots in The Pythagorean Theorem states that
each row, the square root is 11. the sum of the squares of the legs of a
right triangle is equal to the square of the
hypotenuse (a 2 + b 2 = c 2). You can use the
rules of mathematics to change the form
of this to an equation involving subtraction
rather than addition.
The ladder, ground, and wall form a
right triangle. The ladder represents the
hypotenuse or the c value. Let the ground
distance be the b value, and use h to
represent the height, which is the a value.
a 2 + b 2 = c 2 becomes h 2 + 10 2 = 20 2
If you subtract 10 2 from each side, the
equation becomes h 2 = 20 2 - 10 2. This is
the same as the equation in Choice C.

The answer is D. The answer is C.


58 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3
NAME DATE PERIOD

3A Explore Through Reading 8.G.1.1

Square Roots
Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 144 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Copy and complete the following table.

Tiles on a Side 1 2 3 4 5
Total Number of Tiles in
1 4
the Square Arrangement

2. Suppose a square arrangement has 36 tiles. How many tiles are on a


side?

3. What is the relationship between the number of tiles on a side and the
number of tiles in the arrangement?

Read the Lesson


4. The opposite of _____________________________ is finding one of two equal
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

factors of a number.

5. Explain how you know whether a square root is the principal square root
or not.

6. To solve an equation in which one side of the equation is a squared term,


what can you do to each side of the equation?

Remember What You Learned


7. Given enough time and enough tiles, how might you go about
determining whether a whole number is a perfect square?

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 59


NAME DATE PERIOD

3A Study Guide 8.G.1.1

Square Roots
The square root of a number is one of two equal factors.The radical sign √ is used to indicate a

square root.

Examples Find each square root.

√
1 Since 1 · 1 = 1, √
1 = 1.

- √
16 Since 4 · 4 = 16, - √
16 = -4.

√
0.25 Since 0.5 · 0.5 = 0.25, √
0.25 = 0.5.
_ Since _
5 _
· 5 =_ 25 = 5_ .
_
√
25
36 6
25
,
6 36 √
36 6

Example 5 Solve a2 = 4 . _
9
a2 =_
4
Write the equation.
9
√
a2 = √_49 Take the square root of each side.

a=_
2
or - _
2
Notice that _
2 _
· 2 =_
( 3 )( 3 )
4
and - _
2 2 = _
-_ 4
.
3 3 3 3 9 9

The equation has two solutions, _


2
and - 2_ .
3 3

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Exercises

Find each square root.

1. √4
 2. √
9

3. - √
49 4. - √
25

5. √
0.01 6. - √
0.64

7. _
√
9 _
8. - 
1
√ 25
16

ALGEBRA Solve each equation.

9. x2 = 121 10. a2 = 3,600

11. p2 = _
81
12. t2 = _
121
100 196

60 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3A Homework Practice 8.G.1.1

Square Roots
Find each square root.
_
1. √
36 2. - √
144 3. - √
9
16
4. √
1.96

5. ± √
2.25 _
6. ± 
121
√ 289 7. _
√
81
8. ± √0.0025

100

9. - √
0.49 10. - √
3.24 _
11. - 
25
√ 441 12. ± √
361

ALGEBRA Solve each equation. Check your solution(s).

13. h2 = 121 14. 324 = a2 15. x2 = _


81
169

16. 0.0196 = m2 y=6


17. √ 18. z
√ = 8.4

19. GARDENING Moesha has 196 pepper plants that she wants to plant in square
formation. How many pepper plants should she plant in each row?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

20. RESTAURANTS A new restaurant has ordered 64 tables for its outdoor patio. If the
manager arranges the tables in a square formation, how many will be in each row?

GEOMETRY The formula for the perimeter of a square is P = 4s, where


s is the length of a side. Find the perimeter of each square.

21. 22. 23.


Area 5
Area 5 81 square
144 square feet
inches
Area 5
324 square
meters

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 61


NAME DATE PERIOD

3A Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.1.1

Square Roots
1. PLANNING Rosy wants a large picture 2. GEOMETRY If the area of a square is
window put in the living room of her 1 square meter, how many centimeters
new house. The window is to be square long is each side?
with an area of 49 square feet. How
long should each side of the window be?

3. ART A miniature portrait of George 4. BAKING Len is baking a square cake for
Washington is square and has an area his friend’s wedding. When served to
of 169 square centimeters. How long is the guests, the cake will be cut into
each side of the portrait? square pieces 1 inch on a side. The cake
should be large enough so that each of
the 121 guests gets one piece.How
long should each side of the cake be?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. ART Cara has 196 marbles that she is 6. GARDENING Tate is planning to put a
using to make a square formation.How square garden with an area of
many marbles should be in each row? 289 square feet in his back yard. What
will be the length of each side of the
garden?

7. HOME IMPROVEMENT Al has 324 square 8. GEOMETRY If the area of a square is


paving stones that he plans to use to 529 square inches, what is the length of
construct a square patio. How many a side of the square?
paving stones wide will the patio be?

62 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3B Explore Through Reading 8.G.1.3

Estimating Square Roots


Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 148 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Place your square on the number line. Between what two consecutive whole
numbers is √8 , the side length of the square, located?

2. Between what two perfect squares is 8 located?

3. Estimate the length of a side of the square. Verify your estimate by using
a calculator to compute the value √ 8.

Use grid paper to determine between which two consecutive whole


numbers each value is located.
4. √
23 5. √
52

6. √
27 7. √
18

Read the Lesson


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

8. Explain how you can estimate the square root of a number if you know
perfect squares greater than and less than the number.

For Exercises 9–12, estimate to the nearest whole number.


9. √
33 10. √
71

11. √
114 12. √
211

13. Read Example 3 on page 149 of your textbook. What is a “golden


rectangle”?

Remember What You Learned


14. Draw a triangle and label its sides. (Make sure your triangle is a real
triangle. For example, sides of lengths 2, 2 and 8 do not make a triangle.)
Trade triangles with a partner and estimate the area of your triangles
using Heron’s Formula.

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 63


NAME DATE PERIOD

3B Study Guide 8.G.1.3

Estimating Square Roots


Most numbers are not perfect squares. You can estimate square roots for these numbers.

Example 1 Estimate √


204 to the nearest whole number.
• The first perfect square less than 204 is 14.
• The first perfect square greater than 204 is 15.
196 < 204 < 225 Write an inequality.

14 2 < 204 < 15 2 196 = 14 2 and 225 = 15 2

14 < √
204 < 15 Take the square root of each number.

So, √
204 is between 14 and 15. Since 204 is closer to 196 than 225, the best
whole number estimate for √
204 is 14.

Example 2 Estimate √


79.3 to the nearest whole number.
• The first perfect square less than 79.3 is 64.
• The first perfect square greater than 79.3 is 81.
64 < 79.3 < 81 Write an inequality.

8 2 < 79.3 < 9 2 64 = 8 2 and 81 = 9 2

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


8 < √
79.3 < 9 Take the square root of each number.

So, √
79.3 is between 8 and 9. Since 79.3 is closer to 81 than 64, the best whole
number estimate for √
79.3 is 9.

Exercises
Estimate to the nearest whole number.
1. √
8 2. √
37 3. √
14

4. √
26 5. √
62 6. √
48

7. √
103 8. √
141 9. √
14.3

10. √
51.2 11. √
82.7 12. √
175.2

64 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3B Homework Practice 8.G.1.3

Estimating Square Roots


Estimate to the nearest whole number.
1. √
38 2. √
53 3. √
99 4. √
227

5. √
8.5 6. √
35.1 7. √
67.3 8. √
103.6

9. √
86.4 10. √
45.2 11. 7_
√
2
12. 27 _
√ 3
5 8

Order from least to greatest.


13. 8, 10, √
61 , √
73 14. √
45 , 9, 6, √
63 50 , 7, √
15. √ 44 , 5

ALGEBRA Estimate the solution of each equation to the nearest integer.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

16. d 2 = 61 17. z 2 = 85 18. r 2 = 3.7

19. GEOMETRY The radius of a cylinder with volume V and height 10 centimeters is
approximately _

V
√ 30
. If a can that is 10 centimeters tall has a volume of 900 cubic
centimeters, estimate its radius.

20. TRAVEL The formula s = √ 18d can be used to find the speed s of a car in miles per
hour when the car needs d feet to come to a complete stop after slamming on the
brakes. If it took a car 12 feet to come to a complete stop after slamming on the brakes,
estimate the speed of the car.

GEOMETRY The formula for the area of a square is A = s 2, where s is


the length of a side. Estimate the length of a side for each square.
21. 22.
Area 5
40 square Area 5
inches 97 square
feet

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 65


NAME DATE PERIOD

3B Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.1.3

Estimating Square Roots


1. GEOMETRY If the area of a square is 2. DECORATING Miki has a square rug
29 square inches, estimate the length in her living room that has an area of
of each side of the square to the nearest 19 square yards. Estimate the length
whole number. of a side of the rug to the nearest
whole number.

3. GARDENING Ruby is planning to put a 4. ALGEBRA Estimate the solution of


square garden with an area of c 2 = 40 to the nearest integer.
200 square feet in her back yard.
Estimate the length of each side
of the garden to the nearest whole
number.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. ALGEBRA Estimate the solution of 6. ARITHMETIC The geometric mean
x 2 = 138.2 to the nearest integer. of two numbers a and b can be found
by evaluating √
a · b . Estimate the
geometric mean of 5 and 10 to the
nearest whole number.

7. GEOMETRY The radius r of a certain 8. GEOMETRY In a triangle whose base


circle is given by r = √
71 . Estimate the and height are equal, the base b is
radius of the circle to the nearest foot. given by the formula b = √ 2A , where
A is the area of the triangle. Estimate
to the nearest whole number the base
of this triangle if the area is 17 square
meters.

66 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3C Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.1

The Real Number System


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 155 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. The distance from the pitching mound to home plate is 60.5 feet.
Is 60.5 a rational number? Explain.

2. The distance from first base to second base is 90 feet. Is 90 a rational


number? Explain.

3. The distance from home plate to second base is √


16,200 feet. Can this
square root be written as a rational number? Explain.

Read the Lesson


4. What do rational and irrational numbers have in common? What is the
difference between rational numbers and irrational numbers? Give an
example of each.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. Match the property of real numbers with the algebraic example.


Commutative a. (x + y) + z = x + (y + z)

Associative b. pq = qp

Distributive c. h + 0 = h

Identity d. c + (-c) = 0

Inverse e. x(y + z) = xy + xz

Remember What You Learned


6. Think of a way to remember the relationships between the sets of
numbers in the real number system. For example, think of a rhyme
that tells the order of the sets of numbers from smallest to largest.

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 67


NAME DATE PERIOD

3C Study Guide 8.N.2.1

The Real Number System


Numbers may be classified by identifying to which of the following sets they belong.
Whole Numbers 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, …
Integers …, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, …
Rational Numbers numbers that can be expressed in the form _
a
, where a and b are
b
integers and b ≠ 0
Irrational Numbers numbers that cannot be expressed in the form _
a
, where a and b are
b
integers and b ≠ 0

Examples Name all sets of numbers to which each real number belongs.

5 whole number, integer, rational number

0.666 … Decimals that terminate or repeat are rational numbers, since they can
be expressed as fractions. 0.666… = _ 2
3
- √
25 Since - √
25 = -5, it is an integer and a rational number.

- √
11 11 ≈ 3.31662479… Since the decimal does not terminate or repeat, it is
√
an irrational number.

To compare real numbers, write each number as a decimal and then compare the decimal values.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Example 5 Replace with <, >, or = to make 2 _
1 √
5 a true sentence.
4
Write each number as a decimal.

2_
1
= 2.25
4
√
5 ≈ 2.236067…
Since 2.25 is greater than 2.236067…, 2 _
1
> √
5.
4

Exercises
Name all sets of numbers to which each real number belongs.
1. 30 2. -11

3. 5 _
4
4. √
21
7

5. 0 6. - √
9

7. _
6
8. - √
101
3

Replace each with <, >, or = to make a true sentence.


3_ 11. 4 _
1 1 −
9. 2.7 √
7 10. √
11 √
17 12. 3.8 √
15
2 6

68 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3C Homework Practice 8.N.2.1

The Real Number System


Name all sets of numbers to which the real number belongs.
1. -9 2. √
144 3. √
35 4. _
8
11

7. _
− 20
5. 9.55 6. 5.3 8. - √
44
5

Estimate each square root to the nearest tenth. Then graph the square
root on a number line.
9. √
7 10. √
19 11. - √
33

Replace each with <, >, or = to make a true sentence.


12. √
8 2.7 13. √
15 3.9 14. 5 _
2 √
30
5

15. 2 _ 8_
3 − − 2
√
5.29 16. √
9.8 3.1 17. 8.2
10 9
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Order each set of numbers from least to greatest.


− − −−
18. √
10 , √
8 , 2.75, 2.8 19. 5.01, 5.01, 5. 01, √
26 20. - √
12 , √
13 , -3.5, 3.5

21. ALGEBRA The geometric mean of two numbers a and b is √


ab . Find the
geometric mean of 32 and 50.

22. ART The area of a square painting is 600 square inches. To the nearest hundredth
inch, what is the perimeter of the painting?

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 69


NAME DATE PERIOD

3C Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.1

The Real Number System


1. GEOMETRY If the area of a square is 2. GARDENING Hal has a square garden
33 square inches, estimate the length in his back yard with an area of
of a side of the square to the nearest 210 square feet. Estimate the length
tenth of an inch. of a side of the garden to the nearest
tenth of a foot.

3. ALGEBRA Estimate the solution of 4. ALGEBRA Estimate the solution of


a 2 = 21 to the nearest tenth. b 2 = 67.5 to the nearest tenth.

5. ARITHMETIC The geometric mean 6. ELECTRICITY In a certain electrical


of two numbers a and b can be found circuit, the voltage V across a
by evaluating √
a · b . Estimate the 20 ohm resistor is given by the formula

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


geometric mean of 4 and 11 to the V = √20P , where P is the power
nearest tenth. dissipated in the resistor, in watts.
Estimate to the nearest tenth the
voltage across the resistor if the power
P is 4 watts.

7. GEOMETRY The length s of a side of a 8. PETS Alicia and Ella are comparing the
cube is related to the surface area A of weights of their pet dogs. Alicia
the cube by the formula s = _√6A
. If reports that her dog weighs 11 _
1
5
the surface area is 27 square inches, pounds, while Ella says that her dog
what is the length of a side of the cube weighs √
125 pounds. Whose dog
to the nearest tenth of an inch? weighs more?

70 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3D Explore Through Reading 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2

The Pythagorean Theorem


Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 162 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What is the relationship between the values in the H 2 + B 2 column and
the values in the L column?

2. How could you use a value in the H 2 + B 2 column to find a corresponding


value in the L column?

Read the Lesson


3. Is it possible to have a right triangle for which the Pythagorean Theorem
is not true?

4. If you know the lengths of two of the sides of a right triangle, how can
you find the length of the third side?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Use the Pythagorean Theorem to determine whether each of the


following measures of the sides of a triangle are the sides of a right
triangle.
5. 4, 5, 6 6. 9, 12, 15

7. 10, 24, 26 8. 5, 7, 9

Remember What You Learned


9. In everyday language, a leg is a limb used to support the body. How does
this meaning relate to the legs of a right triangle?

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 71


NAME DATE PERIOD

3D Study Guide 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2

The Pythagorean Theorem


The Pythagorean Theorem describes the relationship between the lengths of the legs of any right
triangle. In a right triangle, the square of the length of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the
squares of the lengths of the legs. You can use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the length of a
side of a right triangle if the lengths of the other two legs are known.

Examples Find the missing measure for each right triangle. Round
to the nearest tenth if necessary.

c
24 ft 20 cm
15 cm

32 ft
b

c2 = a2 + b2 c2 = a2 + b2
c 2 = 24 2 + 32 2 20 2 = 15 2 + b 2
c 2 = 576 + 1,024 400 = 225 + b 2
c 2 = 1,600 400 - 225 = 225 + b 2 - 225
c = ± √
1,600 175 = b 2
c = 40 or -40 175 = √
√ b2
13.2 ≈ b

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Length must be positive, so the The length of the other leg
length of the hypotenuse is 40 feet. is about 13.2 centimeters.

Exercises
Write an equation you could use to find the length of the missing side
of each right triangle. Then find the missing length. Round to the
nearest tenth if necessary.
1. 2. 3. 15 in.
c c
4 ft 5m
a
25 in.
5 ft 9m

4. a = 7 km, b = 12 km 5. a = 10 yd, c = 25 yd 6. b = 14 ft, c = 20 ft

72 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3D Homework Practice 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2

The Pythagorean Theorem


Write an equation you could use to find the length of the missing side
of each right triangle. Then find the missing length. Round to the
nearest tenth if necessary.
1. 2. 3. 18 cm
26 in.
a in.
8 ft 10 ft
15 cm
24 in. c cm

b ft

4. a yd 5. 6.
cm
45 m
14 yd c mm
28 yd 50 mm
64 m

50 mm

7. a, 65 cm; c, 95 cm 8. a, 16 yd; b, 22 yd
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Determine whether each triangle with sides of given lengths is a


right triangle.
9. 18 ft, 23 ft, 29 ft 10. 7 yd, 24 yd, 25 yd

11. The hypotenuse of a right triangle is 15 inches, and one of its legs is
11 inches. Find the length of the other leg.

12. A leg of a right triangle is 30 meters long, and the hypotenuse is


35 meters long. What is the length of the other leg?

13. TELEVISIONS The diagonal of a 27-inch television measures 27 inches.


If the width of a 27-inch is 22 inches, calculate its height to the nearest
inch.

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 73


NAME DATE PERIOD

3D Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.2.1, 8.G.2.2

The Pythagorean Theorem


1. ART What is the length of a diagonal of 2. GARDENING Ross has a rectangular
a rectangular picture whose sides are garden in his back yard. He measures
12 inches by 17 inches? Round to the one side of the garden as 22 feet and
nearest tenth of an inch. the diagonal as 33 feet. What is the
length of the other side of his garden?
Round to the nearest tenth of
a foot.

3. TRAVEL Troy drove 8 miles due east 4. GEOMETRY What is the perimeter of a
and then 5 miles due north. How far right triangle if the hypotenuse is
is Troy from his starting point? Round 15 centimeters and one of the legs is
the answer to the nearest tenth of a 9 centimeters?
mile.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. ART Anna is building a rectangular 6. CONSTRUCTION A 20-foot ladder
picture frame. If the sides of the frame leaning against a wall is used to reach
are 20 inches by 30 inches, what a window that is 17 feet above the
should the diagonal measure? Round ground. How far from the wall is the
to the nearest tenth of an inch. bottom of the ladder? Round to the
nearest tenth of a foot.

7. CONSTRUCTION A door frame is 8. TRAVEL Tina measures the distances


80 inches tall and 36 inches wide. between three cities on a map. The
What is the length of a diagonal of distances between the three cities are
the door frame? Round to the nearest 45 miles, 56 miles, and 72 miles. Do
tenth of an inch. the positions of the three cities form a
right triangle?

74 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3E Explore Through Reading 8.G.2.1

Using the Pythagorean Theorem


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 167 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What type of triangle is formed by the horizontal distance, the vertical
height, and the length of the towrope?

2. Write an equation that can be used to find the length of the towrope.

Read the Lesson


Determine whether each of the following is a Pythagorean triple.
3. 13-84-85 4. 11-60-61

5. 21-23-29 6. 12-25-37

7. The triple 8-15-17 is a Pythagorean triple. Complete the table to find


more Pythagorean triples.

a b c Check: c 2 = a 2 + b 2
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Original 8 15 17 289 = 64 + 225


×2
×3
×5
× 10

8. If the sides of a square are of length s, how can you find the length of a
diagonal of the square?

Remember What You Learned


9. Work with a partner. Write a word problem that can be solved using the
Pythagorean Theorem, including the art. Exchange problems with your
partner and solve.

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 75


NAME DATE PERIOD

3E Study Guide 8.G.2.1

Using the Pythagorean Theorem


You can use the Pythagorean Theorem to help you solve problems.

Example 1 A professional ice hockey rink is 200 feet


c
long and 85 feet wide. What is the length 85 ft
of the diagonal of the rink?
200 ft
c2 = a2 + b2 The Pythagorean Theorem
c 2 = 200 2 + 85 2 Replace a with 200 and b with 85.
2
c = 40,000 + 7,225 Evaluate 200 2 and 85 2.
c 2 = 47,225 Simplify.
√
c 2 = √
47,225 Take the square root of each side.
c ≈ 217.3 Simplify.
The length of the diagonal of an ice hockey rink is about 217.3 feet.

Exercises
Write an equation that can be used to answer the question. Then solve.
Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
1. What is the length of the diagonal? 2. How long is the kite string?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


6 in. c
c 30 m

6 in.
25 m

3. How high is the ramp? 4. How tall is the tree?

15 ft b 18 yd h

10 ft 7 yd

76 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3E Homework Practice 8.G.2.1

Using The Pythagorean Theorem


Write an equation that can be used to answer the question. Then solve.
Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
1. How far is the ship from 2. How long is the wire 3. How far above the water is
the the lighthouse? supporting the sign? the person parasailing?

w
1.5 ft
8 mi 2 ft

Open 24/7 100 yd


6 mi d p

80 yd

4. How wide is the pond? 5. How high is the ramp? 6. How high is the end of the
ladder against the building?
95 ft

w 21 ft
120 ft h h
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

19 ft 13 ft

4 ft

7. GEOGRAPHY Suppose Birmingham, Huntsville, and Huntsville


Gadsden, Alabama, form a right triangle. What is
the distance from Huntsville to Gadsden? Round to
the nearest tenth if necessary.
98 mi Gadsden

61 mi

Birmingham

18 ft
8. GEOMETRY Find the diameter d of the circle in the figure
at the right. Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
d
22 ft

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 77


NAME DATE PERIOD

3E Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.2.1

Using the Pythagorean Theorem


1. RECREATION A pool table is 8 feet long 2. TRIATHLON The course for a local
and 4 feet wide. How far is it from one triathlon has the shape of a right
corner pocket to the diagonally opposite triangle. The legs of the triangle
corner pocket? Round to the nearest consist of a 4-mile swim and a 10-mile
tenth. run. The hypotenuse of the triangle
is the biking portion of the event.
How far is the biking part of the
triathlon? Round to the nearest tenth
if necessary.

3. LADDER A ladder 17 feet long is 4. TRAVEL Tara drives due north for 22
leaning against a wall. The bottom of miles then east for 11 miles. How far is
the ladder is 8 feet from the base of Tara from her starting point? Round to
the wall. How far up the wall is the the nearest tenth if necessary.
top of the ladder? Round to the nearest
tenth if necessary.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. FLAGPOLE A wire 30 feet long is 6. ENTERTAINMENT Isaac’s television is
stretched from the top of a flagpole 25 inches wide and 18 inches high.
to the ground at a point 15 feet from What is the diagonal size of Isaac’s
the base of the pole. How high is the television? Round to the nearest tenth
flagpole? Round to the nearest tenth if if necessary.
necessary.

78 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3F Explore Through Reading 8.G.2.1

Distance on the Coordinate Plane


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 173 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What does each colored line on the graph represent?

2. What type of triangle is formed by the lines?

3. What are the lengths of the two blue lines?

Read the Lesson


4. On the coordinate plane, what are the four sections determined by the
axes called?

5. Match each term of the coordinate plane with its description.


ordinate a. point where number lines meet
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

y-axis b. x-coordinate

origin c. y-coordinate

abscissa d. vertical number line

x-axis e. horizontal number line

6. To find the distance between two points, draw a right triangle whose
hypotenuse is the distance you want to find; find the lengths of the legs,
and use to solve the problem.

Remember What You Learned


7. Think of a way to remember the names of the four quadrants of the
coordinate plane.

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 79


NAME DATE PERIOD

3F Study Guide 8.G.2.1

Distance on the Coordinate Plane


You can use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the distance between two points on the coordinate
plane.

Example 1 Find the distance between points (2, -3) and (5, 4).
Graph the points and connect them with a line segment. y
(5, 4)
Draw a horizontal line through (2, -3) and a vertical line
through (5, 4). The lines intersect at (5, -3). 7 units

Count units to find the length of each leg of the O x


triangle. The lengths are 3 units and 7 units. Then
(5, 23)
use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the hypotenuse.
(2, 23)
c2 = a2 + b2 The Pythagorean Theorem 3 units
2 2
c =3 +7 2 Replace a with 3 and b with 7.
c2 = 9 + 49 Evaluate 32 and 72.
2
c = 58 Simplify.
√
c 2 = √
58 Take the square root of each side.
c ≈ 7.6 Simplify.
The distance between the points is about 7.6 units.

Exercises
Find the distance between each pair of points whose coordinates are

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


given. Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
1. y 2. y 3. y
(6, 3) (4, 3)
(1, 1) (1, 1)
(22, 1)

O x O x O x

(3, 22)

Graph each pair of ordered pairs. Then find the distance between the
points. Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
4. (4, 5), (0, 2) 5. (0, -4), (-3, 0) 6. (-1, 1), (-4, 4)
y y y

O x O x O x

80 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

3F Homework Practice 8.G.2.1

Distance on the Coordinate Plane


Name the ordered pair for each point.
1. A 2. B F

B
E A
3. C 4. D
H
C
D
G
5. E 6. F

7. G 8. H

Graph and label each point.


9. J 2 _
( 1 _
, 1 ) 10. K 3, -1 _
( 2
)
4 2 3

11. M -3 _
(3
, 4_
1
) 12. N -3 _
(2
, -2 _
3
)
4 4 5 5

13. P(-2.1, 1.8) 14. Q(1.75, -3.5)


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Graph each pair of ordered pairs. Then find the distance between the
points. Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
15. (4, 3), (1, -1) 16. (3, 2), (0, -4) 17. (-4, 3.5), (2, 1.5)

18. Find the distance between points R and S shown at y


S
the right. Round to the nearest tenth.

19. GEOMETRY If one point is located at (-6, 2) and


another point is located at (6, -3), find the distance
between the points. 0 x
R

Chapter 3 North Carolina, Grade 8 81


NAME DATE PERIOD

Mini-Project 8.G.2.1

(Use with Lesson 3F)


Connect the Dots
Graph each point on the coordinate grid. Label each point with its letter.
1. A(3, 1) 2. B(9,-4) 3. C(0,-4) 4. D(-6, 6)

5. E(7, 5) 6. F(-6,-6) 7. G(-4, 0) 8. H(1, 5)

9. I(-9, 1) 10. J(9, 1) 11. K(-6,-2) 12. L(5,-1)

13. M(-9,-6) 14. N(2,-4) 15. P(-10, 0) 16. Q(7, 1)

17. R(-1, 0) 18. S(6, 4) 19. T(7,-4) 20. U(-9, 6)

y 21. V(10, 3)

22. W(1,-4)

23. X(-9,-2)

24. Y(-5, 0)

25. Z(9, 5)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


O x 26. AA(-6, 1)

27. BB(10,-1)

28. CC(0, 4)

29. DD(6,-3)

30. EE(5, 1)

31. FF(3,-1)

32. GG(-7,-1)

Follow these directions to create a picture on the coordinate grid:


Connect point U to point AA. Connect point I to point D. Connect point P to
point Y. Draw a line from point X to point GG to point K to point M to point F.
Connect point G to point R. Connect point A to point EE. Connect point FF to
point L.Draw a line from point CC to point H to point W. Then connect point C
to point N.Connect point Q to point J. Then draw a line from point S to point E
to point Z to point V to point J to point BB to point B to point T to point DD.

Write the equation you created: _____________ Solve for x. _____________

82 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 3


NAME DATE PERIOD

4 Anticipation Guide
Algebra: Integers
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 4

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you
agree or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. A ratio is a comparison of two numbers by division.
2. $3 per 2 pounds is an example of a unit rate.
3. The quantities _
4 _
, 6 , and _
8
are said to be proportional
18 27 36
because they have a constant ratio.
4. If the cross products of two ratios are not equal, then they
do not form a proportion.
5. Polygons with the same shape and size are called similar
polygons.
6. Corresponding angles of similar polygons are congruent.
7. A model car could have a scale factor of 1 inch/1 foot.
8. A negative rate of change means the change is not a
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

favorable one.
9. A line with a slope of 0 is a vertical line.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 4

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 83


NAME DATE PERIOD

4 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another
piece of paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Determine if the following is a 2. Triangle ABC is similar to triangle
proportional relationship. DEF.
B E
! ?
D F
or ?
$ 2 .50
n e pair 5.00 A C
O r$
3 fo
If the area of triangle ABC is 67.5
Is the above relationship proportional? square millimeters, what is the height
How do you know? of triangle DEF?

A No; _
1
does not equal _
3
A 5 millimeters
$2.50 $5.00
B 5 square millimeters
_
B No; 1 does not equal
$5 _
$2.50 3 C 3 millimeters
_
C Yes; 1 is equal 3 _ D 3 square millimeters
$2.50 $5
D This cannot be determined.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution
1. Hint: To be proportional, the ratios being 2. Hint: Use the area of triangle ABC to
compared must be equal, or in this case, find the height (A = _
1
bh).
2
the cost of each pair of socks must be When triangles are similar, their sides are
the same at regular price and sale price. proportional.

In order for the relationship to be A=_


1
bh
proportional, the ratio of the number of 2
pairs of socks for each price must be 67.5 = _
1
(15)h A = 67.5, b = 15
2
equal. _ 1
is the ratio of the number
$2.50 67.5 = 7.5h Multiply.
of pairs of socks to the cost at the
9=h Divide each side by 7.5
regular price. If you bought $5 worth
of socks at the regular price, you would
The linear measures in the two triangles
only get two pair. Since you can get
are proportional.
3 pair for $5 at the sale price, the
ratios are not equal, and therefore the __
5 mm
=_h height of ΔDEF
15 mm 9 height of ΔABC
relationship is not proportional.
h= 3

The answer is A. The answer is C.


84 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4
NAME DATE PERIOD

4A Study Guide 8.A.4.3

Rate of Change
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 198 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. What is the change in the number of entries from 2004 to 2006?

2. Over what number of years did this change take place?

3. Write a rate that compares the change in the number of entries to the
change in the number of years. Express your answer as a unit rate and
explain its meaning.

Read the Lesson


4. What does a rate of change measure on a graph?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. On a graph, what does it mean when a rate of change is negative?

6. Complete the sentence: When a quantity does not change over a period of
time, it is said to have a __________ rate of change.

Remember What You Learned


7. Write out in words the formula for finding a rate of change between two
data points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2).

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 85


NAME DATE PERIOD

4A Skills Practice 8.A.4.3

Rate of Change
To find the rate of change between two data points, divide the difference of the y-coordinates by the
difference of the x-coordinates. The rate of change between (x 1, y 1) and (x 2, y 2) is __
2 1 y -y
x2 - x1 .

Example INCOME The graph shows Mr. Jackson’s Mr. Jackson's Income
annual income between 1998 and 2006. Find the rate of 65,000
y
change in Mr. Jackson’s income between 1998 and 2001.
60,000
Use the formula for the rate of change. 2006, 57,000

Annual Income ($)


Let (x1, y1) = (1998, 48,500) and (x2, y2) = (2001, 53,000).
55,000
__
y 2 -y 1
= ___
53,00 - 48, 500
Write the formula for rate of change.
x2 - x1 2001 - 1998 2001, 53,000
50,000
1998, 48,500
= _
4,500
Simplify. 45,000
3 x
0 '98 '00 '02 '04 '06
= _
1,500
Express this rate as a unit rate. Year
1

Between 1998 and 2001, Mr. Jackson’s income increased an


average of $1,500 per year.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Exercises
SURF For Exercises 1–3, use the graph that Wave Height
shows the average daily wave height as y
measured by an ocean buoy over a nine-day 15
(7, 14)
period.
13
1. Find the rate of change in the average daily
Wave Height

wave height between day 1 and day 3. (3, 12)


11
(9, 11)

9
2. Find the rate of change in the average daily
wave height between day 3 and day 7. (1, 8)
7

3. Find the rate of change in the average daily 0 1 3 5 7 9


wave height between day 7 and day 9. Day

86 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4


NAME DATE PERIOD

4A Homework Practice 8.A.4.3

Rate of Change
SNOWFALL For Exercises 1–3, use the following information.

The amount of snow that fell during five time periods is shown in the table.

Time (P.M.) 2:00 2:10 2:20 2:30 2:40


Snowfall (in.) 3.8 5.1 5.5 7.8 8.3

1. Find the rate of change in inches of


snow that fell per minute between 10
2:00 P.M. and 2:10 P.M. 9
8
7

Snowfall (in.)
2. Find the rate of change in inches of 6
snow that fell per minute between 5
4
2:30 P.M. and 2:40 P.M. 3
2
3. Make a graph of the data. During 1
0
which time period did the rate of 2:00 2:10 2:20 2:30 2:40
Time (P.M.)
snowfall increase the greatest? Explain your
reasoning.

POPULATION For Exercises 4–7, use the the information below and at the right.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

The graph shows the population of Washington,


D.C., every ten years from 1950 to 2000.
4. Find the rate of change in population Population of Washington, D.C.
850
(1950, 802)
between 1950 and 1970. 800 (1970, 757)
Population (thousands)

750
(1960, 764)
700
650 (1990, 607)
5. Between which two 10-year periods did 600
(1980, 638)
550
the population decrease at the fastest 500 (2000, 572)
rate? 450
400
0
6. Find the rate of change in population 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
between 1950 and 2000. Year
Source: U.S. Census Bureau

7. If the rate of change in population between 1950 and 2000 were to continue,
what would you expect the population to be in 2010? Explain your reasoning.

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 87


NAME DATE PERIOD

4A Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.3

Rate of Change
ELECTIONS For Exercises 1–3, use the table that shows the total number
of people who had voted in District 5 at various times on election day.
Time 8:00 A.M. 10:00 A.M. 1:00 P.M. 4:30 P.M. 7:00 P.M.
Number of Voters 141 351 798 1,008 1,753

1. Find the rate of change in the number 2. Find the rate of change in the number
of voters between 8:00 A.M. and of voters between 10:00 A.M. and
10:00 A.M. Then interpret its meaning. 1:00 P.M. Then interpret its meaning.

3. During which of these two time periods 4. MUSIC At the end of 2005, Candace had
did the number of people who had 47 CDs in her music collection. At the
voted so far increase faster? Explain end of 2008, she had 134 CDs. Find the

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


your reasoning. rate of change in the number of CDs in
Candace’s collection between 2005 and
2008.

5. FITNESS In 1998, the price of an annual 6. HIKING Last Saturday Fumio and Kishi
membership at Mr. Jensen’s health went hiking in the mountains. When
club was $225. In 2008, the price of the they started back at 2:00 P.M., their
same membership was $319.50. Find elevation was 3,560 feet above sea
the rate of change in the price of the level. At 6:00 P.M., their elevation
annual membership between 1998 and was 2,390 feet. Find the rate of
2008. change of their elevation between
2:00 P.M. and 6:00 P.M. Then interpret
its meaning.

88 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4


NAME DATE PERIOD

4B Study Guide 8.A.4.3

Constant Rate of Change


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 204 in your textbook. Write
your answers below.

1. Pick several pairs of points from those plotted and find the rate of change
between them. What is true of these rates?

Read the Lesson


2. Use the graph to create a table of values for each graph. Use the table to
find the constant rate of change for each graph.

y y y

O x O O x
x
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Remember What You Learned


3. A linear relationship is defined as having a constant rate of change between any two
points along the line.Look at the following points and determine if they have a linear
relationship: (0, 0), (1, 2), (3, 5), (4, 9), (5, 15).

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 89


NAME DATE PERIOD

4B Skills Practice 8.A.4.3

Constant Rate of Change


The slope of a line is the ratio of the rise, or vertical change, to the run, or horizontal change.

Example 1 The table shows the relationship between feet and seconds. Is the
relationship between feet and seconds linear? If so, find the
constant rate of change. If not, explain your reasoning.

rate of change = __
seconds ← __
change in x
feet ← change in y

=_
3
or - _
3 -4 -4 -4
-4 4
seconds 5 1 -3 -7
The rate of change is - _
3
feet per second. feet -2 1 4 -7
4
+3 +3 +3

Example 2 Find the constant rate of change for the number of feet per second.
Interpret its meaning.
Choose two points on the line.The vertical change from point
y run: 2
A to point B is 4 units while the horizontal change is 2 units.

rate of change = __
feet
Definition of rate of change
B

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


seconds rise: 4
=_
4
Difference in feet between two points
2 A
divided by the difference in seconds
for those two points O x
=2 Simplify.
The rate of change is 2 feet per second.

Exercises

Find the rate of change for each line.


1. y 2. y 3. y

O x O x O x

The points given in each table lie on a line. Find the rate of change for the line.
4. x 3 5 7 9 5. x -5 0 5 10
y -1 2 5 8 y 4 3 2 1

90 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4


NAME DATE PERIOD

4B Homework Practice 8.A.4.3

Constant Rate of Change


Determine whether the relationship between the two quantities
described in each table is linear. If so, find the constant rate of
change. If not, explain your reasoning.
1. Fabric Needed for Costumes 2. Distance Traveled on Bike Trip

Number of Costumes 2 4 6 8 Day 1 2 3 4


Fabric (yd) 7 14 21 28 Distance (mi) 21.8 43.6 68.8 90.6

For Exercises 3 and 4, refer to the graphs below.


3. Hawk Diving Toward Prey 4. Book Sales
y
5,000 y
100
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

4,000
80
Altitude (ft.)

Sales ($)

3,000
60
2,000
40
1,000
20 x
x 0
0 2 4 6 8 10
2 4 6 8 10 Day
Time (s)
a. Find the constant rate of change and a. Find the constant rate of change and
interpret its meaning. interpret its meaning.

b. Determine whether a proportional b. Determine whether a proportional


linear relationship exists between the linear relationship exists between the
two quantities shown in the graph. two quantities shown in the graph.
Explain your reasoning. Explain your reasoning.

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 91


NAME DATE PERIOD

4B Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.3

Constant Rate of Change


FLOWERS For Exercises 1 and 2, use LONG DISTANCE For Exercises 3–6, use
the graph that shows the depth of the the graph that compares the costs of
water in a vase of flowers over 8 days. long distance phone calls with three
different companies.
Depth of Water in Vase Long Distance Charges
10 y 2.50 y
9
8 2.00 Company A
7
Depth (in.)

Cost ($)
1.50 Company B
5
4 1.00
3
2 0.50
1 Company C
x x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Day Length of Call (minutes)

1. Find the rate of change for the line. 2. Interpret the difference between depth
in inches and the day as a rate of
change.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


3. Interpret the difference between the cost 4. Interpret the difference between the cost
in dollars and the length in minutes for in dollars and the length in minutes for
Company A as a rate of change. Company B as a rate of change.

5. Interpret the difference between the cost 6. Which company charges the least for
in dollars and the length in minutes for each additional minute? Explain your
Company C as a rate of change. reasoning.

92 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4


NAME DATE PERIOD

4C Explore Through Reading 8.M.1.1

Similar Polygons
Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 218 in your textbook. Write
your answers below.
1. Compare the angles of the triangles by matching them up. Identify the
angle pairs that have equal measure.

2. Express the ratio _


DF _
, EF , and _
DE
to the nearest tenth.
LK JK LJ

3. What do you notice about the ratios of the matching sides of matching
triangles?

Read the Lesson


4. Complete the sentence: If two polygons are similar, then their
corresponding angles are , and their corresponding sides are
.

5. If two polygons have corresponding angles that are congruent, does that
mean that the polygons are similar? Why or why not?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. If the sides of one square are 3 centimeters and the sides of another square
are 9 centimeters, what is the ratio of corresponding sides from
the first square to the second square?

Remember What You Learned


7. Look up the everyday definition of the word similar in a dictionary. How
does the definition relate to what you learned in this lesson?

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 93


NAME DATE PERIOD

4C Study Guide 8.M.1.1

Similar Polygons
Two polygons are similar if their corresponding angles are congruent and their corresponding side
measures are proportional.

Example 1 Determine whether ABC is similar to


DEF. Explain your reasoning. E
B
6 9
4 6
∠A  ∠D, ∠B  ∠E, ∠C  ∠F,
A 8 C D 12 F
_
AB
=_
4
or _
2 _
, BC = _
6
or _
2 _
, AC = _
8
or _
2
DE 6 3 EF 9 3 DF 12 3
The corresponding angles are congruent, and the corresponding sides are
proportional.

Thus, ABC is similar to DEF.

Example 2 Given that polygon KLMN ∼ polygon PQRS, write a


−−−
proportion to find the measure of PQ. Then solve.
The ratio of corresponding sides from polygon KLMN to K 5 L
polygon PQRS is _
4 P x Q
. Write a proportion with this scale
3 −−−
factor. Let x represent the measure of PQ. 4 3
_
KL
=_
4 −−
KL corresponds to PQ. The scale factor is _
−−− 4
. S R
PQ 3 3

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


N M
_
5 4 _
x = 3 KL = 5 and PQ = x

5·3=x·4 Find the cross products.

_
15
=_
4x
Multiply. Then divide each side by 4.
4 4
3.75 = x Simplify.

Exercises
1. Determine whether the polygons 2. The triangles below are similar. Write a
below are similar. Explain your proportion to find each missing measure.
reasoning. Then solve.

6 4

11 x
12 15 8
4
12

94 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4


NAME DATE PERIOD

4C Homework Practice 8.M.1.1

Similar Polygons
Determine whether each pair of polygons is similar. Explain.
1. 5 2. 15 15
22.8
24 7.6 8
12
13 5
45
15 17

Each pair of polygons is similar. Write and solve a proportion to find


each missing measure.
3. 4 10 4. 3 18
6 9
4
5.6
x 12
x
18

6
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. 6 4.5 6.
x 3.5
4 4
x 20
6 14
5

7. TILES A blue rectangular tile and a red rectangular tile are similar. The
blue tile has a length of 10 inches and a perimeter of 30 inches. The red
tile has a length of 6 inches. What is the perimeter of the red tile?

Chapter 4 North Carolina, Grade 8 95


NAME DATE PERIOD

4C Problem-Solving Practice 8.M.1.1

Similar Polygons
1. JOURNALISM The editor of the school 2. PHOTOCOPIES Lydia plans to use a
newspaper must reduce the size of photocopy machine to increase the size
a graph to fit in one column. The of a small chart that she has made as
original graph is 2 inches by 2 inches, part of her science project. The original
and the scale factor from the original chart is 4 inches by 5 inches. If she
to the reduced graph is 8:3. Find the uses a scale factor of 5:11, will the
dimensions of the graph as it will chart fit on a sheet of paper 8 _1
inches
2
appear in one column of the newspaper. by 11 inches? Explain.

3. MICROCHIPS The image of a microchip 4. PROJECTIONS A drawing on a


in a projection microscope measures transparency is 11.25 centimeters wide
8 inches by 10 inches. The width of the by 23.5 centimeters tall. The width
actual chip is 4 millimeters. How of the image of the drawing projected
long is the chip? onto a screen is 2.7 meters. How tall is
the drawing on the screen?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. GEOMETRY Polygon ABCD is similar 6. KITES A toy company produces two
to polygon FGHI. Each side of polygon kites whose shapes are geometrically
ABCD is 3 _
1
times longer than the similar. Find the length of the missing
4 side of the smaller kite.
corresponding side of polygon FGHI.
Find the perimeter of polygon ABCD.
25 in.
25 in.

x
C
30 in.
B 30 in.
22.5 in.

2 in. H
G
3 in.
A 5 in.
F
3 in.
I
D

96 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 4


NAME DATE PERIOD

5 Anticipation Guide
Percent
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 5

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree,
write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. To write a fraction as a percent, rewrite the fraction with a
denominator of 100.
2. To write a fraction as a decimal, divide the numerator by the
denominator.
3. Dividing by 100 will move the decimal point two places to
the right.
4. The proportion _
22
= _x
could be used to find what percent
25 100
of 25 is 22.
5. 30% is equivalent to _
1
.
3
6. To find 25% of any number, divide that number by 4.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. Two numbers are considered compatible if their quotient is 1.


8. 35 is 62% of what number could be solved by the equation
35 = 62p.
9. A percent of change is a ratio comparing a change in quantity
to the original amount.
10. The interest earned on an account can be calculated when the
original amount borrowed and the rate of interest are known.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 5

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 5 North Carolina, Grade 8 97


NAME DATE PERIOD

5 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Mr. Kirker was grading his class’ math 2. Use the model below to estimate the
tests. He stopped and started several value of 85% of 60.
times. He ended up with grades in
fraction form, percent form, and decimal
form. On the list below are the scores of
the top three tests in the pile. Put these 60 units
in order from best to worst scores.
Jimmy _
14
20
What number would be about 85%
Andrea 75.00%
of 60?
Billy 0.85
A 30
Which choice shows the test scores in B 20
the proper order?
C 45
A 0.85, _
14
, 75% C 0.85, 75%, _14
D 50
20 20
B 75%, 0.85, _14
D _
14
, 0.85, 75%
20 20

Fold here.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Solution Solution
1. Hint: First change the numbers so that 2. Hint: Eliminate the unreasonable answers
they are all in the same from before and then evaluate the ones left.
comparing them.
30 is 50% of 60, so Options A and B can
Jimmy’s grade is in fraction form. be eliminated immediately, since both
Changing the fraction to a decimal, his are less than 85%.
score is 14 ÷ 20, or 0.70.
75% is halfway between 50% and 100%,
Andrea’s grade is in percent form. In
and 45 is halfway between 30 and 60,
order to change a percent to a decimal,
so Option C can be eliminated.
you divide by 100. Her score in decimal
form is 75 ÷ 100, or 0.75.
Through the process of elimination,
Billy’s grade is already in decimal form. 85% of 60 is about 50. Checking the
Putting the grades in descending order assumption on the number line above,
(best to worst), we have: 0.85, 0.75, 0.70. it makes sense that 50 would
Replacing the grades with their original approximately correspond with 85%.
forms, it becomes: 0.85, 75%, _
14
.
20

The answer is C. The answer is D.


98 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 5
NAME DATE PERIOD

5A Explore Through Reading 8.N.2.3


8.N.1.1

Comparing Fractions, Decimals, and Percents


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 256 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Write each percent as a fraction. Do not simplify the fractions.

2. Write each fraction in Exercise 1 as a decimal.

3. How could you write a percent as a decimal without writing the fraction
first?

Read the Lesson


Complete each sentence.
4. To write a decimal as a percent, _______________ by 100 and add the
percent symbol.

5. To write a percent as a decimal, _______________ by 100 and remove the


percent symbol.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. Dividing by 100 is the same as moving the decimal point two places to
the _______________.

7. Multiplying by 100 is the same as moving the decimal point two places to
the _______________.

Determine whether each expression represents changing from a


decimal to a percent or a percent to a decimal.

8. 0.435 9. 14.5

10. 33.60 11. 07.819

Remember What You Learned


12. Work with a partner. Pretend your partner has not studied this lesson.
On a piece of paper, write a percent and a decimal using different
numbers. Teach your partner how to write a percent as a decimal and
how to write a decimal as a percent. Be sure to show how to place the
decimal point.

Chapter 5 North Carolina, Grade 8 99


NAME DATE PERIOD

5A Study Guide 8.N.2.3

Comparing Fractions, Decimals, and Percents


• To write a percent as a decimal, divide by 100 and remove the percent symbol.
• To write a decimal as a percent, multiply by 100 and add the percent symbol.
• To express a fraction as a percent, you can use a proportion. Alternatively, you can write the fraction
as a decimal, and then express the decimal as a percent.

Example 1 Write 56% as a decimal.

56% = 56 % Divide by 100 and remove the percent symbol.


= 0.56

Example 2 Write 0.17 as a percent.

0.17 = 0.17 Multiply by 100 and add the percent symbol.


= 17%

Example 3 Write _
7
as a percent.
20
Method 1 Use a proportion. Method 2 Write as a decimal.
_
7
=_
x
Write the proportion. _
7
= 0.35 Convert to a decimal by dividing.
20 100 20

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


7 · 100 = 20 · x Find cross products. = 35% Multiply by 100 and add the
700 = 20x Multiply. percent symbol.

_
700
=_
20x
Divide each side by 20.
20 20
35 = x Simplify.

So, _
7
can be written as 35%.
20

Exercises

Write each percent as a decimal.

1. 10% 2. 36% 3. 82% 4. 49.1%

Write each decimal as a percent.

5. 0.14 6. 0.59 7. 0.932 8. 1.07

Write each fraction as a percent.

9. _
3
10. _
7
11. _
9
12. _
1
4 10 16 40

100 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 5


NAME DATE PERIOD

5A Homework Practice 8.N.2.3


8.N.1.1

Comparing Fractions, Decimals, and Percents


Write each percent as a decimal.
1. 70% 2. 40% 3. 135% 4. 369%

5. 0.9% 6. 52.5% 7. 8% 8. 3%

Write each decimal as a percent.


9. 0.73 10. 0.84 11. 0.375 12. 0.232

13. 0.005 14. 0.008 15. 4.11 16. 3.52

Write each fraction as a percent.

17. _
13
18. _
19
19. _5 20. _9
25 20 4 5

21. _
3
22. _
7
23. _5 24. _
1
40 125 9 3

Order each set of numbers from least to greatest.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

25. _
2 , 0.5, 4%, _ _
3 3 _
26. 0.6, 6%, , 4
5 10 20 25

27. 93%, 0.96, _


47 _
,
19
28. 77%, _3 , _
19
, 0.73
50 20 4 25

Replace • with <, >, or = to make a true statement.


_
• _2 % • 2 _25 % _7 • _7 %
29. 1 1 30. 2.24 31.
200 8 8

32. TEST SCORES On a science test, Ali answered 38 of the 40 questions


correctly, Jamar answered _
9
of the questions correctly, and Paco
10
answered 92.5% of the questions correctly. Write Ali’s and Jamar’s scores
as percents and list the students in order from the least to the highest
score.

Chapter 5 North Carolina, Grade 8 101


NAME DATE PERIOD

5A Problem-Solving Practice 8.N.2.3

Comparing Fractions, Decimals, and Percents


1. BASKETBALL In a recent season, Susan 2. POPULATION From 2000 to 2005, the
Bird of the WNBA team the Seattle population of New York City increased
Storm made 43% of her 3-point shots. by 2%. Write this percent as a decimal.
Write this percent as a decimal.

3. BASEBALL Recently, the Chicago White 4. HEALTH In 2004, 15.7% of Americans


Sox had a team batting average of were without health insurance. Write
0.262. Write this decimal as a percent. this percent as a decimal.

5. INTERNET Internet access in the U.S. has 6. VOTING The rate of voter turnout in
increased dramatically in recent years. the 1932 U.S. presidential election was

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


If 110 out of every 200 households 0.524. Write this decimal as a percent.
had Internet access, what percent of
households had Internet access?

7. ECONOMICS Consumer prices in the 8. SPORTS In a recent season, the WNBA


U.S. rose at a rate of 0.033 from 2003 Indiana Fever won _
21
of their
to 2004. Write this decimal as a percent. 34
games. Write this fraction as a percent.

102 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 5


NAME DATE PERIOD

6 Anticipation Guide
Geometry and Spatial Reasoning
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 6

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree
or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. Adjacent angles share a common side and are always
congruent.
2. Two angles whose measures have a sum of 180° are
supplementary angles.
3. All obtuse angles have measures less than 90°.
4. The strategy of problem solving which uses an existing rule
to make a decision is called deductive reasoning.
5. The sum of the measures of the angles of a polygon is 180°.
6. If two polygons are congruent they are the same shape but
not necessarily the same size.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. The letter D has one line of symmetry.


8. All corresponding points on a figure and its reflection are the
same distance from the line of reflection.
9. The vertex (3, -5) of a square would have coordinates
(-1, -3) after a translation 4 units to the left and 2 units
down.
10. The image of a figure after a translation is either smaller
or larger than the original figure.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 6

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write
an example of why you disagree.

Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 103


NAME DATE PERIOD

6 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. The figure shown below has been 2. The following shape is to be reflected
translated 4 units down and 5 units over the y-axis.
to the right from its original location. y
y
O x
:

"' %'
; 9

O x
#' $'

Where will the vertices of the reflection


Where was the original quadrilateral? be located?
A A(-4, -3); B(-4, -6); C(0, -6); D(-1, -3) A X(2, 3); Y(6, 8); Z(6, 3)
B A(-5, -4); B(-4, -4); C(0, -7); D(-1, -7) B X(2, 3); Y(6, 3);Z(6, 8)
C A(-5, -3); B(-4, -6); C(0, -6); D(-1, -3) C X(-2, -3); Y(-6, -8); Z(-6, -3)
D A (-4,-4); B(0, -4); C(1, -7); D(-3, -7) D X(-2, -8); Y(-6, -3); Z(-6, -8)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution
1. Hint: Moving an object to the right or up 2. Hint: A reflection should look like the
is a positive translation. Moving an object mirror image of the original. The two
down or left is a negative translation. images (the original and the reflected)
should be equally spaced from the line
Do the opposite movement to find the of reflection.
original location. That is, move 4 units up
and 5 units left. Since we are reflecting over the y-axis,
4 units up means add 4 to the the y-coordinates will not change
y-coordinate and 5 units left means to (The image will not move up or down).
subtract 5 units from the x-coordinate. The x-coordinates will be the opposite
Look at point A. (or negative) of their current value so
(0, -7) → (0 - 5, -7 + 4) that they are on the other side of the
(-5, -3) y-axis.
Check the other vertices, but choice
C is the only one with these coordinates Point X: (2, 3)
for A. Point Y: (6, 8)
Point Z: (6, 3)

The answer is C. The answer is A.

104 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

6A Explore Through Reading 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2

Line and Angle Relationships


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 306 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Suppose that the measure of angles 4 and 6 are each 60°. Using angle
relationships you have previously learned, or a protractor, find and record
the measure of each numbered angle. Explain your reasoning.

2. Congruent angles are angles that have the same measure. How can you
verify that the two angles are congruent?

3. Supplementary angles form a straight line. What is the sum of


supplementary angles?

Read the Lesson


4. Match the model with its name.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

a. supplementary angles

b. complementary angles

c. vertical angles

d. perpendicular lines

e. parallel lines

Remember What You Learned


Fill in the blanks to answer questions 5 and 6.
5. Two angles are complementary if the sum of their measure is .

6. Two angles are supplementary if the sum of their measure is .


Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 105
NAME DATE PERIOD

6A Study Guide 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2

Line and Angle Relationships


Angle Relationships
Vertical Angles Complementary Angles Supplementary Angles

2
1 3
4 1
2
m∠1 = m∠3 m∠1 + m∠2 = 180°
m∠1 + m∠2 = 90°
m∠2 = m∠4

Points, Lines, and Planes


Parallel Lines Perpendicular Lines Transversal
transversal

Example Find the value of x.


The angles are opposite each other and formed
105˚
by intersecting lines, so they are vertical angles.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.



Vertical angles are congruent.

Exercises
Find the value of x in each figure.
1. 2. 3. 4.
150˚ x˚
40˚ 135˚ x˚ 55˚
x˚ x˚

For Questions 5 and 6, use the figure at the right.


5. Find the measure of angle 2. Explain your reasoning.
1 658
2 3

6. Find the measure of angle 4. Explain your reasoning. 5 4


6 7

106 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

6A Homework Practice 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2

Line and Angle Relationships


Find the value of x in each figure.
1. 2. 3. x˚
171˚
x˚ 18˚
108˚

4. 5. 6.
25˚ x˚
89˚

x˚ 55˚

7. 8. 9.
(x 1 12)°
140° (x 2 47)° 80°
(2x 1 10)°

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Use the figure at the right to answer 10–13.


10. Find the measure of angle 2. Explain your reasoning.

1 86⬚
11. Find the measure of angle 3. Explain your reasoning. 2 3

5 4
6 7

12. Find the measure of angle 4. Explain your reasoning.

13. Find the measure of angle 6. Explain your reasoning.

14. The measures of angles A and B are equal and complementary.


What is the measure of each angle?

15. ALGEBRA Angles G and H are complementary. If m∠G = 3x + 6 and


m∠H = 2x - 11, what is the measure of each angle?

Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 107


NAME DATE PERIOD

6A Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.3.1, 8.G.3.2

Line and Angle Relationships


1. SYMBOLS The symbol below is an equal 2. SCISSORS Arturo opened a pair of
sign with a slash through it. It is used scissors so that the angle between the
to represent not equal to in math, as in blades is 38˚. What is the angle
1 ≠ 2. If m∠1 = 108°, classify the between the handles?
relationship between ∠1 and ∠2. Then
38˚
find m∠2. Explain your reasoning.

o 1 2

3. LEG LIFTS Kiara does leg lifts each 4. ALGEBRA Angles A and B are
morning. For each repetition she lifts complementary. If m∠A = 3x - 8 and
her legs 35 degrees off the ground. m∠B = 5x + 10, what is the measure
What is the measure of the angle of each angle?
formed by her body and legs in
this position?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. ALGEBRA Angles Q and R are 6. ART The drawing below shows the side
supplementary. If m∠Q = 4x + 9 and view of a drawing easel.
m∠R = 8x + 3, what is the measure
of each angle?

If m∠A is 82°, what is the measure of


its supplementary angle?

108 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

6B Explore Through Reading 8.G.3.1

Polygons and Angles


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 316 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Predict the number of triangles and the sum of the angle measures in a
polygon with 8 sides.

2. Write an algebraic expression that could represent the number of


triangles in an n-sided polygon. Then write an expression to represent the
sum of the angle measures in an n-sided polygon.

Read the Lesson


3. How many triangles would be in a 12-sided polygon?

4. Why do you think that you need to subtract 2 from the number of sides?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. What do you call the angles that lie inside a polygon?

Remember What You Learned


6. The outside walls of a sports stadium create a giant regular 60-sided
figure. Write an equation to find the number of triangles inside the
figure. Then write and solve an equation to find the sum of the interior
angles of the figure.

Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 109


NAME DATE PERIOD

6B Study Guide 8.G.3.1

Polygons and Angles


An interior angle is an angle with sides that are adjacent sides of the polygon. A regular polygon is a
polygon whose sides and angles are congruent.

Example 1 Find the sum of the measures of the interior angles of a


tricontagon, which is a 30-sided polygon.
S= (n - 2)180º Write an equation.
S= (30 - 2)180º Replace n with 30. Subtract.
S= (28)180º Multiply.
S= 5,040º
The sum of the measures of the interior angles of a tricontagon is 5,040º.

Example 2 The defense department of the United States has its headquarters
in a building called the Pentagon because it is shaped like a
regular pentagon. What is the measure of an interior angle of a
regular pentagon?

S = (n - 2)180º Write an equation.


S = (5 - 2)180º Replace n with 5. Subtract.
S = (3)180º Multiply.
S = 540º
540º ÷ 5 = 108º Divide by the number of interior angles to find the measure
of one angle.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


The measure of one interior angle of a regular pentagon is 108º.

Exercises
For Exercises 1–6, find the sum of the measures of the interior angles
of the given polygon.
1. nonagon (9-sided) 2. 14-gon

3. 16-gon 4. hendecagon (11-sided)

5. 25-gon 6. 42-gon

For Exercises 7–12, find the measure of one interior angle of the
given regular polygon. Round to the nearest hundredth if necessary.
7. hexagon 8. 15-gon

9. 22-gon 10. icosagon (20-sided)

11. 38-gon 12. pentacontagon (50-sided)

110 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

6B Homework Practice 8.G.3.1

Polygons and Angles


Find the sum of the measures of the interior angles of each polygon.
1. 13-gon 2. 16-gon 3. 17-gon

4. 18-gon 5. 20-gon 6. 25-gon

Find the measure of one interior angle in each regular polygon.


Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.
7. pentagon 8. hexagon 9. 24-gon

ALGEBRA For Exercises 10 and 11, determine the angle measures in


each polygon.
10. 5x8 x8 11. x8
x8 5x8
1.5x8 1.5x8

x8 x8

12. FLOORING A floor is tiled with a pattern consisting of


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

regular octagons and squares as shown. Find the measure


of each angle at the circled vertex. Then find the sum of
the angles.

13. ART Jose is laying out a pattern for a stained glass


window. So far he has placed the 13 regular polygons shown.
Find the measure of each angle at the circled vertex. Then
find the sum of the angles.

14. REASONING Vanessa’s mother made a quilt using a


pattern of repeating regular hexagons as shown. Will
Vanessa be able to make a similar quilt with a pattern
of repeating regular pentagons? Explain your reasoning.

Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 111


NAME DATE PERIOD

6B Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.3.1

Polygons and Angles


For Exercises 1–6, use the formula S = (n - 2)180º to solve.

1. FLOORING Martha’s kitchen floor is 2. CIRCLES As the number of sides of a


made from a tessellation of rows of regular polygon increase, the polygon
regular octagons. The space between gets closer and closer to a true circle.
them is filled with square tiles as The interior angles of any regular
shown below. Find the measure of one polygon can never actually reach 180º.
interior angle in both the octagon and How many sides would a polygon have
the square tiles. whose interior angles are exactly 179º?

3. GEOMETRY A trapezoid has angles that 4. GEOMETRY An irregular heptagon has


measure 3xº, 3xº, xº, and xº. What is the angles that measure xº, xº, 2xº, 2xº, 3xº,
measure of x? 3xº, and 4xº. What is the measure of x?
3x8 3x8
2x

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


x8 x8

3x
x

4x

5. TILES A bathroom tile consists of 6. CHALLENGE How many sides does a


regular hexagons surrounded by regular polygon have if the measure of
regular triangles as shown below. Find an interior angle is 171º?
the measure of one interior angle in
both the hexagon and the triangle tiles.

112 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

6C Study Guide 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2

Rotations
DRAW ROTATIONS IN THE COORDINATE PLANE The following rules can be used to
rotate a point 90°, 180°, or 270° counterclockwise about the origin in the coordinate plane.

To rotate Procedure
90° Multiply the y-coordinate by −1 and then interchange the x- and y-coordinates.

180° Multiply the x- and y-coordinates by −1.

270° Multiply the x-coordinate by −1 and then interchange the x-and y-coordinates.

Example Parallelogram WXYZ has vertices W(−2, 4), y


8
X(3, 6), Y(5, 2), and Z(0, 0). Graph parallelogram WXYZ and its 9
8
image after a rotation of 270° about the origin. 4
8'
; :
Multiply the x-coordinate by −1 and then interchange the −8 −4 ;' 0 4 8x
x- and y-coordinates. −4
9'
:'
(x, y) → ( y, −x) −8
W(−2, 4) → W'(4, 2)
X(3, 6) → X'(6, −3)
Y(5, 2) → Y'(2, −5)
Z(0, 0) → Z'(0, 0)

Exercises
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Graph each figure and its image after the specified rotation about the origin.
1. Points F(7, 7), G(9, 2), H(3, 2), 2. LMN has vertices L(−1, −1), M(0, −4),
and I(5, 7); 90° counterclockwise and N(−6, −2); 90° counterclockwise
y y
8 8

4 4
0
−8 −4 O 4 8x −8 −4 4 8x
−4
−4
−8
−8

3. ABC has vertices A(−3, 5), B(0, 2), 4. parallelogram PQRS has vertices P(4, 7),
and C(−5, 1); 180° clockwise Q(6, 6), R(3, -2), and S(1, -1); 90° clockwise
y y
8 8

4 4
0 0
−8 −4 4 8x −8 −4 4 8x
−4
−4
−8
−8

Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 113


NAME DATE PERIOD

6C Skills Practice 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2

Rotations
Graph each point and its image after the specified rotation about the origin.
1. A(-2, -1); 90° counterclockwise 2. B(3, -4); 90° clockwise

y y
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
-4 -3-2 O 1 2 3 4x -4 -3-2 O 1 2 3 4x
-2 -2
-3 -3
-4 -4

Graph each figure and its image after the specified rotation about the origin.
3. STU has vertices S(2, −1), T(5, 1) and 4. DEF has vertices D(−4, 3), E(1, 2), and
U(3, 3); 90° counterclockwise F(−3, −3); 180° clockwise
y y

O x O x

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. quadrilateral WXYZ has vertices 6. trapezoid ABCD has vertices A(9, 0),
W(−1, 8), X(0, 4), Y(−2, 1) and B(6, −7), C(3, −7) and D(0, 0);
Z(−4, 3); 180° counterclockwise 90° clockwise
y
y

0 x
0 x

114 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

6C Homework Practice 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2

Rotations
Graph each point and its image after the specified rotation about the origin.
1. X(3, 2); 180° counterclockwise 2. Y(-1, 5); 270° clockwise

y y
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
-4 -3-2 O 1 2 3 4x -4 -3-2 O 1 2 3 4x
-2 -2
-3 -3
-4 -4

Graph each figure and its image after the specified rotation about the origin.
3. PQR with vertices P(1, 3), Q(3, −2) 4. ABC with vertices A(−4, 4), B(−2, −1)
and R(4, 2); 90° and C(2, −4); 270°
y y

0 x 0 x
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. quadrilateral WXYZ with vertices 6. trapezoid FGHI with vertices F(8, 7),
W(1, 3), X(3, 1), Y(-6, 5) G(5, 8), H(-7, -2) and I(-3, -7); 90°
and Z(-5, 6); 180°
y y
8 8

4 4
x x
−8 −4 0 4 8 −8 −4 0 4 8

−4 −4

−8 −8

7. A ceiling fan has five equally spaced blades. Find the angle of rotation that maps one
blade onto the adjacent blade.

Chapter 6 North Carolina, Grade 8 115


NAME DATE PERIOD

6C Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.4.1, 8.G.4.2

Rotations
1. COMPASS A damaged compass points 5. TESSELLATIONS A tessellation is when a
northwest. If you travel west by the single shape is repeated to tile a plane
compass, what is your angle of rotation with no gaps or overlaps. Below is an
to true north? example of triangle RST rotated
around the point R. This forms a
tessellation.
2. FLYERS Nicki is making a flyer that
contains a large capital “M”.
3

M
She decides that she needs to rotate the
“M” clockwise by 60°. Draw the rotated 5 4
image. Determine if the following shapes can
form a tessellation by rotating around
the given point.
a.

3. ROTATIONS Mariah is looking at her


sink. The mark on the faucet for the

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


cold water is shown below. 3
$

b.

3
What angle does she need to rotate the
faucet so that its mark has the correct
orientation?

c.

4. MAGNITUDES A circular dial with the


digits 0 through 9 evenly spaced around
3
its edge can be rotated clockwise 36°.
How many times would you have to
perform this rotation in order to bring
the dial back to its original orientation?

116 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 6


NAME DATE PERIOD

7 Anticipation Guide
Measurement: Area and Volume
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 7

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree
or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. The distance from the center of a circle to any point on the
circle is called the radius.
2. The diameter of a circle equals two times the radius.
3. The formula for the area of a circle is A = 2πr or πd.
4. The area of a composite figure can be found by separating it into
shapes whose areas you know how to find.
5. A rectangular prism has six edges, six faces, and eight vertices.
6. A rectangular pyramid has a rectangular base and four
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

triangular faces.
7. Measurements of volume are given in cubic units.
8. The volume of any prism can be found by the formula V = lwh.
9. The volume of a rectangular prism with the same base and
height as a rectangular pyramid will be _
1
that of the pyramid.
3
10. The surface area of three-dimensional solids is given in square
units.
11. The height and slant height of a pyramid are the same.
12. If two rectangular prisms are similar with a scale factor of 2,
then the volume of the larger prism will be 6 times the volume
of the smaller prism.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 7

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.
Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 117
NAME DATE PERIOD

7 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Alexandria wants to know how wide 2. Chaz is sending his brother (who is in
her room is. She knows the area is the army) a package to let him know
156 square feet and that the length is that he is thinking of him. The
12 feet. dimensions of the package are shown
below.

A 5 156 ft2 w
14 cm

15 cm 12 cm
12 ft
What is the surface area of the box
What is the width of the room shown
Chaz is sending to his brother?
above?
A 2,520 cubic centimeters
A 12 feet
B 2,520 square centimeters
B 13 feet
C 1,116 cubic centimeters
C 14 feet
D 1,116 square centimeters
D 15 feet
Fold here.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Solution Solution
1. Hint: The area of a rectangle is A = ℓw. 2. Hint: The surface area of a prism is the
sum of the surface areas of all of its
The area of a rectangle is the length faces.
multiplied by the width. In this case,
we know the area and the length of the A rectangular prism has 6 faces. The
room, so we will use the area formula to opposite sides are identical. The surface
calculate the width. area is the sum of the surface areas of
the 3 pairs of faces.
A = w Front and back:
156 ft 2 = 12 ft × w 2 × 14 cm × 15 cm = 420 cm 2
w = 156 ÷ 12
w = 13 ft Ends:
2 × 14 cm × 12 cm = 336 cm 2
Top and bottom:
2 × 12 cm × 15 cm = 360 cm 2
Now add the areas
(420 + 336 + 360) = 1,116 cm 2

The answer is B. The answer is D.


118 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7
NAME DATE PERIOD

7A Study Guide 8.G.3.3

Measuring Angles and Arcs


Angles and Arcs A central angle is an angle with a vertex at the center C
of a circle and with sides that are radii. The part of the circumference that
E
is formed when the sides of the angle intersect the circle is called an arc. H
The measure of an arc is equal to the measure of its central angle. F

−− G
Example AC is a diameter of R. Find mAB and m
ACB .
 = 42.
∠ARB is a central angle and m∠ARB = 42, so mAB A
 = 360 - 42 or 318. B
Thus mACB 42°
R
Exercises
Find the value of x. C

1. 2.

105°

115° 120°
60°

−− −− A
BD and AC are diameters of O. Find the measure of each arc. B
44°

3. BA 
4. mBC O


5. mBCD 
6. mAD
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

D
C

Arc Length An arc is part of a circle and its length is a part of the
circumference of the circle. The length of arc  can be found by
using the proportion _ =_
 x Y° S
.
2πr 360

Example Refer to O above. If the radius is 8 inches, find the


length of 
AB . Round to the nearest hundredth.
_

AB
=_
x
Write the proportion.
2πr 360
_=_

AB44
Substitute 8 for r and 44 for x.
2π·8 360
 _
AB = 44 (2π·8) Cross multiply.
360
 ≈ 6.28 in.
AB Simplify

Exercises
Use O to find the length of each arc. Round to the nearest hundredth.
D
C
 if OE = 2 meters
1. DE  if BE = 7 inches
2. DEA
45° 120°
B E
O
 if BE = 24 feet
3. BC  if DO = 3 millimeters
4. CBA
A
Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 119
NAME DATE PERIOD

7A Skills Practice 8.G.3.3

Measuring Angles and Arcs


−− −−
AC and EB are diameters of R. Find the measure C
of each arc. D

100°
30° 50°
E B
R

1. mEA 
2. mCB
A


3. mDC 
4. mDEB


5. mAB 
6. mCDA

−− −−
PR and QT are diameters of A. Find each measure.


7. mUPQ 
8. mPQR
S
T R
40° 50°

9. mUTS 
10. mRS U A
40°

P Q

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.



11. mRSU 
12. mSTP


13. mPQS 
14. mPRU

Use D to find the length of each arc. Round to


the nearest hundredth.
N M
 if the radius is 5 inches
15. LM  if the diameter
16. MN
D 100°
is 3 yards J 50°
60°
L
K
 if JD = 7 centimeters
17. KL  if NL = 12 feet
18. NJK

 if DM = 9 millimeters
19. KLM  if KD = 15 inches
20. JK

120 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

7A Homework Practice 8.G.3.3

Measuring Angles and Arcs


−− −−
AC and EB are diameters of Q. Find the measure of each arc. E D


1. mAE 
2. mAB
50°
A C
Q 100°

3. mEDC 
4. mADC

B

5. mABC 
6. mBC

−− −−
FH and EG are diameters of P. Find each measure.

7. mEF 
8. mDE D H

38° G
E P

9. mFG 
10. mDHG
F


11. mDFG 
12. mDGE
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Use Z to find each arc length. Round to the nearest hundredth. S


T
20°
, if QZ = 10 inches , if PZ = 12 feet P
13. QPT 14. QR
Z
60°

, if TR = 15 meters , if ZQ = 7 centimeters R
15. PQR 16. QPS Q

17. HOMEWORK Refer to the table, which shows the number Homework
of hours students at Leland High School say they spend on Less than 1 hour 8%
homework each night.
1–2 hours 29%
a. If you were to construct a circle graph of the data, how many
2–3 hours 58%
degrees would be allotted to each category?
3–4 hours 3%

b. If the radius of the circle graph is 1 _


1 Over 4 hours 2%
inches, what would be
2
the length of each arc? Round to the nearest tenth of an inch.

Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 121


NAME DATE PERIOD

7A Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.3.3

Measuring Angles and Arcs


1. CONDIMENTS A number of people in a 4. RIBBONS Cora is wrapping a ribbon
park were asked to name their favorite around a cylinder-shaped gift box. The
condiment for hot dogs. The results are box has a diameter of 15 inches and the
shown in the circle graph. ribbon is 60 inches long. Cora is able to
wrap the ribbon all the way around the
box once, and then continue so that the
Ketchup
198º second end of the ribbon passes the first
Other 4.6º end. What is the central angle formed
Mustard
Mayonnaise 16.1º between the ends of the ribbon? Round
111.9º Relish your answer to the nearest tenth
29.4º of a degree.
What was the second most popular hot
dog condiment?

2. CLOCKS Shiatsu is a Japanese massage


technique. One of the beliefs is that
various body functions are most active 5. BIKE WHEELS Lucy has to buy a new
at various times during the day. To wheel for her bike. The bike wheel has a
illustrate this, they use a Chinese clock diameter of 20 inches.
that is based on a circle divided into
12 equal sections by radii. a. If Lucy rolls the wheel one complete

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


rotation along the ground, how far
GB LIV will the wheel travel? Round your
11PM-1AM 1AM-3AM
TW LU answer to the nearest hundredth of
9PM-11PM 3AM-5AM
an inch.
PC LI
7PM-9PM 5AM-7AM

KID ST
5PM-7PM 7AM-9AM

BL SP
3PM-5PM 9AM-11AM b. If the bike wheel is rolled along the
SI HT
1PM-3PM 11AM-1PM ground so that it rotates 45º, how far
will the wheel travel? Round your
What is the measure of any one of the answer to the nearest hundredth of
12 equal central angles? an inch.

c. If the bike wheel is rolled along the


3. PIES Yolanda has divided a circular ground for 10 inches, through what
apple pie into 4 slices by cutting the pie angle does the wheel rotate? Round
along 4 radii. The central angles of the your answer to the nearest tenth of
4 slices are 3x, 6x – 10, 4x + 10, and 5x a degree.
degrees. What exactly are the numerical
measures of the central angles?

122 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

7B Study Guide 8.M.1.1, 8.M.1.2

Changes in Dimension
A scale factor is how much larger or smaller one figure is than another.
For similar two-dimensional figures A and B:
perimeter of B = perimeter of A · scale factor
area of B = (area of A) · (scale factor)2

Example 1 PATIO Mrs. Huang’s patio is now 8 feet wide and 10 feet long.
She plans on doubling both the width and the length. Find the
perimeter and area of the planned patio.
The perimeter of the current patio is 8 + 10 + 8 + 10 or 36 feet. The area of the
current patio is 8 · 10 or 80 square feet.
perimeter of new patio = 36 × 2 or 72 feet Multiply by the scale factor.
area of new patio = 80 × 22 or 320 square feet Multiply by the square of the scale factor.

For similar three-dimensional figures A and B:


surface area of B = (surface area of A) · (scale factor)2
volume of B = (volume of A) · (scale factor)3

Example 2 The volume of a rectangular prism is 135 cubic centimeters. Find


the volume of a similar prism that is one third the size.
V = 135 × _1 3
3 () Multiply by the cube of the scale factor.

V = 135 × _
1 Cube __
1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

3
.
27
V=5 Simplify.

Exercises
1. The area of a circle is approximately 50.3 square inches. Find the area of a
similar circle that is larger by a scale factor of 5.

2. The perimeter of a table in the shape of a trapezoid is 3 _


2
meters. Find the
3
perimeter of a model of the table that is smaller by a scale factor of _
1
.
2

3. The surface area of a rectangular prism is 1,170 square centimeters. Find the
surface area of a similar prism that is smaller by a scale factor of 3.

4. The volume of a triangular prism is 9 cubic feet. Find the volume of a


similar prism that is larger by a scale factor of 3.

Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 123


NAME DATE PERIOD

7B Skills Practice 8.M.1.1, 8.M.1.2

Changes in Dimension
CAKE DECORATING A cake decorator is making a cake in the shape of a children’s
board game. The original game is 12 inches by 16 inches. The cake’s dimensions
will be half as long and half as wide.
1. Find the perimeter of the cake.

2. Find the area of the top of the cake.

3. Suppose another cake’s dimensions are twice as long and wide as the board
game. How do the perimeter and area of the new cake compare to the
perimeter and area of the first cake?

4. A cube has a surface area of 150 square inches. What is the surface area of
a similar cube that is larger by a scale factor of 2?

5. MAIL A shipping box has a surface area of 320 square inches. What is the
surface area of a similar box that is larger by a scale factor of 1.2?

6. A cone has a volume of 7,560 cubic millimeters. What is the volume of a

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


similar cone that is one sixth the size of this cone?

7. A can has a volume of 344 cubic centimeters. What is the volume of a


similar can that is larger by a scale factor of 2?

8. ART The volume of a clay sculpture is 540 cubic inches. What is the volume
of a similar sculpture that is larger by a scale factor of 2.5?

ARCHITECTURE On a model for a house, the perimeter of Andrea’s room is


3.5 feet. The actual perimeter of her room is 42 feet.

9. What is the scale factor of the model?

10. If the floor area of her room is 108 square feet, what is the area of the
model?

124 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

7B Homework Practice 8.M.1.1, 8.M.1.2

Changes in Dimension
1. MURAL Sofia is painting a mural on her wall. She wants to enlarge a
painting that is 5 inches wide and 7 inches long. If the area of the finished
mural is 875 square inches, what is the scale factor Sofia should use?

PACKING Use the table for Exercises 2–4. The table


Volume of Packing Boxes (in3)
shows the volumes of three types of packing
boxes offered by a moving company. Type A 5,000
Type B 7,500
2. Taso needs a box that is similar to Type A, but Type C 10,000
that is larger by a scale factor of 2.5. What would
be the volume of this box?

3. Kristina needs a box that is similar to Type C but is smaller by a factor of _


1
.
2
What would be the volume of this box?

4. The moving company used to offer Type D, which was similar in shape to
Type B, but was larger by a scale factor of 3. What was the volume of the
Type D box?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. DELI A deli owner uses 216 square centimeters of plastic wrap to cover a
block of cheese. How many square centimeters of plastic wrap would she
need to cover a wedge of cheese with a similar shape that is smaller by a
scale factor of _
1
?
2

6. A cylinder was enlarged by a scale factor of 4. The new volume is


2,240 cubic inches. What was the volume of the original cylinder?

7. MOSIAC A mosaic is created using rectangular blocks. Block A has a


length of 5 centimeters and a width of 2.5 centimeters. Block B is similar
to block A, and has an area of 50 square centimeters. What is the length
of block B?

Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 125


NAME DATE PERIOD

Mini-Project 8.M.1.1, 8.M.1.2

(Use with lesson 7B)


Changing Some Dimensions
Use the rectangle for Exercises 1–3.
1. Find the area of the rectangle. 16 in.

24 in.
2. Complete the table. Find the area of the rectangle
when one of the dimensions is changed as shown.

New Area
a. double the width
b. double the length
c. triple the width
d. triple the length

3. Summarize your findings.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Use the rectangular prism for Exercises 4–6.

4. Find the volume of the prism.

10 in.
5. Complete the table. Find the volume of the prism 8 in.
when the dimensions are changed as shown.
18 in.
New Volume
a. double the width
b. double the length and width
c. triple the height
d. triple the height and width

6. Summarize your findings.

126 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

7C Explore Through Reading 8.M.1.2

Similar Solids
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 399 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. If the model car is 4.2 inches long, 1.6 inches wide, and 1.3 inches tall,
what are the dimensions of the original car?

2. Make a conjecture about the radius of the wheel of the original car
compared to the model.

Read the Lesson


3. What is the scale factor for two similar solids?

4. If a 6-meter high pyramid is a model of an actual Egyptian pyramid and


the scale factor is _
1
, what is the height of the actual pyramid?
8
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. A cube has a volume of 216 cubic feet. A smaller cube is similar by a scale
factor of 2. What is the length of a side of the smaller cube?

Remember What You Learned


6. You can calculate the slant height of either pyramid on page 399 using
the Pythagorean Theorem by creating a right triangle with the pyramid’s
height, its slant height, and _
1
of the side of the square base. The slant
2
height is the hypotenuse. The slant height of the larger pyramid is about
8.4 meters. How can you find the slant height of the smaller pyramid
without using the Pythagorean Theorem?

Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 127


NAME DATE PERIOD

7C Study Guide 8.M.1.2

Similar Solids
Similar solids have the same shape, their corresponding linear measures are proportional, and their
corresponding faces are similar polygons.

Example 1 The cones at the right are similar. Find the height of cone A.
_8 = _4 Write a ratio.
x 3
4x = 24 Find the cross products. 8 in. 4 in.
x=6 Simplify. 3 in.

The height of the smaller cone is 6 inches.


cone A cone B

Example 2 The pyramids at the right are similar. Pyramid B


Find the total surface area of pyramid B. S5

The scale factor _


a
is _
6
or _
3
.
b 4 2 Pyramid A
S 5 98.4 cm2
_____
surface area of pyramid A
= a
2
(_) Write a proportion. 6 cm 4 cm
surface area of pyramid B b
98.4
= 3 2 _ (_) Substitute the known values. Let S represent the surface area.
S 2
98.4
= 9 _ _ ( _32 )
2
=_
3 _
· 3 or _
9
S 4 2 2 4
98.4 · 4 = 9S Find the cross products.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


_
393.6
=_
9S
Divide each side by 9.
9 9
43.7 ≈ S Simplify.

The surface area of pyramid B is approximately 43.7 square centimeters.

Exercises
For Exercises 1 and 2, the solids in each pair solid A
are similar. Find the surface area of solid B.
12
1. solid A solid B 2. solid B
S 5 24 units2 3

1.5 1.5 6
scale factor 5 5 6
S 5 180 units2

For Exercises 3 and 4, find the value of x.


3. 24 4. 15
5
x
3
16 x
6

128 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

7C Homework Practice 8.M.1.2

Similar Solids
Find the missing measure for each pair of similar solids. Round to
the nearest tenth if necessary.
1. 9 ft 2.
3 ft 4 cm
1 cm
15 ft
? 6 cm
?

3. 8.7 mm 4. 1 in.
2.9 mm
5.8 mm
2 in. 3 in.

S=? S = 288 mm 2
S = 10 in 2
S=?

5. 6.
3m 5m
8 yd
4 yd
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

V=9m 3
V=?

V = 88 yd 3 V=?

7. MODEL TRAINS The caboose of an N scale model train is 4 _


1
inches long. In the N scale,
2
1 inch represents 13 _
1
feet. What is the length of the original caboose?
2

8. ALGEBRA The volumes of two similar cylinders are 7 cubic meters and 56 cubic meters.
Find their scale factor.

For Exercises 9–11, use the similar prisms shown. Prism A Prism B
S = 144 cm 2
9. Write the ratio of the surface areas and the ratio
of the volumes of Prism B to Prism A.
4 cm 2 cm
V = 14 cm 3

10. Find the surface area of prism B.

11. Find the volume of prism A.

Chapter 7 North Carolina, Grade 8 129


NAME DATE PERIOD

7C Problem-Solving Practice 8.M.1.2

Similar Solids
For Exercises 1–6, find the missing measure for each pair of similar
solids. Round to the nearest tenth if necessary.

1. ARCHITECTURE A model of a cylindrical 2. AQUARIUMS A pet store has three sizes


grain silo is 14 inches tall. On the of aquariums. The dimensions of the
model 2 inches represents 5 feet. What smallest aquarium are 12 in. × 16 in. ×
is the height of the actual grain silo? 10 in. If other sizes of aquariums are
2 times and 2.5 times as large, what
are the dimensions of the other
aquariums?

3. BUILDING A room has dimensions that 4. ART Ray takes a photo of a sculpture
are 12 ft × 14 ft × 9 ft. A larger room he has just finished. In the photograph,
is 1.5 times as large in each dimension. the sculpture is 4 inches wide. If each
What is the scale factor of the rooms' inch in the photograph represents
volumes? (Hint: the scale factor of the 2.5 feet, how wide is the sculpture?
three-dimensional volumes is not the

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


same as the scale factor in one
dimension)

9 ft

12 ft
14 ft

5. MODELS An architectural model of a 6. CARS Sam has a picture of his favorite


skyscraper is shaped like a very tall type of car. In the photo, the car is
pyramid. The length of the sides of the 12 inches wide by 6 inches tall. If the
square base on the model are 6 inches actual height of the car is 54 inches
and the slant height is 24 inches. If tall, what is the actual length of the
the scale factor of the model is _
1
, car?
400
what is the slant height of the actual
building?

130 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 7


NAME DATE PERIOD

8 Anticipation Guide
Algebra: More Equations and Inequalities
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 8

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree,
write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. The expression 6y + 3(x - 2) is in simplest form because it
has no like terms.
2. The expressions 4(x + 3) and 4x + 12 are equivalent.
3. When solving equations, undo each operation in the same
order as the order of operations.
4. To solve the equation 4 - 2x = 10, first subtract 4 from each
side, and then divide each side by 2.
5. Three times a number decreased by 1 is 11 and 11 equals 1 less
than three times a number are equivalent statements.
6. A variable can be added to or subtracted from both sides of
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

an equation with the equation remaining true.


7. The phrase a minimum of $25 can be written as m ≤ 25.
8. If t = 8, then the inequality 3t - 6 ≤ 20 is false.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 8

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 131


NAME DATE PERIOD

8 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Suppose that one pyramid balances two 2. The model represents the equation
cubes and one cylinder balances three 2x + 4 = 4y + 4.
cubes as shown in the figure.
1 1 y y 1 1
x x 1 1 y y 1 1

Which statement is not true?


A One pyramid and one cube balance What is the value of x?
three cubes.
A 2y
B One pyramid and one cube balance
one cylinder. B 4y
C One cylinder and one pyramid C 2y + 4
balance four cubes. D 4y + 8
D One cylinder and one cube balance
two pyramids.
Fold here.
Solution Solution

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1. Hint: Remember you can add or subtract 2. Hint: Make equivalent changes to both
equivalent items from each side of the sides of the balance.
scale to maintain the balance. You can
also substitute equivalent items. Since there are four 1’s on each side of
A You can add one cube to each side of the balance, they can be removed,
the left scale. This is true. resulting in a balance between 2x and
B You can add one cube to each side of 4y. Since both are multiples of two, you
the left scale. So, one pyramid and can divide each side into two groups, or
one cube balance three cubes. In the one x for 2y, so the value of x is 2y.
top scale, three cubes balance one
cylinder. This is true.
C You can add the items on the left
part of the scales and items on the
right side of the scales. So, one
cylinder and one pyramid balance
five cubes. This is not true.
D You can add one cube to each side of
the right scale. So, one cylinder and
one cube balance four cubes. The
bottom scale shows that one pyramid
balances two cubes. So, two pyramids
will balance four cubes. This is true.
The answer is C. The answer is A.
132 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8
NAME DATE PERIOD

8A Study Guide 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4

Simplifying Algebraic Expressions


The Distributive Property can be used to simplify algebraic expressions.

Examples Use the Distributive Property to rewrite each expression.

3(a + 5) -2(d - 3)
3(a + 5) = 3(a) + 3(5) Distributive Property -2(d - 3) = -2[d + (-3)] Rewrite d - 3 as
= 3a + 15 Simplify. d + (-3).
= -2(d) + (-2) (-3) Distributive Property
= -2(d) + 6 Simplify.

When a plus sign separates an algebraic expression into parts, each part is called a term. In terms
that contain a variable, the numerical part of the term is called the coefficient of the variable. A term
without a variable is called a constant. Like terms contain the same variables, such as 3x and 2x.

Example 3 Identify the terms, like terms, coefficients, and constants in the
expression 7x - 5 + x - 3x.
7x - 5 + x - 3x = 7x + (-5) + x + (-3x) Definition of subtraction
= 7x + (-5) + 1x + (-3x) Identity Property; x = 1x
The terms are 7x, -5, x, and -3x. The like terms are 7x, x, and -3x. The coefficients are
7, 1, and -3. The constant is -5.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

An algebraic expression is in simplest form if it has no like terms and no parentheses.

Example 4 Simplify the expression -2m + 5 + 6m - 3.


-2m and 6m are like terms. 5 and -3 are also like terms.
-2m + 5 + 6m - 3 = -2m + 5 + 6m + (-3) Definition of subtraction
= -2m + 6m + 5 + (-3) Commutative Property
= (-2 + 6)m + 5 + (-3) Distributive Property
= 4m + 2 Simplify.

Exercises
Use the Distributive Property to rewrite each expression.
1. 2(c + 6) 2. -4(w + 6) 3. (b - 4)(-3)

4. Identify the terms, like terms, coefficients, and constants in the


expression 4m - 2 + 3m + 5.

Simplify each expression.


5. 3d + 6d 6. 2 + 5s - 4 7. 2z + 3 + 9z - 8

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 133


NAME DATE PERIOD

8A Skills Practice 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4

Simplifying Algebraic Expressions


Use the Distributive Property to rewrite each expression.
1. 4(j + 4) 2. 5(n + 2) 3. (c + 9)3

4. 2(w - 8) 5. (s - 7)7 6. -4(e + 6)

7. (b + 3)(-7) 8. -8(v - 7) 9. (2n + 3)6

10. 5(c + d) 11. -7(3x - 1) 12. (e - f)3

13. 2(-3m + 1) 14. (2b - 3)(-9) 15. -5(s + 7)

16. (t + 7)3 17. 6(-2v + 4) 18. (m - n)(-3)

Identify the terms, like terms, coefficients, and constants in each


expression.
19. 4e + 7e + 5

20. 5 - 4x - 8

21. -3h - 2h + 6h + 9

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


22. 7 - 5y + 2 + 1

23. 9k + 7 -k + 4

24. 4z + 3 - 2z - z

Write an equivalent expression.


25. 3t + 6t; t = 4 26. 4r + z; r = 2

27. 7f + 2k; f = 3 28. 9a + 8b; b = 12

29. 8k + 3 + 4x; x = 4 30. 7m - 5m + 6; m = 6

31. 9 - 6x + 5; x = 2 32. 7p - 1 - 9n + 5; n = 3

33. -b - 3b + 8x + 4; b = 6 34. 5h - 6 - 8 + 7u; h = -5

35. 12y - 8 + 4y + g; y = 4 36. 9a + 5 - 7w - 2w; w = 6

37. 6g - 7d + 13; g = 2 38. 7x + 6 - 9y - 3; x = 1

134 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8A Homework Practice 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4

Simplifying Algebraic Expressions


Use the Distributive Property to rewrite each expression.
1. 6(z + 4) 2. -7(c + 2) 3. (d + 5)9 4. (h + 8)(-3)

5. 5(y - 2) 6. 3(6 - n) 7. -4(s - 4) 8. -9(2 - p)

9. 2(3x + 1) 10. -5(4n - 5) 11. 8(u - 2v) 12. 3a(7b + 6c)

Identify the terms, like terms, coefficients, and constants in each expression.
13. 4b + 7b + 5 14. 8 + 6t - 3t + t 15. -5x + 4 - x - 1

Simplify each expression.


16. h + 6h 17. 10k - k 18. 3b + 8 + 2b
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

19. 4 + 5v + v 20. -2f + 3 - 2f - 8 21. -7s - 5 - 7s + 9

22. - _
3
x-_
1
+_
7
x-_
1
23. 5c - 3d - 12c + d 24. -y + 9z - 16y - 25z
4 3 8 2

Write two equivalent expressions for the area of each figure.


25. 26. x25 27.

8
x+1
9

x+6 20

28. PAINTING Mr. Torres paid $43 for supplies to paint his office. He paid one person $8 per
hour to prepare the office to be painted and another person $10 per hour to paint the
office. If both people worked h hours, write two expressions that you could use to
represent the total cost of painting the office.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 135


NAME DATE PERIOD

8A Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.1.3, 8.A.1.4

Simplifying Algebraic Expressions


1. GAMES At the Beltway Outlet store, 2. TENNIS Two weeks ago, James bought 3
you buy x computer games for $13 each cans of tennis balls. Last week, he
and a magazine for $4. Write an bought 4 cans of tennis balls. This
expression in simplest form that week, he bought 2 cans of tennis balls.
represents the total amount of money The tennis balls cost d dollars per can.
you spend. Write an expression in simplest form
that represents the total amount that
James spent.

3. AMUSEMENT PARKS Sari and her 4. BICYCLING The bicycle path at the park
friends are going to play miniature is a loop that covers a distance of m
golf. There are p people in the group. miles. Jorge biked 2 loops each on
Each person pays $5 for a round of golf Monday and Wednesday and 3 loops on
and together they spend $9 on snacks. Friday. On Sunday, Jorge biked 10
Write an expression in simplest form miles. Write an expression in simplest
that represents the total amount that form that represents the total distance

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Sari and her friends spent. that Jorge biked this week.

5. GEOMETRY Write an expression in 6. SIBLINGS Mala is y years old. Her


simplest form for the perimeter of the sister is 4 years older than Mala.
triangle below. Write an expression in simplest form
that represents the sum of the ages
2x 2x 1 3 of the sisters.

4x 2 2

136 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8B Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1

Solving Two-Step Equations


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 422 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Explain how you could use the work backward strategy to find the cost of
each bag of dog treats. Find the cost.

2. Find the cost of each bag.

Read the Lesson


3. Define two-step equation.

Determine whether each equation is a two-step equation. Explain.


6. _
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

c
4. n + 8 = 21 5. 2x + 1 = 15 = 6.5
4

What is the first step in solving each equation?


7. 3y - 2 = 16 8. 5 - 6x = -19 9. -2p + 11 = 7

Remember What You Learned


10. Draw a diagram that shows how the equation 2x + 3 = 8 can be modeled
using algebra tiles.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 137


NAME DATE PERIOD

8B Study Guide 8.A.2.1

Solving Two-Step Equations


A two-step equation contains two operations. To solve a two-step equation, undo each operation in
reverse order.

Example 1 Solve -2a + 6 = 14. Check your solution.


Method 2 Horizontal Method
Method 1 Vertical Method
-2a + 6 = 14 Write the equation. -2a + 6 = 14
-6 = -6
_______ Subtract 6 from each side. -2a + 6 - 6 = 14 - 6
-2a = 8 Simplify. -2a = 8
_
-2a
=_
8
Divide each side by -2. _
-2a
=_
8
-2 -2 -2 -2
a = -4 Simplify. a = -4
Check -2a + 6 = 14 Write the equation.

-2(-4) + 6  14 Replace a with -4 to see if the sentence is true.

14 = 14 ✓ The sentence is true.

The solution is -4.


Sometimes it is necessary to combine like terms before solving an equation.

Example 2 Solve 5 = 8x - 2x - 7. Check your solution.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5 = 8x - 2x - 7 Write the equation.

5 = 6x - 7 Combine like terms.

5 + 7 = 6x - 7 + 7 Add 7 to each side.

12 = 6x Simplify.
_
12
=_
6x
Divide each side by 6.
6 6
2=x Simplify.

The solution is 2. Check this solution.

Exercises
Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. 2d + 7 = 9 2. 11 = 3z + 5 3. 2s - 4 = 6

4. -12 = 5r + 8 5. -6p - 3 = 9 6. -14 = 3x + x - 2

7. 5c + 2 - 3c = 10 8. 3 + 7n + 2n = 21 9. 21 = 6r + 5 - 7r

10. 8 - 5b = -7 11. -10 = 6 - 4m 12. -3t + 4 = 19

13. 2 + _
a
=5 14. - _
1
q - 7 = -3 15. 4 - _
v
=0
6 3 5

138 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8B Homework Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Two-Step Equations


Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. 3g + 5 = 17 2. 9 = 4a + 13 3. 13 = 5m - 2

4. -15 = 2t - 11 5. 7k - 5 = -19 6. 13 = 4x - 11

7. 10 = _
z
+7 8. 6 + _
n
= -4 9. 4 - 3y = 31
2 5

10. 15 - 2b = -9 11. - _
1
y - 6 = -11 12. 16 - _
r
= 21
3 7

13. 30 = 5d - 8d 14. w + 3w = 20 15. 5 - 7m + 9m = 11

16. -18 = 8x - 9 - 5x 17. 25 = s + 13 - 4s 18. 6a + 7 - a = -18

19. 3(y + 5) = 21 20. 7(p - 3) = 35 21. -48 = 6(v + 2)


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

22. _
k-3
= 10 23. _
z+5
= -3 24. _
9+t
= -3
4 7 12

25. SHOPPING Mrs. Williams shops at a store that has an annual membership
fee of $30. Today she paid her annual membership and bought several fruit
baskets costing $15 each as gifts for her coworkers. Her total was $105.
Solve the equation 15b + 30 = 105 to find the number of fruit baskets
Mrs. Williams purchased.

26. GAMES A card game has 50 cards. After dealing 7 cards to each player,
Tupi has 15 cards left over. Solve the equation 50 - 7p = 15 to find the
number of players.

27. GEOMETRY Write an equation to represent 28


−−−
the length of PQ. Then find the value of y.
12 y 3y

P Q

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 139


NAME DATE PERIOD

8B Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Two-Step Equations


1. SHOPPING Jenna bought 5 reams of 2. CARS It took Lisa 85 minutes to wash
paper at the store for a total of $21. three cars. She spent x minutes on
The tax on her purchase was $1. Solve each car and 10 minutes putting
5x + 1 = 21 to find the price for each everything away. Solve 3x + 10 = 85 to
ream of paper. find how long it took to wash each
car.

3. EXERCISE Rick jogged the same distance 4. MOVING Heather has a collection of 26
on Tuesday and Friday, and 8 miles on mugs. When packing to move, she put
Sunday, for a total of 20 miles for the the same number of mugs in each of
week. Solve 2x + 8 = 20 to find the the first 4 boxes and 2 mugs in the last
distance Rick jogged on Tuesday and box. Solve 4x + 2 = 26 to find the
Friday. number of mugs in each of the first
four boxes.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. TELEVISION Burt’s parents allow him to 6. TRAVEL Lawrence drives the same
watch a total of 10 hours of television distance Monday through Friday
per week. This week, Burt is planning commuting to work. Last week,
to watch several two-hour movies and Lawrence drove 25 miles on the
four hours of sports. Solve 2x + 4 = 10 weekend, for a total of 60 miles for the
to find the number of movies Burt is week. Solve 5x + 25 = 60 to find the
planning to watch this week. distance Lawrence drives each day
commuting to work.

7. MONEY McKenna had $32 when she 8. GARDENING Jack has 15 rosebushes.
got to the carnival. After riding 6 rides, He has the same number of yellow, red,
she had $20 left. Solve 32 - 6x = 20 to and pink bushes, and 3 multicolored
find the price for each ride. bushes. Solve 3x + 3 = 15 to find the
number of yellow rosebushes Jack
has.

140 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8C Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1

Writing Two-Step Equations


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 427 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Let n represent the number of payments. Write an expression that
represents the amount of the camp fee paid after n payments.

2. Write and solve an equation to find the number of payments you will
have to make in order to pay off the balance of the camp.

3. What type of equation did you write for Exercise 2? Explain your
reasoning.

Read the Lesson


Jennifer bought 3 CDs, each having the same price. Her total for the
purchase was $51.84, which includes $3.84 in sales tax. Find the price
of each CD.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

4. Explain how to define the variable in the problem. Then define the
variable.

5. The next step is to write an equation for the problem. Assuming that the
total, 51.84, will be on the right side of the equals sign by itself, determine
which two operations will be represented on the left side of the equals sign.
Which is performed first? Explain.

6. Complete the equation. Then solve it. How much does each CD cost?
= $51.84

Remember What You Learned


7. Work with a partner. Have one partner write a word problem that involves
a two-step equation and solve it. Have the other partner check the solution.
Then have partners switch tasks.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 141


NAME DATE PERIOD

8C Study Guide 8.A.2.1

Writing Two-Step Equations


Some verbal sentences translate to two-step equations.

Example 1 Translate each sentence into an equation.


Sentence Equation
Four more than three times a number is 19. 3n + 4 = 19
Five is seven less than twice a number. 5 = 2n - 7
Seven more than the quotient of a number and 3 is 10. 7+_
n
= 10
3

After a sentence has been translated into a two-step equation, you can solve the equation.

Example 2 Translate the sentence into an equation. Then find the number.
Thirteen more than five times a number is 28.

Words Thirteen more than five times a number is 28.


Variable Let n = the number.
Equation 5n + 13 = 28 Write the equation.

5n + 13 - 13 = 28 - 13 Subtract 13 from each side.

5n = 15 Simplify.
_ _

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5n
= 15 Divide each side by 5.
5 5
n=3 Simplify.

Therefore, the number is 3.

Exercises
Translate each sentence into an equation. Then find each number.
1. Five more than twice a number is 7.

2. Fourteen more than three times a number is 2.

3. Seven less than twice a number is 5.

4. Two more than four times a number is -10.

5. Eight less than three times a number is -14.

6. Three more than the quotient of a number and 2 is 7.

142 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8C Homework Practice 8.A.2.1

Writing Two-Step Equations


Translate each sentence into an equation.
1. Three more than eight times a number is equal to 19.

2. Twelve less than seven times a number is 16.

3. Four more than twice a number is -10.

4. Nine less than five times a number is equal to -30.

5. ART Ishi bought a canvas and 8 tubes of paint for $24.95. If the canvas cost $6.95, how
much did each tube of paint cost?

6. ENGINEERING The world’s two highest dams are both in Tajikistan. The Rogun dam is 35
meters taller than the Nurek dam. Together they are 635 meters tall. Find the height of
the Nurek dam.

U.S. PRESIDENTS For Exercises 7 and 8, use the Age at First


information at the right. President
Inauguration
7. If you double President Reagan’s age at the time J. Carter 52
of his first inauguration and subtract his age at R. Reagan 69
the time he died, the result is 45 years. How old G. H. W. Bush
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

was President Reagan when he died?


W. Clinton 46
G. W. Bush 54

8. If you divide the age of the first President Bush


when he was inaugurated by 2 and add 14 years,
you get the age of President Clinton when he
was first inaugurated. How old was President
G. H. W. Bush when he was inaugurated?


9. GEOMETRY Find the value of x in the triangle
at the right. 36°

10. ALGEBRA Three consecutive integers can be


represented by n, n + 1, and n + 2. If the sum
of three consecutive integers is 57, what are
the integers?

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 143


NAME DATE PERIOD

8C Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Writing Two-Step Equations


Solve each problem by writing and solving an equation.

1. CONSTRUCTION Carlos is building a 2. GEOMETRY A rectangle has a width of


screen door. The height of the door 6 inches and a perimeter of 26 inches.
is 1 foot more than twice its width. What is the length of the rectangle?
What is the width of the door if it
is 7 feet high?

3. EXERCISE Ella swims four times a week 4. SHOPPING While at the music store,
at her club’s pool. She swims the same Drew bought 5 CDs, all at the same
number of laps on Monday, Wednesday, price. The tax on his purchase was $6,
and Friday, and 15 laps on Saturday. and the total was $61. What was the
She swims a total of 51 laps each week. price of each CD?
How many laps does she swim on
Monday?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. STUDYING Over the weekend, Koko 6. FOOD At the market, Meyer buys a
spent 2 hours on an assignment, and bunch of bananas for $0.35 per pound
she-spent equal amounts of time and a frozen pizza for $4.99. The total
studying for 4 exams for a total of for his purchase was $6.04, without
16-hours. How much time did she tax. How many pounds of bananas did
spend studying for each exam? Meyer buy?

7. HOME IMPROVEMENT Laura is making 8. TAXI A taxi service charges you $1.50
a patio in her backyard using paving plus $0.60 per minute for a trip to the
stones. She buys 44 paving stones and airport. The distance to the airport is
a flowerpot worth $7 for a total of $73. 10 miles, and the total charge is
How much did each paving stone cost? $13.50. How many minutes did the
ride to the airport take?

144 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8D Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Variables on Each Side


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 434 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Copy the table. Continue filling in rows to find Time Jordan’s Tanner’s
how many days until Tanner and Jordan sell (days) Sales Sales
the same number of packages.
0 8 + 4(0) = 8 5(0) = 0
1 8 + 4(1) = 12 5(1) = 5
2. Write an expression for Jordan’s gift wrap sales
after d days. 2 8 + 4(2) = 16 5(2) = 10
3 8 + 4(3) = 20 5(3) = 15
3. Write an expression for Tanner’s gift wrap sales   
after d days.

4. On which day will Tanner’s sales pass Jordan’s sales?

5. Write an equation that could be used to find how many days it will take
until Tanner and Jordan sell the same number of packages.

Read the Lesson


6. What is the first step in solving an equation with variables on each side?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. What does it mean to isolate the variable when solving an equation?

Determine whether the variable is isolated in each equation. Then determine


whether the equation is solved for the variable.
8. c = 8 9. 3x + 1 = 7 10. 5d = 15

Remember What You Learned


11. Create a general set of guidelines to solve any type of equation.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 145


NAME DATE PERIOD

8D Study Guide 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Variables on Each Side


Some equations, such as 3x - 9 = 6x, have variables on each side of the equals sign. Use the
Addition or Subtraction Property of Equality to write an equivalent equation with the variables on one
side of the equals sign. Then solve the equation.

Example 1 Solve 3x - 9 = 6x. Check your solution.


3x - 9 = 6x Write the equation.

3x - 3x - 9 = 6x - 3x Subtract 3x from each side.

-9 = 3x Simplify.

-3 = x Mentally divide each side by 3.

To check your solution, replace x with -3 in the original equation.


Check 3x - 9 = 6x Write the equation.

3(-3) - 9  6(-3) Replace x with -3.


-18 = -18 ✓ This sentence is true.

The solution is -3.


Example 2 Solve 4a - 7 = 5 - 2a.
4a - 7 = 5 - 2a Write the equation.

4a + 2a - 7 = 5 - 2a + 2a Add 2a to each side.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


6a - 7 = 5 Simplify.

6a - 7 + 7 = 5 + 7 Add 7 to each side.

6a = 12 Simplify.

a=2 Mentally divide each side by 6.

The solution is 2. Check this solution.

Exercises
Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. 6s - 10 = s 2. 8r = 4r - 16 3. 25 - 3u = 2u

4. 14t - 8 = 6t 5. k + 20 = 9k - 4 6. 11m + 13 = m + 23

7. -4b - 5 = 3b + 9 8. 6y - 1 = 27 - y 9. 1.6h - 72 = 4h - 30

10. 8.5 - 3z = -8z 11. 10x + 8 = 5x - 3 12. 16 - 7d = -3d + 2

146 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8D Homework Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Variables on Each Side


Solve each equation. Check your solution.
1. 9m + 14 = 2m 2. 13x = 32 + 5x 3. 8d - 25 = 3d

4. t - 27 = 4t 5. 7p - 5 = 6p + 8 6. 11z - 5 = 9z + 7

7. 12 - 5h = h + 6 8. 4 - 7f = f -12 9. -6y + 17 = 3y - 10

10. 3x - 32 = -7x + 28 11. 3.2a - 16 = 4a 12. 16.8 - v = 6v

Find each number.


13. Fourteen less than five times a number is three times the number. Define a variable,
write an equation, and solve to find the number.

14. Twelve more than seven times a number equals the number less six. Define a variable,
write an equation, and solve to find the number.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Write an equation to find the value of x so that each pair of polygons has the
same perimeter. Then solve.
15. 16. 5x

5x 5x
x + 14 x + 17
x+9
x+6 x+1

5x 5x
8x + 9
x+4
5x
x+3

17. GOLF For an annual membership fee of $500, Mr. Bailey can join a country club that
would allow him to play a round of golf for $35. Without the membership, the country
club charges $55 for each round of golf. Write and solve an equation to determine how
many rounds of golf Mr. Bailey would have to play for the cost to be the same with and
without a membership.

18. MUSIC Marc has 45 CDs in his collection, and Andrea has 61. If Marc buys 4 new CDs
each month and Andrea buys 2 new CDs each month, after how many months will Marc
and Andrea have the same number of CDs?

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 147


NAME DATE PERIOD

8D Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.1

Solving Equations with Variables on Each Side


Solve each problem by writing and solving an equation.

1. PLUMBING A1 Plumbing Service charges 2. EXERCISE Mike’s Fitness Center charges


$35 per hour plus a $25 travel charge $30 per month for a membership.
for a service call. Good Guys Plumbing All-Day Fitness Club charges $22 per
Repair charges $40 per hour for a month plus an $80 initiation fee for a
service call with no travel charge. How membership. After how many months
long must a service call be for the two will the total amount paid to the two
companies to charge the same fitness clubs be the same?
amount?

3. SHIPPING The Lone Star Shipping 4. MONEY Julia and Lise are playing
Company charges $14 plus $2 a pound games at the arcade. Julia started with
to ship an overnight package. Discount $15, and the machine she is playing
Shipping Company charges $20 plus costs $0.75 per game. Lise started with
$1.50 a pound to ship an overnight $13, and her machine costs $0.50 per
package. For what weight is the charge game. After how many games will the

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


the same for the two companies? two girls have the same amount of
money remaining?

5. MONEY The Wayside Hotel charges its 6. COLLEGE Jeff is a part-time student at
guests $1 plus $0.80 per minute for Horizon Community College. He
long distance calls. Across the street, currently has 22 credits, and he plans
the Blue Sky Hotel charges its guests to take 6 credits per semester until he
$2 plus $0.75 per minute for long is finished. Jeff ’s friend Kila is also a
distance calls. Find the length of a call student at the college. She has
for which the two hotels charge the 4 credits and plans to take 12 credits
same amount. per semester. After how many
semesters will Jeff and Kila have
the same number of credits?

148 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8E Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Adding or Subtracting


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 445 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Add 5 to each side of the inequality 27 < 39. Write the resulting
inequality and decide whether it is true or false.

2. Would it be colder in Erie or Philadelphia if the temperature in both


cities dropped 10º? Explain.

Reading the Lesson


3. How are solving an inequality and solving an equation similar?

4. Explain what solving an inequality means.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. Are x ≤ 7 and 7 ≤ x equivalent inequalities? Explain.

6. Are x > -2 and -2 < x equivalent inequalities? Explain.

7. Write an inequality equivalent to n < 5, but use the > symbol.

Helping You Remember


8. Look up inequality in a dictionary. How does its meaning relate to what
you have learned in this lesson?

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 149


NAME DATE PERIOD

8E Study Guide 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Adding or Subtracting


Solving an inequality means finding values for the variable that make the inequality true. You can use
the Addition and Subtraction Properties of Inequality to help solve an inequality. When you add or
subtract the same number from each side of an inequality, the inequality remains true.

Examples Solve each inequality. Check your solution. Then graph the solution
on a number line.
9<r+5 Write the inequality.

9-5<r+5-5 Subtract 5 from each side.

4 < r or r > 4 Simplify.

Check Solutions to the inequality should be greater than 4. Check this result by
replacing r in the original inequality with two different numbers greater
than 4. Both replacements should give true statements.
To graph the solution, place an open circle at
4 and draw a line and arrow to the right. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

x - 7 ≥ -4 Write the inequality.

x - 7 + 7 ≥ -4 + 7 Add 7 to each side.

x≥3 Simplify.

Check Replace x in the original inequality with 3 and then with a number greater

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


than 3. The solution is x ≥ 3.
To graph the solution, place a closed circle at
3 and draw a line and arrow to the right. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Exercises
Solve each inequality. Check your solution.
1. t - 4 > 2 2. b + 5 ≤ 9 3. 8 < r - 7

4. 6 < p - 6 5. 2 > a + 7 6. 4 + m ≥ -6

Solve each inequality and check your solution. Then graph the
solution on a number line.
7. s + 8 < 10 8. -11 ≤ d - 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22

150 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8E Homework Practice 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Adding or Subtracting


Solve each inequality. Check your solution.
1. p + 7 < 9 2. t + 6 > -3 3. -13 ≥ 9 + b

4. 16 > -11 + k 5. 3 ≥ -2 + y 6. 25 < n + (-12)

7. r - 5 ≤ 2 8. a - 6 < 13 9. j - 8 ≤ -12

10. -8 > h - 1 11. 22 > w - (-16) 12. -30 ≤ d + (-5)

13. 1 + y ≤ 2.4 14. b - _


3
< 2_
1
15. f - 4 ≥ 1.4
4 2

Write an inequality and solve each problem.


16. Five less than a number is more than twenty.

17. Four more than a number is no more than twelve.

18. The sum of a number and 3.5 is at least 14.5.

19. The difference of a number and -5 is less than 7.

20. The sum of -12 and a number is at least 6.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

21. Eleven less than a number is more than fifteen.

Solve each inequality and check your solution. Then graph the
solution on a number line.
22. n + 4 < 9 23. t + 7 > 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

24. p + (-5) > -3 25. -13 ≥ x - 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 0 1

26. -32 ≥ a + (-5) 27. 3 ≤ _


1
+m
2

230 228 226 224 222 0 1 2 3 4

28. 4 ≥ s - _
2
29. - _
3
<w-1
3 4

3 4 5 1 1
0 –
2
1 1–2 2

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 151


NAME DATE PERIOD

8E Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Adding or Subtracting


1. DRIVING Michael is driving from 2. ENTERTAINMENT David and Marsha
Lakeview to Dodge City, a distance of are going to dinner and a movie this
more than 250 miles. After driving evening. David wants to have at least
60 miles, Michael stops for gas. Write $70 cash in his wallet. He currently has
and solve an inequality to find how $10. Write and solve an inequality
much farther Michael has to drive to to find how much cash David should
reach Dodge City. withdraw from the bank.

3. CLUBS The charter for the Spartan 4. GROWTH Akira hopes that he will
Club limits the membership to 85. someday be more than 71 inches tall.
Currently, the club has 47 members. He is currently 63 inches tall. Write
Write and solve an inequality to find and solve an inequality to find how
how many more members can be much more Akira must grow to fulfill
recruited. his wish.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. MUSIC Jamie is preparing to burn a 6. TELEVISION Dario limits his TV
music CD. The CD holds at most watching to no more than 11 hours
70 minutes of music. Jamie has a week. This week, he has already
52 minutes of music already selected. watched 6 hours of TV. Write and
Write and solve an inequality to find solve an inequality to find how much
how many more minutes of music more time Dario can spend watching
Jamie can select. TV this week.

7. CARS At the gas station, Elena bought 8. HOMEWORK Peter must write an
a quart of oil for $1.50, and she filled essay with more than 500 words
her car with gas. Her total was less for his English class. So far, he has
than $20. Write and solve an inequality written 245 words. Write and solve
to find how much she spent on gas. an inequality to find how many
more words Peter needs to write
for his essay.

152 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8F Explore Through Reading 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Multiplying or Dividing


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 449 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Divide each side of the inequality 1.70 > 1.40 by 2. Write the resulting
inequality and decide whether it is true or false.

2. Who would have more money if Mario and Lamar tripled their money by
doing lawn work at home? Explain.

Reading the Lesson


What is the first step in solving each inequality? How is the
inequality symbol affected by this first step? Explain.
3. _
x
>2
3

4. -5x ≤ 60

5. 3x + 4 ≥ 22
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. Describe the conditions under which you reverse the direction of the
inequality symbol when solving an inequality.

Helping You Remember


7. You can often forget to change the direction of the inequality symbol
when multiplying or dividing by a negative number. The proposed
solution to the inequality -9x > -27 is x < 3. Check the values at and
near the boundary of the solution by verifying that
• 3 is the solution of the related equation
• 2 is a solution to the inequality
• 4 is not a solution of the inequality
Now create your own inequality and give three different points to check.
A point that is a solution of the related equation, a point that is a
solution to the inequality, and one point that is not the solution of the
inequality.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 153


NAME DATE PERIOD

8F Study Guide 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Multiplying or Dividing


When you multiply or divide each side of an inequality by a positive number, the inequality remains
true. However, when you multiply or divide each side of an inequality by a negative number, the
direction of the inequality must be reversed for the inequality to remain true.

Example 1 _
Solve t ≤ -3. Check your solution. Then graph the solution on a
-7
number line.
_
t
≤ -3 Write the inequality.
-7
_
t
(-7) ≤ -3(-7) Multiply each side by 27 and reverse the inequality symbol.
-7
t ≥ 21 Simplify.

The solution is t ≥ 21. You can check this solution by replacing t in the original
inequality with 21 and a number greater than 21.
To graph the solution, place a closed circle at 21
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
and draw a line and arrow to the right.

Some inequalities involve more than one operation.

Example 2 Solve 4x - 5 < 27. Check your solution.


4x - 5 < 27 Write the inequality.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


4x - 5 + 5 < 27 + 5 Add 5 to each side.

4x < 32 Simplify.
_
4x
<_
32
Divide each side by 4.
4 4
x<8 Simplify.

The solution is x < 8. You can check this solution by substituting numbers
less than 8 into the original inequality.

Exercises
Solve each inequality and check your solution. Then graph the
solution on a number line.
1. 3a > 6 2. 36 > 4r

24 23 22 21 0 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Solve each inequality. Check your solution.


3. c + 2 ≥ -2 4. 13 > -2y - 3 5. _
h
- 6 < -10
-5

154 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

8F Homework Practice 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Multiplying or Dividing


Solve each inequality and check your solution. Then graph the
solution on a number line.
1. -8 ≤ 4w 2. -6a > -78

24 23 22 21 0 1 2 3 4 10 12 14 16 18

3. -25t ≤ 400 4. 18 > -2g

-20 -18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2

5. _y ≥ 2.4 6. _
r
< -2
4 -2

9.0 9.2 9.4 9.6 9.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7. -8 > _
k
8. _
m
≤ 1.2
-0.4 -7
3 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 -9 -8.6 -8.2 -7.8 -7.4

Solve each inequality. Check your solution.


9. 13a ≥ -26 10. -15 ≤ 5b 11. -3m > -33
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

12. -8z ≤ -24 13. _


n
≥ 0.8 14. 6 > _
x
-5 -7

15. -5 ≥ _ _ 17. - _
c y 1
16. -19 > x ≥ -9
4.5 -0.3 3

Write an inequality for each sentence. Then solve the inequality.


18. Five times a number is more than 55.

19. The quotient of a number and 12 is no more than three.

20. The product of -6 and a number is at least 54.

21. The product of - _


1
and a number is less than -36.
3

22. The quotient of a number and 3 is at least -5.

23. A number divided by 4 is more than 16.

Chapter 8 North Carolina, Grade 8 155


NAME DATE PERIOD

8F Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.2.2

Solving Inequalities by Multiplying or Dividing


1. PLANTS Monroe needs more than 2. ART Lois is making a rectangular
45 cubic feet of soil to fill the planter collage. The area of the rectangle is
he built. Each bag of soil contains 255 square inches, and the area of
2.5 cubic feet. Write and solve an each photo is 15 square inches. She
inequality to find how many bags of will overlap the photos so the total
soil Monroe will need. area of the photos is more than
255 square inches. Write and solve
an inequality to find how many photos
Lois will need.

3. CAR WASH Jason’s class is having a car 4. PETS Kendra wants to buy some
wash to raise money for a project. They goldfish for her fish tank. She can
want to raise at least $120, and they spend no more than $18, and the fish
are charging $5 to wash a car. Write cost $3 each. Write and solve an
and solve an inequality to find how inequality to find how many goldfish
many cars must be washed to raise Kendra can buy.
$120.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. PIZZA Trent and three of his friends 6. GEOMETRY You are asked to draw a
are ordering a pizza. They plan to split rectangle with a length of 6 inches and
the cost, and they want to spend at an area less than 30 square inches.
most $3.50 per person. Write and solve Write and solve an inequality to find
an inequality to find the cost of the the width of the rectangle.
pizza they should order.

7. CONSTRUCTION Melinda wants to have 8. COOKING Len wants to make several


a picture window in the shape of a batches of cookies. He is starting with
regular hexagon in her new home. She less than 2 cups of raisins, and each
wants the perimeter of the hexagon to batch takes _
1
of a cup. Write and
be at least 9 feet. Write and solve an 3
solve an inequality to find how many
inequality to find the length of each
batches of cookies Len can make.
side of the hexagon.

156 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 8


NAME DATE PERIOD

9 Anticipation Guide
Algebra: Linear Functions
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 9

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree,
write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. In the equation f(x) = 5x - 2, x is the dependent variable.
2. The set of output values in a function is called the range of the
function.
3. Any three input values can be used to find ordered pairs to
graph a linear function.
4. The x-intercept of a function is the value of x where the graph
of the function passes through the point (0, 0).
5. A positive slope indicates a line slanting upward from left to right.
6. A vertical line has a slope of 0.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. A relationship that can be expressed with an equation in the


form y = kx, k ≠ 0, is called a direct variation.
8. The graph of a linear equation can be drawn knowing only the
slope and the y-intercept.
9. In the equation y - 2 = 6x, the y-intercept is -2.
10. The equation of a line with a slope of _
1
and a y-intercept of
_
1
4 is y = x + 4.
3
3
11. A scatterplot with a negative relationship will have no obvious
pattern in the ordered pairs graphed.
12. A line of fit of a scatterplot will pass through all data points on
the graph.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 9

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 157


NAME DATE PERIOD

9 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. What is the equation of the line 2. What is the slope of a line that contains
graphed on the coordinate axis a point at (1, -2) and another point at
shown below? (2, 1). Use the coordinate axis below to
y help you.
y

O x

O x

A y = 2x C y=x+1
A 3 C _
1
B y = 2x + 1 D y = -2x + 1 3
B -3 D -_
1
3

Fold here.
Solution Solution

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1. Hint: Slope is the rise over the run of the 2. Hint: Graph the two points and draw the
line and the intercept is the point at which line that passes through them. Use the
the x-coordinate is zero. rise and run of the line to find the slope.

For this graph, the rise over the run is Graph the two points and draw the line
_2 , so the slope is 2. The line crosses the through them as shown below.
1
x-axis at the point (0, 1), so the intercept y

is 1.

O x
Using the form of the line: 3

y = mx + b 1

where m is the slope and b is the


intercept, our line has the equation
y = 2x + 1.
The rise from the lower point to the
higher point is 3 units. The rise is
positive because you are moving up. The
run, or distance across, is one unit to the
right, or 1. The run is positive because
you are moving to the right. The rise
over the run is _3
, so the slope is 3.
1

The answer is C. The answer is A.

158 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9A Study Guide 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4

Representing Linear Functions


Multiple Representations Functions can be described as words, equations, tables and
graphs.

Words The distance biked is equal to 12 miles per hour times the number of hours.
Equation d = 12t

Table Graph
50
Time Distance

Distance (mi)
40
(h) (mi)
30
1 12
20
2 24 10
3 36
0 1 2 3 4 5
4 48
Time (h)

Example FILE PROTECTION Tori’s computer backs up the file she is working on
every 5 minutes. Make a function table to find the time for 3, 6, 9, and 12 backups.
Then graph the ordered pairs.
Let m represent the number of minutes and b represent the number of backups.
So, the rule is m = 5b.
70
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Input (b) 5b Output (m)


60
3 5(3) 15
50

Minutes
6 5(6) 30 40
9 5(9) 45 30
12 5(12) 60 20
10

0 3 6 9 12 15
Number of Backups
Exercises
1. Viktor’s heart beats 72 times a minute.
a. ALGEBRAIC Write an equation to find the number of times Viktor’s heart beats for
any number of minutes.
b. TABULAR Make a function 1600
Input (x) Output (y)
1400
table to find the number of times
1200
Viktor’s heart beats in
Heartbeats

1000
5, 10, 15, and 20 minutes.
800
c. GRAPHICAL Graph the 600
ordered pairs for the function. 400
200

0 5 10 15 20 25
Minutes

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 159


NAME DATE PERIOD

9A Skills Practice 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4

Representing Linear Functions


1. MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS There are 12 inches in 1 foot.
a. ALGEBRAIC Write an equation to find the number of inches in any number of feet.
b. TABULAR Make a function table to
find the number of inches in Input (x) Rule: Output (y)
4, 6, 8, and 10 feet.
c. GRAPHICAL Graph the ordered pairs
for the function.
160
140
120
100
Inches

80
60
40
20

0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Feet

Graph each function.


2. y = x - 6 3. y = 2x - 3 4. y = 1 - x

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


y y y

O x

O x O x

5. y = 3x + 2 6. y = _
x
+2 7. y = _
x
-1
2 3
y y y

O x O x O x

160 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9A Homework Practice 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4

Representing Linear Functions


Graph each function.
1. y = 2x 2. y = -4x 3. y = x - 4
y y y

O x O x O x

4. y = x + 3 5. y = 3x + 1 6. y = _
1
x+2
4
y y y

O x O x O x
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. CARPENTRY Mrs. Valdez can assemble a chair y


in 1 day and a table in 4 days. Graph the
function 1x + 4y = 20 to determine how
many of each type of furniture Mrs. Valdez
can assemble in 20 days.

8. FITNESS A fitness center has set a goal to y


have 500 members. The fitness center already
has 150 members and adds an average of 25
members per month. The function f(x) = 25x
+ 150 represents the membership after x
months. Graph the function to determine the
number of months it will take for the fitness x
center to reach its membership goal.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 161


NAME DATE PERIOD

9A Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.1, 8.A.3.4

Representing Linear Functions


1. FUEL CONSUMPTION The function 2. HOTELS The function c = 0.5m + 1
d = 18g describes the distance d that describes the cost c in dollars of a
Rick can drive his truck on g gallons of phone call that lasts m minutes made
gasoline. Graph this function. Why is it from a room at the Shady Tree Hotel.
sufficient to graph this function in the Graph the function. Use the graph to
upper right quadrant only. How far can determine how much a 7-minute call
Rick drive on 2.5 gallons of gasoline? will cost.
100 d $5.00 d

80 $4.00
Distance (mi)

Cost ($)
60 $3.00

40 $2.00

20 $1.00
g m
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Gasoline (gal) Length of Call (min)

3. A computer store charges $45 for 4. GIFTS Jonah received $300 in cash
materials and $50 an hour for service gifts for his fourteenth birthday. The
to install two new programs and an function y = 300 – 25x describes the
e-mail connection. The cost C(h) is a amount y remaining after x weeks if
function of the number of hours h it Jonah spends $25 each week. Graph

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


takes to do the job. Graph the function. the function and determine the amount
C(h) = 45 + 50h. How much will a remaining after 9 weeks.
3-hour installation cost? y
Amount Remaining ($)

400
300 y
250 300
Cost ($)

200
150 200
100
50 100
x
0 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 x
Hour 0 4 8 12 16
Week

5. GIFTS Explain how you can use your 6. Ron got a cell phone rate of C(a) =
graph in Exercise 4 to determine 0.22 + 0.10a. Graph the costs per
during which week the amount minute. How much will a five-minute
remaining will fall below $190. Then call cost?
find the week. 80 y
70
Rate (¢)

60
50
40
30
x
0 1 2 3 4 5
Minutes

162 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9B Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.1

Slope
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 481 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. The rate of change of the ladder compares the height it is raised to the distance of its
base from the building. Write this rate as a fraction in simplest form.

2. Find the rate of change of a ladder that has been raised 100 feet and has a base of
50 feet from the building.

Read the Lesson


3. A line passes through the points A(-1, -5), B(0, -1), C(1, 3), and D(2, 7).
Does it matter which two points you use to find the slope using the slope
formula? Explain.

4. Suppose you choose to find the slope of the line in Exercise 3 using points
C(1, 3) and D(2, 7). If your numerator after substitution into the slope
formula is 3 - 7, what should be your denominator? Explain.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. Explain the difference between _


0
and _
3
.
3 0

Remember What You Learned


6. Fill in the table with the appropriate term, positive or negative.
Translating Rise and Run Slope
up
left
down
right

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 163


NAME DATE PERIOD

9B Study Guide 8.A.4.1

Slope
The slope m of a line passing through points (x 1, y 1) and (x 2, y 2) is the ratio of the difference in the
y-coordinates to the corresponding difference in the x-coordinates. As an equation, the slope is given
by
m = __
y -y
2 1
x 2 - x 1 , where x 1 ≠ x 2.

Example 1 Find the slope of the line that passes y


through A(-1, -1) and B(2, 3). B
(2, 3)
y -y __
m = x2 - x1 Definition of slope
2 1 x
(21, 21) O
m = __
3 - (-1) (x 1, y 1) = (-1, -1), A
2 - (-1) (x 2, y 2) = (2, 3)

m=_
4
Simplify.
3

Check When going from left to right, the


graph of the line slants upward. This
is correct for a positive slope.

Example 2 Find the slope of the line that passes y


(1, 4)
through C(1, 4) and D(3, -2). C

m = __
y -y

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


2 1
x2 - x1 Definition of slope
O x

m = __
-2 - 4 (x 1, y 1) = (1, 4), D
3-1 (x 2, y 2) = (3, -2) (3, 22)

m=_
-6
or -3 Simplify.
2

Check When going from left to right, the


graph of the line slants downward.
This is correct for a negative slope.

Exercises
Find the slope of the line that passes through each pair of points.
1. A(0, 1), B(3, 4) 2. C(1, -2), D(3, 2) 3. E(4, -4), F(2, 2)

4. G(3, 1), H(6, 3) 5. I(4, 3), J(2, 4) 6. K(-4, 4), L(5, 4)

164 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9B Homework Practice 8.A.4.1

Slope
Find the slope of each line.
1. y 2. y 3. y

O x O x
O x

The points given in each table lie on a line. Find the slope of the line. Then graph
the line.
4. x -1 1 3 5 5. x -2 3 8 13 6. x -1 2 5 8
y -2 0 2 4 y -2 -1 0 1 y 3 -1 -5 -9
y y y
8

4
x
O x O 4 8 12 16 O x
24

28

7. HOMES Find the slope of the roof 8. MOUNTAINS Find the slope of a
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

of a home that rises 8 feet for every mountain that descends 100 meters for
horizontal change of 24 feet. every horizontal distance of 1,000 meters.

8 ft 100 m

24 ft 1,000 m

Find the slope of the line that passes through each pair of points.
9. A(1, 3), B(4, 7) 10. C(3, 5), D(2, 6) 11. E(4, 0), F(5, 5)

12. P(-2, -5), R(2, 3) 13. S(-7, 4), T(5, 2) 14. V(9, -1), W(7, 6)

SNOWFALL For Exercises 15–17, use the graph at the


right. It shows the depth in feet of snow after each Snowfall
two-hour period during a snowstorm. y
3
15. Find the slope of the line.
Depth (ft)

2
16. Does the graph show a constant rate of change? Explain.
1

x
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
17. If the graph is extended to the right, could you expect the Hours
slope to remain constant? Explain.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 165


NAME DATE PERIOD

9B Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.1

Slope
1. MOVIES By the end of its first week, a 2. BASKETBALL After Game 1, Felicia
movie had grossed $2.3 million. By the had scored 14 points. After Game 5,
end of its sixth week, it had grossed she had scored a total of 82 points for
$6.8 million. Graph the data with the the season. After Game 10, she had
week on the horizontal axis and the scored 129 points. Graph the data with
revenue on the vertical axis, and draw the game number on the horizontal
a line through the points. Then find axis and the number of points on the
and interpret the slope of the line. vertical axis. Connect the points using
10 two different line segments.
Revenue (millions of dollars)

8
160

Number of Points
6
120
4
80
2
40

0 2 4 6 8 10
Week 0 2 4 6 8 10
Game

3. BASKETBALL Find the slope of each 4. GEOMETRY The figure shows triangle
line segment in your graph from ABC plotted on a coordinate system.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Exercise 2 and interpret it. Which Explain how to find the slope of the
part of the graph shows the greater line through points A and B. Then find
rate of change? Explain. the slope.
y
B(2, 4)

O x

A(23, 22) C(2, 22)

5. Use the figure in Exercise 4. What is 6. Use the figure in Exercise 4. What is
the slope of the line through points A the slope of the line through points B
and C? How do you know? and C? How do you know?

166 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9C Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.1

Direct Variation
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 487 in your textbook.
1. What is the constant rate of change, or slope, of the line?

2. Is the total number of pages printed always proportional to the printing


time? If so, what is the constant ratio?

3. Compare the constant rate of change to the constant ratio.

Read the Lesson


4. How much does the number of pages change for each interval on the
graph?

5. Does the number of pages change by the same amount for each interval
on the graph? If not, by how much does it change for each interval?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. Why might a graph need to use a different interval for the y-axis
and x-axis?

Remember What You Learned


7. A graph of Jesse’s earnings has an interval of $5 for the y-axis and an
interval of 1 hour for the x-axis. A point on the graph shows that he earns
$30 in 2 hours. The amount that he earns varies directly as the time he
works. What is the constant ratio?

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 167


NAME DATE PERIOD

9C Study Guide 8.A.4.1

Direct Variation
When two variable quantities have a constant ratio, their relationship is called a direct variation.

Example 1 The distance that a bicycle travels varies directly with the number
of rotations that its tires make. Determine the distance that the bicycle travels for
each rotation.
y
140
Since the graph of the data forms a line, 120
100

Distance (in.)
the rate of change is constant. Use the
80
graph to find the constant ratio. 60
40
___
distance traveled _
80 _
160
or _
80 _
240
or _
80 _
320
or _
80 20
x
# of rotations 1 2 1 3 1 4 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Rotations
The bicycle travels 80 inches for each rotation of the tires.

Example 2 The number of trading cards varies directly as the number of


packages. If there are 84 cards in 7 packages, how many cards are in 12 packages?

Let x = the number of packages, y = the total number of cards, and z = the number of cards
in each package.
y = zx direct variation
84 = z(7) y = 84, x = 7

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


12 = z Simplify.
y = 12x Substitute for z = 12.

Use the equation to find y when x = 12.


y = 12x
y = 12(12) x = 12
y = 144 Multiply.
There are 144 cards in 12 packages.

Exercises Write an expression and solve the given situation.


1. TICKETS Four friends bought movie tickets for $41. The next day seven
friends bought movie tickets for $71.75. What is the price of one ticket?

2. JOBS Rick earns $24.75 in three hours. If the amount that earns varies
directly with the number of hours, how much would he earn in 20 hours?

3. BAKING A bread recipe calls for 2 _


1
cups of flour for 16 servings, and 3 _
1
2 8
cups of flour for 20 servings. How much flour is required to make bread
to serve 12?

168 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9C Homework Practice 8.A.4.1

Direct Variation
1. ADVERTISING The number of vehicles a Dealership Sales
dealership sells is directly proportional to 80
y
the money spent on advertising. How many
60
vehicles does a dealership sell for each

Vehicles Sold
$1,000 spent on advertising? 40

20

x
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Advertising ($1,000's)

2. SNOWMOBILES Jerry rents snowmobiles to tourists. He charges $135 for


4 hours and $202.50 for 6 hours. What is the hourly rate Jerry charges to
rent a snowmobile?

3. SOLAR ENERGY The power absorbed by a solar panel varies directly with
its area. If an 8 square meter panel absorbs 8,160 watts of power, how
much power does a 12 square meter solar panel absorb?

4. INSECT CONTROL Mr. Malone used 40 pounds of insecticide to cover 1,760


square feet of lawn and 60 pounds to cover an additional 2,640 square feet.
How many pounds of insecticide would Mr. Malone need to cover his whole
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

lawn of 4,480 square feet?

Determine whether each linear function is a direct variation. If so,


state the constant of variation.
5. Volume x 2 4 6 8 6. Gallons x 5 10 15 20
Mass y 10 20 30 40 Miles y 95 190 285 380

7. Time x 8 9 10 11 8. Age x 3 6 9 12
Temp y 68 71 74 77 Height y 28 40 52 64

ALGEBRA If y varies directly with x, write an equation for the direct


variation. Then find each value.
9. If y = 25 when x = 2, find y when x = 8.

10. Find y when x = 1, if y = 3 when x = 2.

11. If y = -7 when x = -21, what is the value of x when y = 9?

12. Find x when y = 18, if y = 5 when x = 4.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 169


NAME DATE PERIOD

9C Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.1

Direct Variation
For Exercises 1–6, describe a model that can be used to simulate the given situation.

1. JOBS The amount Candice earns is 2. MANUFACTURING The number of cars


directly proportional to the number of built varies directly as the number of
magazines she sells. How much does hours the production line operates.
Candice earn for each magazine sale? What is the ratio of cars built to hours
y of production?
35
30 y
140
25
Earnings ($)

Number of Cars Built


120
20 100
15 80
10 60
5 40
x
20
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
Magazines Sold 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Production Hours

3. DRIVING A car drives 283.5 miles in 4. MEASUREMENT The number of


4.5 hours. Assuming that the distance kilograms that an object weighs varies
traveled is directly proportional to directly as does the number of pounds.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


the time traveled, how far will the car If an object that weighs 45 kilograms
travel in 7 hours? weighs about 100 pounds, how many
kilograms is an object that weighs
70 pounds?

5. RECORDING The amount of tape that 6. GEOMETRY The width of a rectangle


passes through a recording machine varies directly as its length. What is
varies directly with the amount of time the area of a rectangle that is
that passes. 15 feet long?
y
Determine 70
the speed at 60
Tape Length (in.)

which the 50
40 5 in.
tape moves.
30
20 12.5 in.
10
x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time (s)

170 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9D Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3

Slope-Intercept Form
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 495 in your
textbook. Write your answers below.
1. Write an equation that represents the cost of gasoline at $3 per gallon
and a drink that costs $2.

2. Graph the equation from Exercise 1.

y
8
7
6
5
4
y = 3x + 2
3
2
1

-3 -2-1 1 2 3 4 5x

Read the Lesson


3. In the formula y = mx + b, what do the letters m and b represent?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Identify the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of each equation.
4. y = -3x + 4

5. y = _
2
x-7
3

6. How can you find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of x + y = 8?

7. If you know the y-intercept of a line is 4 and that the slope is - _


3
, how do
2
you graph the line?

Remember What You Learned


8. Work with a partner. Using a coordinate grid, take turns graphing lines
and identifying the slope and y-intercept of each graph.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 171


NAME DATE PERIOD

9D Study Guide 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3

Slope-Intercept Form
Linear equations are often written in the form y = mx + b. This is called the slope-intercept form.
When an equation is written in this form, m is the slope and b is the y-intercept.

Example 1 State the slope and y-intercept of the graph of y = x - 3.


y=x-3 Write the original equation.
y = 1x + (-3) Write the equation in the form y = mx + b.
↑ ↑
y = mx + b m = 1, b = -3
The slope of the graph is 1, and the y-intercept is -3.

You can use the slope-intercept form of an equation to graph the equation.

Example 2 Graph y = 2x + 1 using the slope and y-intercept.


Step 1 Find the slope and y-intercept. right 1
y = 2x + 1 slope = 2, y-intercept = 1. y

Step 2 Graph the y-intercept 1.


Step 3 Write the slope 2 as _2 up 2 y 5 2x 1 1
. Use
1 O x
it to locate a second point on
the line.
m=_
2 ← change in y : up 2 units

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1 ← change in x : right 1 unit
Step 4 Draw a line through the two points.

Exercises
State the slope and y-intercept of the graph of each equation.
1. y = x + 1 2. y = 2x - 4 3. y = _
1
x-1
2

Graph each equation using the slope and y-intercept.


4. y = 2x + 2 5. y = x - 1 6. y = _
1
x+2
2
y y y

O x O x O x

172 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9D Homework Practice 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3

Slope-Intercept Form
State the slope and the y-intercept for the graph of each equation.
1. y = 4x + 1 2. y = -3x + 5 3. -x + y = 4

4. y = - _
5
x-3 5. y + 3x = -7 6. y = _
1
x+2
6 5

Graph each equation using the slope and the y-intercept.


7. y = -2x + 2 8. y + x = -3 9. 1 = y - _
2
x
3
y y y

O x O x O x

CAMPING For Exercises 10–12, use the following information.

The entrance fee to the national park is $15. A campsite


fee is $15 per night. The total cost y for a camping trip for
x nights can be represented by the equation y = 15x + 15.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10. Graph the equation.

11. Use the graph to find the total cost for 4 nights.

12. What do the slope and the y-intercept represent?

GEOMETRY For Exercises 13–15, use the diagram shown.

x8
y8
x 1 y 5 908

13. Write the equation in slope-intercept form.

14. Graph the equation.

15. Use the graph to find the value of y if x = 30.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 173


NAME DATE PERIOD

9D Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.2, 8.A.3.3

Slope-Intercept Form
CAR RENTAL For Exercises 1 and 2, use the following information.
Ace Car Rentals charges $20 per day plus a $10 service charge to rent
one of its compact cars. The total cost can be represented by the equation
y = 20x + 10, where x is the number of days and y is the total cost.
1. Graph the equation. What do the slope 2. Explain how to use your graph to find
and y-intercept represent? the total cost of renting a compact car for
y 7 days. Then find this cost.
160

120
Cost ($)

80

40
x
0 2 4 6 8 10
Number of Days

TRAVEL For Exercises 3 and 4, use the following information.


Thomas is driving from Oak Ridge to Lakeview, a distance of 300 miles.
He drives at a constant 60 miles per hour. The equation for the distance
yet to go is y = 300 - 60x, where x is the number of hours since he left.
3. What is the slope and y-intercept? 4. What is the x-intercept? What does it
Explain how to use the slope and represent?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


y-intercept to graph the equation. Then
graph the equation.
y
300
Distance (mi)

200

100

x
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (h)

5. WEATHER The equation y = 0.2x + 3.5 6. SALARY Janette’s weekly salary can be
can be used to find the amount of represented by the equation
accumulated snow y in inches x hours y = 500 + 0.4x, where x is the dollar
after 5 P.M. on a certain day. Identify total of her sales for the week. Identify
the slope and y-intercept of the graph the slope and y-intercept of the graph
of the equation and explain what each of the equation and explain what each
represents. represents.

174 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9E Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.2

Systems of Equations
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 502 in your
textbook. Write your answers below.
1. For what number of pounds are the shipping charges the same?

2. For what number of pounds are the shipping charges for Internet Site A
less than the ones for Internet Site B?

3. For what number of pounds are the shipping charges for Internet Site A
greater than Internet Site B?

4. At what point do the two lines intersect?

5. What does this ordered pair represent?


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Read the Lesson


6. What is the intersection of the graphs of two functions called?

7. Describe the graph of a system of equations that has no solution.

8. Why would it be beneficial to keep the like variables lined up in relation


to each other?

Remember What You Learned


9. There are thirty-five students in Mr. Fuente’s class. There are nine more
girls than boys in the class. Write a system of equations to represent
this situation.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 175


NAME DATE PERIOD

9E Study Guide 8.A.4.2

Systems of Equations
Together, the equations y = x + 3 and y = 2x + 1 are called a system of equations. There are
two equations and two different unknowns, x and y. The solution of a system of equations is an
ordered pair that satisfies each equation.

Example 1 Two students took a mathematics quiz. Their combined score


was 172. Student A’s score was 18 points higher than Student B’s
score. Write a system of equations to represent this situation.
Step 1 Choose variables to represent each student.
Let a = Student A’s score and let b = Student B’s score

Step 2 Select the different scenarios to be represented by equations with those variables.
Their combined score was 172 and Student B’s score was 18 points higher than
Student A’s.

Step 3 Write a system of equations to represent the situation.


a + b = 172 and a = b + 18

Exercises

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Write a system of equations to represent each situation.
1. Bianca has a total of 356 CDs and DVDs. She has 24 more CDs than DVDs.

2. Tina wants to spend thirty minutes total studying for math and history today. She also
wants to spend five more minutes studying for history than for math.

3. Sixty-two people went to the movies. The price for adults was $6.00 and
the price for students was $4.00. The total cost for the group was $290.00.

176 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9E Homework Practice 8.A.4.2

Systems of Equations
Solve each system of equations by graphing.
1. y = 3x + 4 2. y = 10 + 6x
y = -x - 4 y = 6x
y y

O x O x

Write and solve a system of equations to represent y

each situation.
56
3. Reggie and Miguel scored a total of 54 points in the
40
basketball game. Miguel scored four more points than
Reggie. 24

8
O 4 12 20 28 x

y
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

56
4. Morgan is 15 years younger than Mrs. Santos.
Their combined age is 44. 40

24

8
O 4 12 20 28 x

140
5. The total number of cats and dogs at the shelter is 125.
100
There are 5 more cats than dogs.
60

20

O 10 30 50 70 x
y

56
6. Jenny won the ping-pong championship eight more times
40
than Gerardo. They have won a combined total of
32 championships. 24

8
O 4 12 20 28 x

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 177


NAME DATE PERIOD

9E Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.2

Systems of Equations
Write and solve a system of equations to represent each situation.

1. PROFIT Mr. Blackwell’s company 2. JEWELRY Julie has 81 pieces of jewelry.


produces nuts and bolts. The total She has twice as many earrings as she
monthly profit for his company was has necklaces.
$76,378. The profit earned from nuts
was $3,428 more than the profit earned
from bolts. y

80
70
y 60

Earrings
64,000 50
56,000 40
48,000 30
40,000 20
Bolts

32,000
10
24,000
16,000 O 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 x
8,000
x Necklaces
O
31,000
32,000
33,000
34,000
35,000
36,000
37,000
38,000

3. REFRESHMENTS The seventh grade class 4. SANDWICHES The hamburger shop sells
supplied bags of snacks and beverages 500 sandwiches each day. They sell
for the school dance. They supplied 100 more hamburgers than they do
19 more beverages than bags of snacks. chicken sandwiches. y

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


The dance was supplied with a total
y
of 371 items. 700
400 600
Hamburgers

350 500
300
400
Beverages

250
200 300
150 200
100 100
50 x
O
100
200
300
400
500
O x
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400

Sandwiches
Snacks

5. DOGS Jason’s dog weighs 10 pounds 6. STUDENTS There are 26 students in


less than twice his brother’s dog. The Mrs. Ortlieb’s class. There are two more
dogs’ combined weight is 50 pounds. boys than girls.
y y

32
56
28
24
40
20
Boys

16
24
12
8
8
4
O 4 12 20 28 x
O 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 x
Jason’s Dog (lbs)
Girls

178 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9F Study Guide 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2

Linear Inequalities
Solve Linear Inequalities We can use a coordinate plane to solve inequalities with
one variable.

Example Use a graph to solve 2x + 2 > -1.

Step 1 First graph the boundary, which is the related function.


Replace the inequality sign with an equals sign, and
get 0 on a side by itself. y
2x + 2 > -1 Original inequality

2x + 2 = -1 Change < to = .

2x + 2 + 1 = -1 + 1 Add 1 to each side.


0 x
2x + 3 = 0 Simplify.

Graph 2x + 3 = y as a dashed line.


Step 2 Choose (0, 0) as a test point, substituting these values
into the original inequality give us 3 > -5.
Step 3 Because this statement is true, shade the half plane
containing the point (0, 0).
Notice that the x-intercept of the graph is at -1 _1
. Because the half-plane
2
to the right of the x-intercept is shaded, the solution is x > -1 _
1
.
2

Exercises
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Use a graph to solve each inequality.

1. x + 7 ≤ 5 2. x - 2 > 2 3. -x + 1 < -3
y y y

O x O x O x

4. -x - 7 ≥ -6 5. 3x - 20 < -17 6. -2x + 11 ≥ 15


y y y

O x O x O x

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 179


NAME DATE PERIOD

9F Skills Practice 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2

Linear Inequalities
Match each inequality to the graph of its solution.

1. y - 2x < 2 a. y b. y

2. y ≤ -3x
O x
3. 2y - x ≥ 4
O x

4. x + y > 1
c. y d. y

O x O x

Graph each inequality.

5. y < -1 6. y ≥ x - 5 7. y > 3x
y y y

O x

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


O x O x

8. y ≤ 2x + 4 9. y + x > 3 10. y - x ≥ 1
y y y

O x
O x
O x

Use a graph to solve each inequality.

11. 1 > 2x + 5 12. 7 ≤ 3x + 4 13. - _


1
< -_
1
x+1
2 2
y y y

O x O x

O x

180 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9F Homework Practice 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2

Linear Inequalities
Determine which ordered pairs are part of the solution set for each inequality.

1. 3x + y ≥ 6, {(4, 3), (-2, 4), (-5, -3), (3, -3)}

2. y ≥ x + 3, {(6, 3), (-3, 2), (3, -2), (4, 3)}

3. 3x - 2y < 5, {(4, -4), (3, 5), (5, 2), (-3, 4)}

Graph each inequality.

4. 2y - x < -4 5. 2x - 2y ≥ 8 6. 3y > 2x - 3
y y y

O x

O x O x

Use a graph to solve each inequality.

7. -5 ≤ x - 9 8. 6 > _
2
x+5 9. _
1
> -2 x + _
7
3 2 2
y y y
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

O x

O x 0 x

10. MOVING A moving van has an interior height of 7 feet (84 inches). You have boxes in
12 inch and 15 inch heights, and want to stack them as high as possible to fit. Write an
inequality that represents this situation.

11. BUDGETING Satchi found a used bookstore that sells pre-owned videos and CDs. Videos
cost $9 each, and CDs cost $7 each. Satchi can spend no more than $35.

a. Write an inequality that represents this situation.


b. Does Satchi have enough money to buy 2 videos and 3 CDs?

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 181


NAME DATE PERIOD

9F Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.5.1, 8.A.5.2

Linear Inequalities
1. FAMILY Tyrone said that the ages of his 4. FUNDRAISING Troop 200 sold cider and
siblings are all part of the solution set of donut holes to raise money for charity.
y > 2x, where x is the age of a sibling and They sold boxes of donut holes for $1.25
y is Tyrone’s age. Which of the following and cider for $2.50 a gallon. In order to
ages is possible for Tyrone and a sibling? cover their expenses, they needed to
Tyrone is 23; Maxine is 14. raise at least $100. Write and graph an
Tyrone is 18; Camille is 8. inequality that represents this situation.
Tyrone is 12; Francis is 4. c
Tyrone is 11; Martin is 6. 90
80
Tyrone is 19; Paul is 9.
70

Cider (gal)
60
2. FARMING The average value of U.S. farm
50
cropland has steadily increased in 40
recent years. In 2000, the average value 30
was $1490 per acre. Since then, the value 20
has increased at least an average of $77 10
per acre per year. Write an inequality to
show land values above the average for O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 d
Donut holes
farmland.
5. INCOME In 2006 the median yearly
3. SHIPPING A shipping company has
family income was about $48,200 per
established size limits for packages. The
year. Suppose the average annual rate
total of the length of the longest side and
of change since then is $1240 per year.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


the girth (distance completely around the
package at its widest point perpendicular a. Write and graph an inequality for
to the length) must be less than or equal the annual family incomes y that
to 419 centimeters. Write and graph an are less than the median for x years
inequality that represents this situation. after 2006.

y
58,000
h
lengt 56,000
Income ($1000)

54,000
girth 52,000
50,000
48,000
g 46,000
500
450 44,000
400
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
350
Years since 2006
300
Girth

250
200 b. Which of the following points is part
150 of the solution set?
100
(2, 51,000) (8, 69,200)
50
(5, 50,000) (10, 61,000)
O 50 150 250 350 450 
100 200 300 400 500
Length

182 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9G Explore Through Reading 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Scatterplots
Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 510 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Graph each of the ordered pairs listed on the board.

2. Examine the graph. Do you think there is a relationship between height


and arm span? Explain.

Read the Lesson


3. How is a scatterplot different from the graph of a linear function?

4. What pattern would you expect to see in a scatterplot that shows a positive
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

relationship?

5. What pattern would you expect to see in a scatterplot that shows a


negative relationship?

6. Would you expect a scatterplot to show a positive, negative, or no


relationship between the population of a state and its number of
representatives in the U.S. Congress? Explain.

Remember What You Learned


7. Using a newspaper or magazine, find an article with data given. Plot the
data on a coordinate plane and identify whether the data has a positive,
negative, or no relationship.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 183


NAME DATE PERIOD

9G Study Guide 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Scatterplots
When you graph two sets of data as ordered pairs, you make a scatterplot. The pattern of the data
points determines the relationship between the two sets of data.
• Data points that go generally upward show a positive relationship.
• Data points that go generally downward show a negative relationship.
• Data points with no clear pattern show no relationship between the data sets.

Examples Explain whether the scatterplot of the y


data shows a positive, negative, or no relationship.

Gallons of Gas Used


8

6
miles driven and gallons of gas used
4
As the number of miles driven increases, the amount of gas
used increases. Therefore, the scatterplot will show a 2
x
positive relationship.
0 50 100 150 200
Miles Driven

number of minutes a candle burns and a y


candle’s height

Height of Candle (in.)


6
As the number of minutes increases, the height of the candle
4
will decrease. Therefore, the scatterplot will show a negative
relationship. 2

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


x
0 10 20 30 40 50
Minutes Burned

Exercises
Explain whether the scatterplot of the data for the following shows a
positive, negative, or no relationship.
1. a student’s age and the student’s grade level in school

2. number of words written and amount of ink remaining in a pen

3. square feet of floor space and the cost of carpet for the entire floor

4. a person’s height and the number of siblings the person has

5. length of time for a shower and the amount of hot water remaining

6. number of sides of a polygon and the area of the polygon

184 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9G Homework Practice 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Scatterplots
Explain whether the scatterplot of the data for each of the following
shows a positive, negative, or no relationship.
1. y 2. 100 y 3. 50 y

Pumpkin Weight
10 90 40

(pounds)
80
8 30
Games Won

70

(% cost new)
6 20

Car Value
60
4 50 10
x
2 40
x 30 0 30 60 90 120150
0 Growth Time (days)
20
0
0
0
0
0
10
20
30
40
50

10
Average Game Attendance x
0 2 4 6 8 10
Car Age (yr)

For Exercises 4–6, use the following table.


River Width (m) 15 18 20 28 30 32 38 40 42 45
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Water Speed (km/h) 12.6 10.7 11.2 9.7 8.1 8.7 6.9 5.4 3.9 4.1

4. Draw a scatterplot for the data. Then draw a line


of fit.

5. Write an equation for the line of fit.

6. Use your equation to estimate the speed of the water


when the river is 50 meters wide.

Explain whether a scatterplot of the data for each of the following would
show a positive, negative, or no relationship.
7. daily attendance at an outdoor carnival and the number of hours of rain

8. number of diagonals of a polygon and the number of sides of a polygon

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 185


NAME DATE PERIOD

9G Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.2.1, 8.S.2.2, 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Scatterplots
WAGES For Exercises 1 and 2, use Average
the table at the right. Year
Hourly Wage
2000 $11.28
2001 $11.78
2002 $12.24
2003 $12.75
2004 $12.83
2005 $13.05

1. Explain how to draw a scatterplot for 2. Does the scatterplot show a positive,
the data. Then draw one. negative, or no relationship? Explain.
y
14

13
Wage ($)

12

11

10
x
0
00
01
02
03
04
05
20
20
20
20
20
20

Year

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


RESALE VALUE For Exercises 3–6, use the scatterplot y
Value (thousands)

at the right. It shows the resale value of 6 SUVs 30


plotted against the age of the vehicle
20

10
x
0 2 4 6
Age (years)

3. Does the scatterplot show a positive, 4. The equation y = -2,000x + 25,000 is


negative, or no relationship? Explain an equation of a line of fit for the data.
what this means in terms of the resale Explain what a line of fit is.
value of a SUV.

5. Find the slope and y-intercept of 6. Explain how to use the equation in
the line of fit and explain what each Exercise 4 to estimate the resale value
represents. of an 8-year-old SUV. Find the value.

186 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9H Study Guide 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Prediction Equations
Prediction Equations Predictions about real-life data can also be made from the
equation of the line of fit.

Example STOCKS The scatterplot shows the CompTech Averege Monthly Stock
average monthly price of CompTech’s stocks. Prices
70
a. Write an equation in slope-intercept form for 68
the line of fit that is drawn. 66
64
Step 1 Use two points on the line to find the slope.
62
These may or may not be original data points. 60

Price
m = __
y2 - y1
Definition of slope 58
x2 - x 1
56
m = __
Use (x1, y1) = (3, 57)
66 - 57 54
9-3 and (x2, y2) = (9, 66).
52
Simplify.
m = 1.5 50
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Step 2 Use the slope and the
coordinates of either point to write the y - y1 = m(x - x1) Point-slope form
equation of the line in point-slope form. y - 66 = 1.5(x - 9) Replace (x1, y1) with (9, 66)
and m with 1.5.
Step 3 Solve the point-slope equation for y. y - 66 = 1.5(x - 9) Point-slope equation

y - 66 = 1.5x - 13.5 Distributive Property

+ 66 + 66 Add 66 to each side.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

y = 1.5x + 52.5 Simplify.

The equation for the line of fit is y = 1.5x + 52.5.

b. Predict the stock price for month 15. y = 1.5x + 52.5 Write the equation of the line of fit.

y = 1.5(15) + 52.5 Replace x with 15.

y = 75 Simplify.

A prediction of the stock price for month 15 is $75.

Exercise
1. HEALTH The scatterplot shows a baby’s growth over Hayley’s Growth
9 months. 30
28
a. Write an equation in slope-intercept form for
26
the line of fit that is drawn.
Length (in.)

24
b. Predict the baby’s length at 12 months. 22
20
18
16
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Age (Months)

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 187


NAME DATE PERIOD

9H Skills Practice 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Prediction Equations
CONSTRUCTION For Exercises 1 and 2, use the table that
Average Hourly
shows the average hourly wage of U.S. construction Year
Earnings ($)
workers from 1980 to 2005.
1980 9.94
1. Make a scatterplot and draw a line of fit for the data.
1985 12.32
30
25 1990 13.77
Average Hourly

20
1995 15.09
Wage ($)

15
10 2000 17.48
5
2005 19.46
0
Source: The New York Times Almanac
1980 1990 2000 2010
Year

2. Use the line of fit to predict the average hourly wage of construction workers in 2010.

MINING For Exercises 3 and 4, use the table that shows the
Employees
number of persons employed in mining from 1980 to 2005. Year
(thousands)

3. Make a scatterplot and draw a line of fit for the data. 1980 1027
1400 1985 927

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1200
1000 1990 709
(thousands)
Employees

800 1995 581


600
400 2000 475
200 2005 318
0 Source: U.S. Census Bureau
1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
Year

4. Write an equation for the line of fit and use it to predict the number of persons
employed in mining in 2010.

188 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

9H Homework Practice 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Prediction Equations
BEVERAGES For Exercises 1 and 2, use the table that shows
Gallons per
the amount of whole milk consumed per person in the Year
Person
United States.
1990 10.2
1. Make a scatterplot and draw a line of fit for the data.
1995 8.3
11
10 2000 7.7
9
Gallons per Person

8 2001 7.4
7
6 2002 7.3
5
2005 6.6
4
Source: U.S. Census Bureau
3
2
1
0
1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008 2010
Year

2. Use the line of fit to predict the amount of whole milk consumed per person in 2010.

EDUCATION For Exercises 3 and 4, use the table that shows the
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Year Graduates
number of students graduating from medical school in the
United States from 1980 to 2005. 1980 15,113

1985 16,318
3. Make a scatterplot and draw a line of fit for the data.
1990 15,398
18,000
Number of Graduates

1995 15,888
17,500
17,000 2000 16,112
16,500
2005 16,110
16,000
Source: U.S. Census Bureau
15,500
15,000
14,500
0
1980 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005 2010
Year

4. Write an equation for the line of fit and use it to predict the number of medical
school graduates in 2010.

Chapter 9 North Carolina, Grade 8 189


NAME DATE PERIOD

9H Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.2.3, 8.S.2.4

Prediction Equations
1. CYCLING Philippe and Clarice are on a 3. NUTRITION The table shows the fat
three day bicycle tour. The following and Calorie content for several snack
graph shows the distance from their foods. Make a scatterplot
home on the last day. of the data and find a line Fat (g) Cal
of fit for the data.
80 1 200
Distance from home (mi)

70 500
60 450 6 222
400
50

Calories
350
40 300
6.5 239
30 250
20 200 8 274
10 150
12 338
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 5 10 15 20 25
Time (hr) Fat (g)
18 339

Find the equation for the line of fit and 20 385


use it to estimate their distance from
home after 5 hours.

4. POSTAGE The table shows United


States Postal Service rate increases for
mailing a first-class
envelope. Year Rate (¢)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1985 22

a. Make a scatterplot of 1988 25


2. MECHANICS Jeanne and Martin were the data.
investigating how a metal spring 1991 29
stretches when they add a weight to the 42
40 1995 32
end of it. They collected data and 38
created the following graph: 36 1999 33
First-Class Postage (¢)

34
Length of Spring (in.)

30 32 2001 34
25 30
20 28 2002 37
26
15
24 2006 39
10 22
5 20 2007 41
Source: United States Postal Service
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1985 1990 1995 2000 2005
Number of Weights Year

Use the labeled points to write an b. Write an equation for a line of fit and
equation for the line of fit. use it to predict the postage rate in
2010.

190 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 9


NAME DATE PERIOD

10 Anticipation Guide
Algebra: Nonlinear Functions and Polynomials
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 10

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree
or disagree, write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. If an equation can be written in the form y = mx + b, then it
is a linear function.
2. The equations y = 3x - 1, y - x = 4, and y = _ 2
x all represent
linear functions because the coefficient of x in each equation is 1.
3. A quadratic function is a function in which the greatest
exponent of the variable is 2.
4. The graph of a cubic function is a parabola.
5. To multiply powers with the same base, add the exponents.
6. 8 4 · 8 3 is equal to 8 12.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. To find the quotient of two powers with the same base, subtract
the exponents.
8. To find the power of a power, multiply the exponents.
9. To find the power of a product, find the power of each
factor and add.
10. A number that can be raised to the third power to create
another number is the cube root of that number.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 10

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 191


NAME DATE PERIOD

10 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.

1. Simplify _
36b 5 3
. 2. Simplify √ 
27f 15g 9.
9b

A 4b 5 A 3f 5g 3
B 4b 4 B 3f 12g 6
C 4b 3 C 9f 5g 3
D 4b 2 D 24f 5g 3

Fold here.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Solution Solution
Hint: To divide powers with the same Hint: The cube root of a monomial
base, subtract their exponents. is one of the three equal factors of the
monomial.
_
36b 5
= 4b 5 - 1 The common base is b.
9b 3
 3
 3
ƒ 15 · √
3

4
√ 27ƒ 15g 9 = √
27 · √ g9 Product Property
= 4b Simplify. of Cube Roots

= 3 · ƒ 5 · g 3 or 3ƒ 5g 3 (3) 3 = 21;
(f 5) 3 = ƒ 15; and
(g 3) 3 = g 9

The answer is B. The answer is A.

192 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10A Explore Through Reading 8.A.4.3

Linear and Nonlinear Functions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 528 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Did the football travel the same height each half-second?
Justify your answer.

2. Did the football travel the same length each half-second? Justify your
answer.

3. Graph the ordered pairs (time, height) and (time, length) on separate grids.
Connect the points with a straight line or smooth curve. Then compare the graphs.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Read the Lesson


4. How does the rate of change of a nonlinear function differ from the rate of
change of a linear function?

5. Determine whether the table represents a linear or nonlinear function.


Explain.
x 3 7 11 15
y 46 35 24 13

6. How can you distinguish the equations of linear functions from the
equations of nonlinear functions?

Remember What You Learned


7. Using a newspaper or magazine, find one example of a linear graph and one
example of a nonlinear graph.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 193


NAME DATE PERIOD

10A Study Guide 8.A.4.3

Linear and Nonlinear Functions


Linear functions, which have graphs that are straight lines, represent constant rates of change. The
rate of change for nonlinear functions is not constant. Therefore, its graphs are not straight lines.
The equation for a linear function can always be written in the form y = mx + b, where m represents the
constant rate of change. You can determine whether a function is linear by examining its equation. In a
linear function, the power of x is always 1 or 0, and x does not appear in the denominator of a fraction.

Example 1 Determine whether the graph represents y


a linear or nonlinear function. Explain.
y 5 1 2 x3
The graph is a curve, not a straight line. So, it represents a
nonlinear function. O x
Example 2 Determine whether y = 2.5x represents
a linear or nonlinear function. Explain.

Since the equation can be written as y = 2.5x + 0, the function is linear.

A nonlinear function does not increase or decrease at the same rate. You can use a table to determine
if the rate of change is constant.

Example 3 Determine whether the table represents a linear or nonlinear


function. Explain.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


+4 +4 +4
As x increases by 4, y decreases by a different
x -2 2 6 10 amount each time. The rate of change is not
y 8 3 -1 -4 constant, so this function is nonlinear.
-5 -4 -3

Exercises
Determine whether each graph, equation, or table represents a linear
or nonlinear function. Explain.
1. y 2. y 3. y = 2 - x 3
y 5 2 2 x2

O x O x

4. y = 5 - 2x 5. x 1 2 3 4 6. x 0 2 4 6
y 3 6 9 12 y 5 3 0 -4

194 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10A Homework Practice 8.A.4.3

Linear and Nonlinear Functions


Determine whether each graph, equation, or table represents a linear
or nonlinear function. Explain.
1. y 2. y 3. y

x x x
O O O

4. y 5. y 6. y

x x x
O O O
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. y = 9 - x 2 8. y = -2.3x 9. y = _
x
9

10. y = _
3
x 11. 2x + 3y = 6 12. 2xy = 12

13. x 2 4 6 8 14. x 1.5 3 4.5 6


y 12 9 6 3 y 2 4 8 16

15. MINIMUM WAGE The state of Washington Washington's Minimum Wage


$8.00 $7.63
has the highest hourly minimum wage in $7.16 $7.35
$6.90 $7.01
the United States. The graphic shows $7.00 $6.50
$6.72
Hourly Wage

Washington’s minimum wage from


$5.70
1999 to 2006. Would you describe the $6.00

yearly increase as linear or nonlinear? $5.00


Explain your reasoning.
0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
Source: Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Year

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 195


NAME DATE PERIOD

10A Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.4.3

Linear and Nonlinear Functions


GEOMETRY For Exercises 1 and 2, use the
following information. s

Recall that the perimeter of a square is equal to


s
4 times the length of one of its sides, and the area
of a square is equal to the square of one of its sides.

1. Write a function for the perimeter of 2. Write a function for the area of the
the square. Is the perimeter of a square square. Is the area of a square a linear
a linear or nonlinear function of the or nonlinear function of the length of
length of one of its sides? Explain. one of its sides? Explain.

3. BUSINESS The Devon Tool Company 4. GRAVITY A camera is accidentally


uses the equation p = 150t to calculate dropped from a balloon at a height of
the gross profit p the company makes, 300 feet. The height of the camera
in dollars, when it sells t tools. Is after falling for t seconds is given by
the gross profit a linear or nonlinear h = 300 - 16t 2. Is the height of the
function of the number of tools sold? camera a linear or nonlinear function

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Explain. of the time it takes to fall? Explain.

5. LONG DISTANCE The table shows the 6. DRIVING The table shows the cost of
charge for a long distance call as a a speeding ticket as a function of the
function of the number of minutes speed of the car. Is the cost a linear or
the call lasts. Is the charge a linear or nonlinear function of the car’s speed?
nonlinear function of the number of Explain.
minutes? Explain.
Speed (mph) 70 80 90 100
Minutes 1 2 3 4 Cost (dollars) 25 50 150 300
Cost (cents) 5 10 15 20

196 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10B Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.2

Graphing Quadratic Functions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Complete the Mini Lab at the top of page 534 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Is the relationship between the side length and the area of a square
linear or nonlinear? Explain.

2. Describe the shape of the graph.

Read the Lesson


3. How can you distinguish the equations of quadratic functions from the
equations of other functions?

Determine whether each equation represents a quadratic function.


4. y = 3x - 5 5. y = 6 - x2 6. y = x3 + 2 7. y = _
8
x

8. Describe the shape of the graph of a quadratic function. What is this


shape called?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Determine whether each graph represents a quadratic function.


9. y 10. y

O x O x

11. y 12. y

O x O x

Remember What you Learned


13. Work with a partner. Have your partner write a quadratic equation. Then you create a
table of values and graph the equation. After a few equations have been completed,
switch roles.
Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 197
NAME DATE PERIOD

10B Study Guide 8.A.3.2

Graphing Quadratic Functions


A quadratic function, such as A = s2, is a function in which the greatest power of the variable is 2. Its
graph is U-shaped, opening upward or downward.

Example 1 Graph y = -0.25x2.

x -0.25x2 y (x, y) y y 5 2 00.25x 2


-4 -0.25(-4)2 = -4 -4 (-4, -4) O x
-2 -0.25(-2)2 = -1 -1 (-2, -1)
0 -0.25(0)2 = 0 0 (0, 0)
2 -0.25(2)2 = -1 -1 (2, -1)
4 -0.25(4)2 = -4 -4 (4, -4)

Example 2 Graph y = x2 - 3.

y
x x2 - 3 y (x, y)
-2 (-2)2 - 3 = 1 1 (-2, 1)
-1 (-1)2 - 3 = -2 -2 (-1, -2)
0 (0)2 - 3 = -3 -3 (0, -3) O x
1 (1)2 - 3 = -2 -2 (1, -2)
2 (2)2 - 3 = 1 1 (2, 1) y 5 x2 2 3

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Exercises
Graph each function.
1. y = 2x2 2. y = -0.5x2 3. y = x2 - 1
y y y

O x

O x O x

4. y = 2x2 + 4 5. y = -x2 - 3 6. y = -3x2 + 1


y y
y
O x
O x

O x

198 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10B Homework Practice 8.A.3.2

Graphing Quadratic Functions


Graph each function.
1. y = x2 2. y = -x2 3. y = x2 + 3

4. y = -x2 + 3 5. y = x2 - 5 6. y = 3x2 - 4

7. y = 2.5x2 - 3 8. y = - _
1 2
x 9. y = - _
1 2
x +2
3 2
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

10. GEOMETRY The surface area of a cube is


a function of the edge length a. Write a
function for the surface area of a cube.
Then graph the function in the first
quadrant. Use your graph to estimate the
edge length of a cube with a surface area
of 150 square meters.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 199


NAME DATE PERIOD

10B Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.2

Graphing Quadratic Functions


GEOMETRY For Exercises 1–3, use the following information.

The quadratic equation A = 6x2 models the area of a triangle with base 3x and height 4x.

1. Graph the equation. Explain why you 2. Explain how to find the area of the
only need to graph the function in the triangle when x = 3 inches. Then find
upper right quadrant. the area.
50
A
40

30

20

10
x
0 1 2 3 4 5

3. Explain how to use your graph to 4. BUSINESS The quadratic equation


determine the value of x when the p = 50 + 2r2 models the gross profit
area is 24 square inches. Then find the made by a factory that produces r
base and height of the triangle when ovens. Graph the equation.
its area is 24 square inches. 250
P

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


200
Profit (dollars)

150

100

50
r
0 2 4 6 8 10
Number of Ovens

6. CARS The quadratic equation d = _ s 2


5. PHYSICS The quadratic equation
20
K = 500s2 models the kinetic energy in models the stopping distance in feet
joules of a 1,000-kilogram car moving of a car moving at a speed s feet per
at speed s meters per second. Graph second. Graph the equation.
the equation. 125
d
Stopping Distance (feet)

50,000
K 100
Kinetic Energy (joules)

40,000
75
30,000
50
20,000
25
10,000
s
s
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Speed (m/s) Speed (ft/s)

200 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10C Explore Through Reading 8.A.3.2

Graphing Cubic Functions


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 540 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. The volume V of a cube is found by cubing the length of a side s.
Write a formula to represent the volume of a cube as a function
of side length. y
2. Graph the volume as a function of side length. (Hint: Use values
of s such as 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, and so on.)
3. Would it be reasonable to use negative numbers for x-values in
this situation? Explain.
O x

Read the Lesson


4. Describe the shape of the graph V = s3.

5. How can you distinguish the equations of cubic functions from the equations of other
functions?
Determine whether each equation represents a cubic function.
6. y = x3 + 4 7. y = _
x
8. y = x3 - x2 9. y = 1 - x3
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Match the following equations and graphs.


10. y 11. y 12. y

O
x

O x

O x

a. y = -2x2 + 1 b. y = 2x3 + 3 c. y = -3x3

Remember What you Learned


13. Work with a partner. Have your partner write a cubic equation. Then you
create a table of values and graph the equation. After a few equations
have been completed, switch roles.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 201


NAME DATE PERIOD

10C Study Guide 8.A.3.2

Graphing Cubic Functions


A cubic function, such as A = s2, is a function in which the greatest power of the variable is 3. Its
graph is curve. You can graph cubic functions by making a table of values.

Example 1 Graph y = -x3.


y
x y = x3 (x, y)
-2 -(-2)3 (-2, 8)
-1 -(-1)3 (-1, 1)
0 -(0)3 (0, 0) O x
1 -(1)3 (1, -1)
2 -(2)3 (2, -8)

Example 2 Graph y = x3.

y
x y = x3 (x, y)
-1.5 (-1.5)3 ≈ -3.4 (-1.5, -3.4)
-1 (-1)3 = -1 (-1, 1)
0 -(0)3 = 0 (0, 0) O x
1 (1)3 = 1 (1, 1)
1.5 (1.5)3 ≈ 3.4 (1.5, 3.4)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Exercises
Graph each function.
1. y = x3 + 1 2. y = x3 - 2 3. y = 2x3
y y y

O x O x O x

4. y = 2x3 - 1 5. y = 3x3 + 1 6. y = -x3 - 1


y y y

O x O x O x

202 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10C Homework Practice 8.A.3.2

Graphing Cubic Functions


Graph each function.
1. y = 0.1x3 + 1 2. y = _
1 3
x 3. y = 0.2x3
4
y y y

O x O x O x

_
4. y = 1 x3 5. y = -4x3 6. y = _
1 3
x
3 2
y y y

O x O x O x
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. y = - _
1 3
x 8. y = -0.2x3 9. y = 0.1x3
4
y y y

O x O x O x

10. y = - _
1 3
x _
11. y = 1 x3 + 3 12. y = - _
1 3
x +1
2 3 2
y y y

O x O x O x

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 203


NAME DATE PERIOD

10C Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.3.2

Graphing Cubic Functions


Graph each function.

1. MEASUREMENT A rectangular prism 2. MEASUREMENT A pyramid with a


with a square base of side length square base of side length x inches has
x inches has a height of (x + 2) a height of (x + 4) inches. Write the
centimeters. Write the function for function for the volume V of the
the volume V of the prism. Graph the pyramid. Graph the function. Then
function. Then estimate the dimensions estimate the length of one side of the
of the box that would give a volume of square base of the pyramid if the
approximately 96 cubic centimeters. volume is approximately 21 cubic inches.
y y
90 27
80 24
70 21
60 18
50 15
40 12
30 9
20 6
10 3
O 1 2 3 4 x O 1 2 3 4 x

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


3. MEASUREMENT The formula for the 4. MEASUREMENT Explain why only
volume V of a baseball is given by the quadrant I is used when creating a
_
equation V = 4 πr3 where r represents table or graph involving volume.
3
the radius of the ball. Graph this
function. Use 3.14 for π. Then estimate
the length of the radius if the volume
of the basketball is approximately
463 cubic inches.

y
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9x

204 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10D Study Guide 8.A.1.1

The Distributive Property


The Distributive Property combines multiplication and addition. It states that multiplying a sum by
a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. For
example, 4(3 + 5) = 4 · 3 + 4 · 5. The Distributive Property can be illustrated using area models.

Example 1 Draw an area model to illustrate 4(3 + 5) = 4 • 3 + 4 • 5.


Method 1 Add, then multiply. Method 2 Multiply, then add.
3 5 3 5

4 4 4

Add the bases. 3 + 5 = 8 Find each area. 4 • 3 = 12; 4 • 5 = 20


Multiply 4 and 8. 4 • 8 = 32 Add the areas. 12 + 20 = 32

Method 1 illustrates that 4(3 + 5) = 32. Method 2 illustrates that


4 • 3 + 4 • 5 = 32. Since the areas are the same, 4(3 + 5) = 4 • 3 + 4 • 5.

Example 2 Use algebra tiles to simplify 2(2x + 3).


Model the expression 2(2x + 3). Group like tiles together.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

1 1 1
x x x x x x x x
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Since no tiles were added to or taken away from the expression 2(2x + 3) = 4x + 6.

Exercise
1. Draw an area model to illustrate 2(4 + 6) = 2 • 4 + 2 • 6.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 205


NAME DATE PERIOD

10D Skills Practice 8.A.1.1

The Distributive Property


1. Draw an area model to illustrate 3(1 + 6) = 3 • 1 + 3 • 6.

Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression. Then


find the value of the expression. Draw an area model if necessary.
2. 6(3 + 7) 3. 4(11 + 9)

4. 8(2 + 3) 5. 12(1 + 4)

6. 2(25 + 15) 7. 100(7 + 2)

8. Use algebra tiles to find 3(x + 1) .

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression.
Use algebra tiles if necessary.
9. 5(x + 6) 10. 8(x + 7)

11. 10(y + 6) 12. 4(a + 3)

206 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10D Homework Practice 8.A.1.1

The Distributive Property


Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression.
Then find the value of the expression. Draw an area model if
necessary.
1. 4(5 + 1) 2. 3(2 + 7)

3. 8(6 + 4) 4. 10(3 + 8)

5. 5(20 + 3) 6. 9(8 + 2)

7. 15(1 + 9) 8. 40(6 + 2)

Use the Distributive Property to write an equivalent expression.


Use algebra tiles if necessary.
9. 3(x + 7) 10. 4(x + 5)

11. 9(n + 2) 12. 8(n + 3)

13. 12(d + 4) 14. 12(r + 4)

15. WORK Latoya earns $9 an hour at her after-school job. On Monday, she
worked 3 hours. On Wednesday, she worked 2 hours. Use the Distributive
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Property to write two equivalent expressions for the amount of money that
Latoya earned for Monday and Wednesday. Then find how much money Latoya
earned.

16. CLOTHING Mr. Ashoka bought 4 shirts and 4 pairs of pants. Each shirt
cost $10 and each pair of pants cost $20. Use the Distributive Property to
write two equivalent expressions for the total amount of money that
Mr. Ashoka spent. Then determine the amount of money Mr. Ashoka spent.

17. AREA The width of an area rug is 2 feet. The length is x feet more than the
width. Use the Distributive Property to write two equivalent expressions
for the area of the rug.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 207


NAME DATE PERIOD

10D Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.1.1

The Distributive Property


For Exercises 1–4, use the Distributive Property to write two equivalent
expressions for each real-world problem. Then solve the problem.

1. SCHOOL SUPPLIES Rulers cost $1 apiece 2. FOOD Carmen buys 5 packages of hot
and notebooks cost $0.50 apiece. How dog buns and 5 packages of hamburger
much will it cost Mr. Rogers to buy a buns for the school picnic. There are
ruler and a notebook for each of his 10 buns in each package of hot dog
twelve students? buns and 12 buns in each package of
hamburger buns. How many total buns
does Carmen buy?

3. FISH A restaurant entrance has 2 fish 4. HOBBIES Beng and his sister collect
tanks. Each fish tank contains 10 Neon baseball cards. Their favorite brand
Tetras and 5 Glowlight Tetras. How of cards has 8 cards in each pack. On
many total tetras are there in the fish Saturday, Beng bought 10 packs of
tanks? cards and his sister bought 7 packs.
How many cards did they buy

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


altogether?

5. FIELD TRIPS Mrs. Ito is planning two 6. ROAD TRIP On Sunday, the Brown
field trips to a museum. Tickets will family drove m miles. The Browns
cost $5 apiece. Let x represent the want to drive 50 miles more than
number of students going on the first this distance on Monday, Tuesday,
field trip. Twelve students will be going and Wednesday. Write two equivalent
on the second field trip. Write two expressions for the total number of
equivalent expressions for the total miles that the Brown family wants to
number of students going on the field drive on these three days.
trips.

208 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10E Study Guide 8.A.1.2

Factor using the Greatest Common Factor


Polynomials can be factored by identifying the monomial that is the greatest common factor and then
applying the Distributive Property. An area model or algebra tiles can be used to illustrate this process.

Example 1 Use an area model and the Distributive Property


to factor 2x + 6.
? units The greatest common factor of 2x and 6 is 2.
The width of the rectangle is 2 units.
? units 2x + 6 square units
Ask: What multiplied by 2 equals 2x? x
Ask: What multiplied by 2 equals 6? 3
The length of the rectangle is x + 3 units.

So, 2x + 6 = 2(x + 3).

Example 2 Use algebra tiles and the Distributive Property


to factor 5x2 + 4x.
?

2 2 2 2 2
? x x x x x x x x x
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

The greatest common factor of 5x2 and 4x is x.


So, one factor is x.

Ask: What multiplied by x equals 5x2? 5x

Ask: What multiplied by x equals 4x? 4

The other factor is 5x + 4.

So, 5x2 + 4x = x(5x + 4).

Exercise
1. Use an area model and the Distributive Property to factor 7x + 21.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 209


NAME DATE PERIOD

10E Skills Practice 8.A.1.2

Factor using the Greatest Common Factor


1. Use an area model and the Distributive Property to factor 10x + 15.

Use the Distributive Property to factor each polynomial. Draw an area


model if necessary.
2. 7x + 49 3. 8x + 6

4. 5x - 15 5. 12x - 18

6. 12m + 8 7. 30v - 25

8. Use algebra tiles to factor 3x2 + 6x.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Use the Distributive Property to factor each expression. Use algebra


tiles if necessary.
9. x2 + 7x 10. 3x2 + 18x

11. 10x2 + 15x 12. 6x2 + 18x

210 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10E Homework Practice 8.A.1.2

Factor using the Greatest Common Factor


Use the Distributive Property to factor each expression. Draw an area
model if necessary.
1. 3x + 6 2. 4x + 20

3. 8n + 6 4. 14r + 35

Use the Distributive Property to factor each expression.


5. 5m + 30 6. 9t - 21

7. 8ab + 20bc 8. 10a2 + 6a - 2

Use the Distributive Property to factor each expression. Use algebra


tiles if necessary.
9. x2 + 7x 10. x2 + 5x
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

11. 6x2 - 9x 12. 8x2 - 10x

Use the Distributive Property to factor each expression.


13. 12d2 - 4d 14. 6a + 9b - 21c

15. GARDEN The area A of a vegetable garden is given by the equation A = w2 + 4w, where
w is the width of the garden. Write an expression for the length of the garden.

16. PHYSICAL SCIENCE Mr. Alim’s science class launched a toy rocket from ground level
with an initial upward velocity of 60 feet per second. The height h of the rocket in feet
above the ground after t seconds is modeled by the equation h = 60t – 16t2. Use the
Distributive Property to factor the expression 60t – 16t2.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 211


NAME DATE PERIOD

10E Problem-Solving Practice 8.A.1.2

Factor using the Greatest Common Factor


1. BULLETIN BOARD Marcus painted a 2. SWIMMING POOL The area of a
piece of rectangular cork to make a rectangular swimming pool in square
bulletin board. He painted an area meters is given by the expression
measuring x2 + 6x square inches, 12w - w2, where w is the width, in
where x is the width of the piece of cork meters, of one side. Write an expression
in inches. What was its length? for the other side of the pool.

3. PETS Carla tosses a dog treat upward 4. PETS Suppose Carla tosses the dog
with an initial velocity of 13.7 meters treat at a velocity of 13.5 meters per
per second. The height of the treat second. Use the Distributive Property
above the dog’s mouth in meters after to factor the expression after t seconds.
t seconds is given by the expression,
13.7t - 4.9t2 . Use the Distributive
Property to factor the expression for
the height of the dog treat.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. LANDSCAPING A landscaping company 6. PHYSICS The equation h = 4t - 16t2
designed a triangular flower bed for a where h is the height of an object
mall entrance. The area A of the flower thrown upward from ground level at a
bed is represented by the equation rate of 32 feet per second after t
A=_
1 2 seconds. Use the Distributive Property
b - b, where b is the base of
2 to factor the expression 4t - 16t2.
the flower bed. Use the Distributive
Property to factor the expression
_1 b2 - b.
2

212 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10F Explore Through Reading 8.G.1.2

Roots of Monomials
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 559 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Find two factors of 100 that are also perfect squares.

2. Find the square roots of 4 and 25. Then find their product.

3. How does the product relate to 100?

4. Repeat Questions 1–3 using 144.

Read the Lesson


5. Why is it important to use absolute value when finding the square root of a monomial?

6. Do you need to use absolute value when finding the cube root of a monomial? Explain.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7. What is the difference between a square root and a cube root?

Remember What you Learned


8. Work with a partner. Create a monomial and see if your partner can find the square
root or cube root of that monomial. If you cannot find either a square root or a cube
root, explain why and determine what needs to be changed in the monomial for you to
find an exact answer.

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 213


NAME DATE PERIOD

10F Study Guide 8.G.1.2

Roots of Monomials
The square root of a monomial is one of the two equal factors of the monomial.

Example 1 Simplify √


25a4 .

√ 25 · √
25a4 = √ a4 Product Property of Square Roots

= 5 · a2 Absolute value is not necessary


since the value of a2 will never be negative.

Example 2 Simplify √


49y6z8 .

√
49y6z8 = √
49 · √
y6 · √
z8 Product Property of Square Roots

= 7 · ⎪y3⎥ · z4 Use absolute value to indicate the


positive value of y3.

The cube root of a monomial is one of the three equal factors of the monomial.

3
Example 3 Simplify √d6 .
3
√ 
d6 = d2 (d2)3 = d6

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


3
Example 4 
Simplify √125m 9n12 .

3 3 3 3
√  125 · √
125m9n12 = √ m9 · √
n12 Product Property of Cube Roots

= 5 · m3 · n4 (5)3 = 125; (m3)3 = m9; and (n4)3 = n12

Exercises
Simplify.

1. √
c2 ⎪ 2. √
4s6 3. √
16a8b12

4. √
64g8h10 5. √
36r2s6 6. √
121d4e10
3 3 3
7. √ 
p6 8. √
27m15 9. √
216a9b21
3 3 3
10. √ 
64y12z24 11. √
343t18u6 12. √ 
125p15q27

214 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

10F Homework Practice 8.G.1.2

Roots of Monomials
Simplify.

1. √
n6 2. √
y8 3. √
169p4

4. √
0.36a6b2 5. √
2.25ƒ10g12 6. _
√
1 4 6
j k m 8
49

3 3 3
7. √x9 8. √
c18 9. √
27m15

3
10. √
0.027t12u6 11.
3_
√
1 21 27
y z 12.
3
√ 
0.216e12f18
64

13. MEASUREMENT Express the side of one side of a square whose area is
64s6t8 square units as a monomial.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

14. MEASUREMENT Express the side of one side of a square whose volume is
64x15y18 cubic units as a monomial.

Write a radical expression for each square root.

15. 6 ⎪j5⎥ k4 16. 13 ⎪n7p11⎥ 17. 10s8t12

Write a radical expression for each cube root.

18. 7y4z5 19. 5a2b7 20. 6c3d8e4

Chapter 10 North Carolina, Grade 8 215


NAME DATE PERIOD

10F Problem-Solving Practice 8.G.1.2

Roots of Monomials
1. MEASUREMENT A square garden has 2. MEASUREMENT A water container that
an area of 64a2b4 square units. What is shaped like a cube can hold up to
is the length of one side of the garden? 729m3n9 cubic units of water. What is
the length of one side of the water
container?

3. MEASUREMENT The height of a cube 4. MEASUREMENT Express the length


3
is shown by the expression √
64x12y21 . of one side of a square whose area is
What is the height of the cube? 1.44d8e10 square units as a monomial.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


5. MEASUREMENT The area of a square is 6. MEASUREMENT Find the length of
_1 g12h14 square units. Express the one side of a cube whose volume is
4 0.343j18k24 cubic units.
length of one side of the square as a
monomial.

216 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 10


NAME DATE PERIOD

11 Anticipation Guide
Statistics
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 11

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree,
write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. The bars of a histogram are all equal in width because the
intervals are equal.
2. An interval is not included in a histogram when the frequency
of that interval is zero.
3. If a section of a circle graph is one fourth of the circle, that
section represents 90%.
4. The mean of a set of data is always more representative of
the data set than the median or mode.
5. The median of a set of data may be a number not in the data
set.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. The interquartile range of a set of data is the difference


between the greatest and least numbers in the set.
7. An outlier is a data value that is much higher or lower than
the rest of the data set.
8. The upper and lower quartiles of a data set are used to
determine where to draw the “box” of a box-and-whisker plot.
9. Because outliers are extreme values they are not included in
a box-and-whisker plot.
10. A bar graph would be the best choice to show how much
change has occurred over a period of time.
11. To show how many times each number occurs in a data set, a
line plot would be an appropriate display.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 11

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write an
example of why you disagree.

Chapter 11 North Carolina, Grade 8 217


NAME DATE PERIOD

11 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another piece of
paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. A survey was taken of students 2. The following data table shows
at Huckleberry Middle Schools to information collected during Amy Jo’s
determine their favorite ice cream science experiment.
flavors. The following graph shows the
results of that survey. High
Day
Favorite Ice Cream Flavors Temperature
Monday 80°
Vanilla Other Tuesday 75°
Wednesday 77°
Strawberry Thursday 88°
Chocolate Friday 93°
Saturday 99°
Sunday 81°
About what percentage of students
What kind of graph would be best to
prefer vanilla ice cream?
show Amy Jo’s data?
A 33% C 50%
A a bar graph C a circle graph
B 20% D 25%
B a line graph D a histogram

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution
1. Hint: Relate the fraction of the circle that 2. Each type of graph listed can be best
represents the students who prefer vanilla used for certain types of situations.
to the corresponding percentage. A bar graph is most useful to show the
number of items in specific categories.
We can estimate from the circle graph
that about _1 A line graph is used to show a slow
of the students prefer
4 change over a period of time.
vanilla ice cream. A proportion can be
A circle graph compares the parts of the
used to calculate the corresponding
data to the whole.
percent.
A histogram is used to show the
_1 = _
? frequency of data divided into equal
4 100 intervals.
4 is multiplied by 25 to get 100, so in In this case, we have a small variation
order to make the proportion, 1 must be in temperature over a period of time, so
multiplied by 25. a line graph is the best choice.

_
25
= 25%
100

The answer is D. The answer is B.

218 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 11


NAME DATE PERIOD

11A Explore Through Reading 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2

Measures of Variation
Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 599 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Find the median of the data.

2. Organize the data into two groups: the top half and the bottom half. How
many data values are in each group?

3. What is the median of each group?

4. Find the difference between the two numbers from Question 3.

5. Find the range of the data.

6. What does the range tell you about the amount of money spent each week for those
ten countries?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Read the Lesson

7. When given a set of data, explain how to find the range.

8. What is the interquartile range?

9. Describe the steps for finding the limits for outliers of a set of data.

Remember What You Learned


10. Explain how the words quarter and quartile are similar. Explain how
they are different.

Chapter 11 North Carolina, Grade 8 219


NAME DATE PERIOD

11A Study Guide 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2

Measures of Variation
The lower quartile or LQ is the median of the lower half of a set of data. The upper quartile or UQ is
the median of the upper half of a set of data. The interquartile range is the difference between the
upper quartile and the lower quartile.

Example 1 Find the range, median, upper and lower quartiles, and
interquartile range for the following set of data.
13, 20, 18, 12, 21, 2, 18, 17, 15, 10, 14

The greatest number in the data set is 21. The least number is 2. The range is 21 - 2 or 19.
To find the quartiles, arrange the numbers in order from least to greatest.
2 10 12 13 14 15 17 18 18 20 21
The median is 15. The numbers below 15 are 2, 10, 12, 13, and 14. The median of the
numbers below 15 is 12, so the lower quartile is 12. The numbers above 15 are 17, 18, 18,
20, and 21. The median of the numbers above 15 is 18, so the upper quartile is 18. The
interquartile range is 18 - 12 or 6.

In some data sets, a few of the values are much greater than or less than the rest of the data.
Data that are more than 1.5 times the value of the interquartile range beyond the quartiles are
called outliers.

Example 2 Find any outliers for the set of data given in Example 1.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


The interquartile range is 18 - 12 or 6.
Multiply the interquartile range by 1.5. 6 × 1.5 = 9
Any data more than 9 above the upper quartile or below the lower quartile
are outliers. Find the limits of the outliers.
Subtract 9 from the lower quartile. 12 - 9 = 3
Add 9 to the upper quartile. 18 + 9 = 27
The limits of the outliers are 3 and 27. The only data point outside this range
is 2, so the only outlier is 2.

Exercises
Find the range, median, upper and lower quartiles, interquartile
range, and any outliers for each set of data.
1. 14, 16, 18, 24, 19, 15, 13 2. 29, 27, 24, 28, 30, 51, 28

3. 57, 60, 43, 55, 46, 43, 62, 31 4. 91, 92, 88, 89, 93, 95, 65, 85, 91

5. 104, 116, 111, 108, 113, 127, 109, 122, 115, 105

220 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 11


NAME DATE PERIOD

11A Homework Practice 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2

Measures of Variation
WILD CATS For Exercises 1–4, use
Average Birth Weights of Wild Cats
the data in the table.
Cat Weight (oz) Cat Weight (oz)
1. What is the range of the data? Cheetah 7.5 Lion 48
Eurasian
2. Find the median, the upper and lower 1.4 Puma 12
Wildcat
quartiles, and the interquartile range Jaguar 28 Serval 8.5
of the data. Leopard 17.5 Tiger 40
Source: Facts on File: Animal Fact File

3. Identify any outliers.

4. Use the measures of variation to describe


the data in the table.

WORD For Exercises 5–8, use the data in the table.


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. What is the range of the data?


Death Valley Average
6. Find the median, the upper and lower quartiles, Monthly Precipitations
and the interquartile range of the data. 0.19 0.13 0.35 0.12
0.12 0.05 0.42 0.18
0.11 0.42 0.14 0.10
Source: weather.com

7. Identify any outliers.

8. Use the measures of variation to describe the


data in the stem-and-leaf plot.

Chapter 11 North Carolina, Grade 8 221


NAME DATE PERIOD

11A Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.3.1, 8.S.3.2

Measures of Variation
FOOTBALL For Exercises 1–4, use the table below that shows the winning scores in
the Super Bowl from 1995 through 2006.

Winning Super Bowl Scores, 1995–2006


1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
49 27 35 31 34 23 34 20 48 32 24 21

1. Explain how to find the range of the 2. Find the median, the upper and lower
data. Then find the range. quartiles, and the interquartile range
of the winning scores.

3. Describe how to find the limits for 4. Are there any outliers among the
outliers. Then find the limits. winning Super Bowl scores? If so, what
are they? Explain your reasoning.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


GRADES For Exercises 5 and 6, use the
table at the right showing the scores on 84 86 77 97 88
the midterm exam in English. 89 94 89 81 90
80 75 91 83 85

5. Find the range, median, upper and 6. Are there any outliers in this data?
lower quartiles, and the interquartile Explain your reasoning.
range of the exam scores.

222 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 11


NAME DATE PERIOD

12 Anticipation Guide
Probability
STEP 1 Before you begin Chapter 12

• Read each statement.


• Decide whether you Agree (A) or Disagree (D) with the statement.
• Write A or D in the first column OR if you are not sure whether you agree or disagree,
write NS (Not Sure).

STEP 1 STEP 2
Statement
A, D, or NS A or D
1. In a tree diagram, all possible outcomes of a certain event
are listed.
2. To count the number of possible outcomes when there are
several events, it is better to use a tree diagram than the
Fundamental Counting Principle.
3. Choosing a card from a deck and holding it, then choosing a
second card from the deck is an example of two independent
events.
4. Experimental probability is found by dividing the number of
favorable outcomes by the number of possible outcomes.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. The experimental and theoretical probabilities of an event


are not expected to be the same.
6. One example of picking an unbiased sample for a survey
would be for a magazine to ask if readers would like to
participate in the survey.
7. Surveying every tenth person could be an example of a
systematic random sample.

STEP 2 After you complete Chapter 12

• Reread each statement and complete the last column by entering an A or a D.


• Did any of your opinions about the statements change from the first column?
• For those statements that you mark with a D, use a piece of paper to write
an example of why you disagree.

Chapter 12 North Carolina, Grade 8 223


NAME DATE PERIOD

12 Family Activity
State Test Practice
Fold the page along the dashed line. Work each problem on another
piece of paper. Then unfold the page to check your work.
1. Callyn is using the spinner shown below 2. A breeder is making a waiting list of
in a probability experiment. good homes for puppies that are to be
born in June. All of the customers on
the list wish to purchase a female
1 2 puppy.
0 3
3 0 If the dog has five puppies, what is the
2 1 probability that they will all be female?

A _
1
32
Which of the following is not true of the
B _
5
spinner shown above? 32
C _1
A There are four outcomes. 5

B The probability of spinning a 0 is _


1
. D 0
4
C There are eight outcomes.
D None of these are false.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Fold here.
Solution Solution
1. Hint: The number of outcomes is equal to 2. Hint: The probability of each puppy
total number of DIFFERENT possibilities being female is 1 in 2, or _
1
.
2
in a probability experiment.
When you are calculating the
A There are four possible outcomes: 0, probability of compound events, or
1, 2, or 3, so this statement is true. multiple things happening, you multiply
B The probability of spinning a 0 is the probabilities of all of the individual
2 out of 8 because there are two 0 events. In this case, the probability that
spaces and 8 total spaces. 2 out of each puppy will be female is one out of
8 can be reduced to 1 out of 4, so this two, so the probability that they will all
statement is true. be female is:
C Since there are two of each outcome, _1 × _1 × _1 × _1 × _1 = _
1
.
2 2 2 2 2 32
there are only 4 possible outcomes,
so this statement is not true.
D Since we determined that option C
is not true, this statement does not
apply.

The answer is C. The answer is A.


224 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 12
NAME DATE PERIOD

12A Explore Through Reading 8.S.1.1

Probability of Compound Events


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the introduction at the top of page 637 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.

1. What is the probability of buying a beach towel? receiving a red tote bag?

2. What is the product of the probabilities in Exercise 1?

3. Draw a tree diagram to determine the probability that someone buys a


beach towel and receives a red tote bag.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Read the Lesson


4. What is a compound event?

5. Are the events of spinning a spinner and rolling a number cube


independent events? Why or why not?

6. Explain how to find the probability of two independent events.

Remember What You Learned


7. Look up the everyday definitions of the words dependent and independent
in a dictionary. How does each definition relate to what you have learned
in this lesson?

Chapter 12 North Carolina, Grade 8 225


NAME DATE PERIOD

12A Study Guide 8.S.1.1

Probability of Compound Events


The probability of two independent events can be found by multiplying the probability of the first event
by the probability of the second event.

Example 1 Two number cubes, one red and one blue, are rolled. What is the
probability that the outcome of the red number cube is even and the outcome of
the blue number cube is a 5?
P(red number cube is even) = _
1
2
P(blue number cube is a 5) = _
1
6
P(red number cube is even and blue number cube is a 5) = _
1 _
· 1 or _
1
2 6 12
This probability that the two events will occur _
1
12

If two events, A and B, are dependent, then the probability of both events occurring is the product of
the probability of A and the probability of B after A occurs.

Example 2 There are 6 black socks and 4 white socks in a drawer. If one sock
is taken out without looking and then a second is taken out, what is the
probability that they both will be black?
P(first sock is black) = _
6
or _
3
6 is the number of black socks; 10 is the total number of socks.
10 5
P(second sock is black) = _
5
5 is the number of black socks after one black sock is removed;

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


9
9 is the total number of socks after one black sock is removed.

P(two black socks) = _


3 _
· 5 or _
1
5 9 3
The probability of choosing two black socks is _
1
.
3

Exercises
A card is drawn from a deck of 10 cards numbered 1 through 10 and a
number cube is rolled. Find each probability.
1. P(10 and 3) 2. P(two even numbers)

3. P(two prime numbers) 4. P(9 and an odd number)

5. P(two numbers less than 4) 6. P(two numbers greater than 5)

There are 4 red, 6 green, and 5 yellow pencils in a jar. Once a pencil is
selected, it is not replaced. Find each probability.
7. P(red and then yellow) 8. P(two green)

9. P(green and then yellow) 10. P(red and then green)

226 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 12


NAME DATE PERIOD

12A Homework Practice 8.S.1.1

Probability of Compound Events


The two spinners at the right are spun. Find each probability.
1. P(4 and C) 2. P(1 and A) 8 1 B A
7 2
A B
6 3
3. P(even and C) 4. P(odd and A)
5 4 C A

5. P(greater than 3 and B) 6. P(less than 5 and B)

GAMES There are 10 yellow, 6 green, 9 orange, and 5 red cards in a stack of
cards turned facedown. Once a card is selected, it is not replaced. Find each
probability.
7. P(two yellow cards) 8. P(two green cards)

9. P(a yellow card and then a green card) 10. P(a red card and then an orange card)

11. P(two cards that are not orange)

12. P(two cards that are neither red nor green)


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

13. OFFICE SUPPLIES A store sells a box of highlighters that contains 4 yellow, 3 blue, 2 pink,
and 1 green highlighter. What is the probability of randomly picking 1 blue and
1 pink highlighter from the box?

14. BASKETBALL Angelina makes 70% of her free throws. What is the probability that she
will make her next two free throws?

CAR RENTALS For Exercises 15 and 16, use the


following information and the information in
the table.
Car Requests
At a car rental office, 63% of the customers are
men and 37% are women. Compact 25%
Full-size 37%
15. What is the probability that the next customer Convertible 10%
will be a woman who requests a convertible?
SUV 16%
Luxury 12%
16. What is the probability that the next customer
will be a man who requests either a compact car or luxury car?

Chapter 12 North Carolina, Grade 8 227


NAME DATE PERIOD

12A Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.1.1

Probability of Compound Events


1. CHECKERS In a game of checkers, there 2. CHECKERS What is the probability that
are 12 red game pieces and 12 black the first two pieces are a red followed
game pieces. Julio is setting up the by a black? Explain how you found
board to begin playing. What is the your answer.
probability that the first two checkers
he pulls from the box at random will be
two red checkers?

CHESS For Exercises 3–5, use the following information.


Ingrid keeps her white and black chess pieces in separate bags. For each color,
there are 8 pawns, 2 rooks, 2 bishops, 2 knights, 1 queen, and 1 king.

3. Are the events of drawing a knight 4. Are the events of drawing a bishop
from the bag of white pieces and from the bag of white pieces and then
drawing a pawn from the bag of black drawing the queen from the same

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


pieces dependent or independent bag dependent or independent events?
events? Explain. Find the probability of Explain. Find the probability of this
this compound event. compound event.

5. Find the probability of drawing a 6. SOCCER During a soccer season, Mario


pawn, a knight, and another pawn made approximately 2 goal points for
from the bag of white pieces. every 5 of his shots on goal. What is the
probability that Mario would make 2
goal points on two shots in a row
during the season?

228 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 12


NAME DATE PERIOD

12B Explore Through Reading 8.S.3.3

Using Sampling to Predict


Get Ready for the Lesson
Read the instruction at the top of page 653 in your textbook.
Write your answers below.
1. Suppose she decides to survey a group of people at a basketball game. Do
you think the results would represent all of the people in the viewing
area? Explain.

2. Suppose she decides to survey students at your middle school. Do you


think the results would represent all of the people in the viewing area?
Explain.

3. Suppose she decides to call every 100th household in the telephone book.
Do you think the results would represent all of the people in the viewing
area? Explain.

Read the Lesson


4. What is the first step in conducting a survey?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5. When you conduct a survey by asking ten students selected at random


from each grade at your school what their favorite class is, what type of
random sample have you taken?

6. A grocery store owner asks the shoppers in his store where they prefer to
shop for groceries. What type of sample has he conducted?

Remember What You Learned


7. Working with a partner, complete the table below with an example of
each type of sample.

Type of Sample Example


systematic random
simple random
stratified random
convenience
voluntary response

Chapter 12 North Carolina, Grade 8 229


NAME DATE PERIOD

12B Study Guide 8.S.3.3

Using Sampling to Predict


Data gathered from a representative sample can be used to make predictions about a population. An
unbiased sample is selected so that it is representative of the entire population. In a biased sample,
one or more parts of the population are favored over others.

Examples Describe each sample.

To determine the favorite dog breed of people who enter dog shows, every
fifth person entering a dog show is surveyed.
Since the people are selected according to a specific pattern, the sample is a systematic
random sample. It is an unbiased sample.

To determine what type of pet people prefer, the spectators at a dog show are
surveyed.
The spectators at a dog show probably prefer dogs. This is a biased sample. The sample
is a convenience sample since all of the people surveyed are in one location.

Examples COOKIES Students in the eighth grade


Flavor Number
surveyed 50 students at random about
oatmeal 15
their favorite cookies. The results are
in the table at the right. peanut butter 11
chocolate chip 16
What percent of students prefer chocolate chip
sugar 8

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


cookies?
16 out of 50 students prefer chocolate chip cookies.
16 ÷ 50 = 0.32 32% of the students prefer chocolate chip cookies.

If the students order 500 boxes of cookie dough, how many boxes
should be chocolate chip?
Find 32% of 500.
0.32 × 500 = 160 About 160 boxes of cookie dough should be chocolate chip.

Exercises
Describe the sample.
1. To determine if the tomatoes in 5 boxes stacked on a pallet are not
spoiled, the restaurant manager checks 3 tomatoes from the top box.

A random survey of the students in eighth grade shows that 7 prefer


hamburgers, 5 prefer chicken, and 3 prefer hot dogs.
2. What percent prefer hot dogs?

3. If 120 students will attend the eighth grade picnic, how many hot dogs
should be ordered?

230 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 12


NAME DATE PERIOD

12B Homework Practice 8.S.3.3

Using Sampling to Predict


Determine if each conclusion is valid. Then describe each sample.
1. To determine the most common injury cared for in an emergency room, a reporter goes
to the same hospital every afternoon for one month during the summer and observes
people entering the emergency room. She concludes that second degree sunburn is the
most common injury.

2. To evaluate customer satisfaction, a grocery store gives double coupons to anyone who


completes a survey as they enter the store. The store manager determines that
customers are very satisfied with their shopping experience in his store.

3. To evaluate the integrity of underground water lines, the department of public works
randomly selects 20 sites in each of 5 sectors of the city to unearth and observe the
water lines. At 24 of the sites, the water lines needed repair. The department of public
works concludes that one-fourth of underground water lines throughout the city need
repair.

4. DOWNLOADS A guidance counselor asked students who Mobile Phone Downloads


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

owned mobile phones, which was the last type of


Type Frequency
download each one downloaded to their mobile phone.
The results are shown in the table. If there are 420 Games 10
students in the school, how many can be expected Ringtones 25
to download ringtones? Screensavers 14
Music 36
DENTISTRY A survey is to be conducted to determine the reasons
dental patients are hesitant to go to the dentist. Describe the sample
and explain why each sampling method might not be valid.
5. Adults that are randomly selected from an office complex are asked to go online and fill
out a questionnaire.

6. A randomly selected dentist asks his patients why they may be hesitant to go to a
dentist.

7. Randomly selected dental patients from different age groups who are having a routine
check-up are asked to write down their feelings.

Chapter 12 North Carolina, Grade 8 231


NAME DATE PERIOD

12B Problem-Solving Practice 8.S.3.3

Using Sampling to Predict


FUNDRAISING For Exercises 1 and 2, use the survey results
Flavor Number
in the table at the right. Members of the Drama Club plan
to sell popcorn as a fundraiser for their Shakespeare butter 33
production. They survey 75 students at random about cheese 15
their favorite flavors of popcorn. caramel 27

1. What percent of the students prefer 2. If the club orders 400 boxes of popcorn
caramel popcorn? to sell, how many boxes of caramel
popcorn should they order? Explain
how you found your answer.

DINING OUT For Exercises 3 and 4, use the following information. As


people leave a restaurant one evening, 20 people are surveyed at
random. Eight people say they usually order dessert when they eat
out.

3. What percent of those surveyed say 4. If 130 people dine at the restaurant

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


they usually order dessert when they tomorrow, how many would you expect
eat out? to order dessert?

RECREATION For Exercises 5 and 6, use the table at Bicycle Type Number
the right which shows the responses of 50 people
mountain 11
who expect to purchase a bicycle next year.
touring 8
comfort 9
juvenile 19
other 3

5. What percent of those planning to buy 6. If Mike’s Bike Shop plans to order
a bicycle next year think they will buy 1,200 bicycles to sell next year, how
a mountain bike? many mountain bikes should be
ordered?

232 North Carolina, Grade 8 Chapter 12


Name Date

Diagnostic Test
Student Answer Document
Record your answers by coloring in the appropriate bubble for the best answer to
each question.

1 A B C D 31 A B C D

2 A B C D 32 A B C D

3 A B C D 33 A B C D

4 A B C D 34 A B C D

5 A B C D 35 A B C D

6 A B C D 36 A B C D

7 A B C D 37 A B C D

8 A B C D 38 A B C D

9 A B C D 39 A B C D

10 A B C D 40 A B C D

11 A B C D 41 A B C D

12 A B C D 42 A B C D

13 A B C D 43 A B C D

14 A B C D 44 A B C D

15 A B C D 45 A B C D

16 A B C D 46 A B C D
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

17 A B C D 47 A B C D

18 A B C D 48 A B C D

19 A B C D 49 A B C D

20 A B C D 50 A B C D

21 A B C D 51 A B C D

22 A B C D 52 A B C D

23 A B C D 53 A B C D

24 A B C D 54 A B C D

25 A B C D 55 A B C D

26 A B C D 56 A B C D

27 A B C D 57 A B C D

28 A B C D 58 A B C D

29 A B C D 59 A B C D

30 A B C D 60 A B C D

Student Answer Document North Carolina, Grade 8 A1


Name Date

Diagnostic Test
1. What is the slope of the line graphed 4. Raoul is considering two plans offered
below? by a music download service. Plan A
charges a monthly fee of $6.00 plus
y $0.95 per song n. Plan B has no
monthly fee and charges $1.20 per
song n. Which equation represents the
x
total monthly cost c for plan A?
O

A c = 6.95n
B c = 5.95n
C c = 0.95n + 6
A -2 D c = 1.20n + 6
B -1
C 1
__
2 5. Which choice lists the three lengths in
D 1 order from greatest to least?

A 2.8, √
12 , 3
B 3, 2.8, √
12
2. Raj drew 2 rectangles that have the
same length, but different widths. One C √
12 , 3, 2.8
3, √
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

rectangle has an area of 48 square D 12 , 2.8


inches. The other rectangle has an
area of 36 square inches. Which
number is the longest possible length
of both rectangles? 6. Which number below is an irrational
number?
A 4 1
A __ C √
9
B 6 3
B 0.6 D √
13
C 12
D 24

7. What is the approximate length of


the diagonal of a square if the
3. What is the solution to the inequality perimeter of the square is 24 feet?
-4x + 2 ≤ 6?
A 6.2 feet C 8 feet
A x ≤ -1 B 7.8 feet D 8.5 feet
B x ≥ -1
C x ≤ -2
D x ≥ -2

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A3


8. Shawn and Cia are making cylindrical 10. What is the measure of ∠ABD?
kaleidoscopes. Shawn’s kaleidoscope
is shown below. Cia’s kaleidoscope
A
is twice the height and twice the D
diameter as Shawn’s kaleidoscope.
B 70˚
2 in. C

10 in.
A 20°
B 70°
Shawn’s C 140°
Kaleidoscope D 160°

How many more square inches is


the surface area of Cia’s kaleidoscope
than the surface area of Shawn’s 11. The points W, X, Y, and Z represent
__
kaleidoscope? 1 , -3.18, -π, -3.1 on
the numbers -3__
4
A 66π a number line.
B 21π 8 9 : ;
C 10π
-3.3 -3.0
D 2π
Which point represents -π?

A W
9. The table below shows the number

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


B X
of hours Cassandra has spent
babysitting for the past four weeks. C Y
What is the minimum number of D Z
hours she must babysit next week
to have an average of 12 hours
babysitting per week over the
five-week period? 12. Which of the following coordinate
pairs represents the point at which
the graph of the line 3x - 2y = 8
Cassandra’s Babysitting Hours
crosses the y-axis?
Week Hours
Week 1 12 A (0, 4)
Week 2 16 B (4, 0)
Week 3 10 C (-4, 0)
Week 4 8 D (0, -4)
A 12 hours
B 14 hours
C 16 hours
D 18 hours

A4 North Carolina, Grade 8 Diagnostic Test


13. The table shows a relationship 16. The principal at a middle school of
between x and y. Which equation is 2,000 students wants to know what
true for each of the ordered pairs in students think about a new dress
the table? code. If she conducts a survey, which
sampling method will give the most
x y reliable feedback?
0 3
A Select 50 students at random from
5 5
each grade level.
10 7
B Choose 10 students at random.
15 9
C Question every third student in
20 11
the cafeteria lunch line.
A y = 0.4x + 3 D Ask students to e-mail their vote.
B y = 2.5x - 3
C y = 2.5x + 5
D y = 0.4x - 5 17. To make the costumes for the school
play, the costume committee needs
5
to buy 2__
8
yards of ribbon for each of
14. Which equation is equivalent to 3 costumes. How much money do they
2(3x - 1) = 14 - x? need for the ribbon?

A 6x - 2 - x = 14 yar
d
5 per
B 6x - 1 + x = 14 $1.
2

C 2(3x - 1) - x = 14
D 6x - 2 + x = 14
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

15. The contents of a cooler full of juice


pouches are shown below.
Punch

Punch

Punch
Grape

Grape

Apple

Apple

Apple

A $7.50 C $9.84
B $8.28 D $11.25
Rico reaches into the cooler and
randomly takes two pouches, one right
after the other. What is the probability
18. Solve for w.
that he will choose an apple juice
pouch and then a grape juice pouch? 4w3 = 256

3
A ___ 5
C __ A 4 C 16
32 8
B 6 D 85.3
3 37
B ___
28
D ___
56

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A5


19. Triangle DEF is created by rotating 22. The data displayed represent what
ΔABC counterclockwise 180° about type of correlation?
the origin. Mia is asked to draw
ΔDEF on the coordinate grid below. STUDYING TIME AND GRADES
y
y

Average Grade
x
O O x
B Amount of Time
Spent Studying

A
C A a positive correlation where the
y values are exactly predicted by
the line of best fit
B a negative correlation where the
In which quadrant is ΔDEF?
y values are exactly predicted by
A Quadrant I the line of best fit
B Quadrant II C a positive correlation where the
C Quadrant III y values are approximately
predicted by the line of best fit
D Quadrant IV
D a negative correlation where the
y values are approximately
predicted by the line of best fit

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


20. A square calendar cover has an area
of 72 square centimeters. Which is the
best estimate of the length of one
side? 23. A bakery sells bagels for $1.20 each
and muffins for $1.50 each. Jane
A between 6 cm and 7 cm spent a total of $23.40 on bagels and
B between 7 cm and 8 cm muffins. If she bought 18 bagels and
muffins combined, which equation can
C between 8 cm and 9 cm
be used to find the number of bagels
D between 9 cm and 10 cm Jane bought?

A 23.40 = 1.20(18 - b) + 1.50(b)


B 23.40 = 1.20(18 - b) - 1.50(b)
21. Which of the following sets of side
lengths represents those of a right C 23.40 = 1.20(b) - 1.50(18 - b)
triangle? D 23.40 = 1.20(b) + 1.50(18 - b)

A 3 ft, 6 ft, 9 ft
B 3 ft, 5 ft, 8 ft
C 4 ft, 5 ft, 9 ft
D 5 ft, 12 ft, 13 ft

A6 North Carolina, Grade 8 Diagnostic Test


24. The line of best fit for the profits of a 27. Point A is rotated 270° clockwise
5-year-old company is shown below. about the origin. If the coordinates of
A are (3, -2), which of the following
Company Profits graphs shows the location of A, the
y point after the rotation?
8 A y

in millions
Profit ($)
4
4 3
2
0 1
4 8 12 16 x
-4-3-2-1O 1 2 3 4x
Years -2
A -3
-4
By the end of its eighth year, about
how much profit should the company B y
be making? 4
3
A 2
A $3 million 1
B $5 million -4-3-2-1O 1 2 3 4x

C $7 million -2
-3
D $18 million -4

C y
4
3
25. Edgar recorded the number of pages 2
1
in the last five books he read.
-4-3-2-1O 1 2 3 4x
60, 66, 79, 270, 79
-2
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

-3
Edgar realized that the number -4
A
270 should be 27. If this number is
corrected, which measure of central D y
4
tendency does not change? 3
2 A
A range 1

B median -4-3-2-1O 1 2 3 4x

C mean -2
-3
D mode -4

26. Which of the following expressions is


equivalent to x + 4(2x - 3y), when
x = 3?

A 27 - 3y
B 11 - 3y
C 27 - 12y
D -9

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A7


28. The diagram below shows the 31. The table shows some of the leading
McCray’s original rectangular patio industries in the North Carolina
and new square addition. economy.

Gross State
Addition  Product
Industry
(in billions of
dollars)
Original
patio  Finance, Insurance,
54.9
Real Estate
5 yards Government 34.2
Which of the following expressions Retail Trade 24.1
could be used to represent the area, in Transportation and
18.7
square yards, of the combined patios? Utilities
Construction 13.9
A ( + 5) Health Services 13.2
B 2 + 5 Agricultural 9.9
C 5 + 
Which industry shown represents
D ( + 5)( - 2) approximately __1 of the total gross
7
state product represented in the table?

A Health Services
29. Which statement best describes the
1 B Government
similarities of the graphs 2y = 7x + __
3
and 2y = -3x + __ 1? C Agricultural
3
D Retail Trade
A The lines are parallel.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


B The y-intercepts are the same.
C The x-intercepts are the same.
32. What is the area of square T?
D The lines are perpendicular.

30. The following data are numbers of Square


lightning flashes in a 15-minute T
Square
period reported by students. S
7, 11, 10, 12, 31, 11,
5 units
9, 8, 8, 7, 11, 10 Square
R
Which data point is an outlier?
5 units
A 7 C 12
A √
50 C 50
B 11 D 31
B 25 D 100

A8 North Carolina, Grade 8 Diagnostic Test


33. Which of the dimensions below 36. The table below shows the cost of
represent a possible length and width taking a taxi.
for the rectangular tabletop shown?
Cost of Taxi Travel
Distance d Cost c
Area = 48 square feet w (in miles) (in dollars)
0 4.00
w+2 1 4.50
A 2 ft by 24 ft 3 5.50
B 8 ft by 6 ft 4 6.00
C 16 ft by 3 ft 5 6.50

D 4 ft by 12 ft Which equation represents the


relationship between the distance and
cost as shown in the table?

34. The Biltmore Estate in Asheville is A c = 0.50d


one of the largest private residences B c = 0.50d + 4
in the world, with 250 rooms. The
C c = 4d
Jefferson family of two adults and
three children spent $210 on tickets to D c = 4d + 0.50
visit the estate. The linear equation
below represents this purchase.
2a + 3c = 210 37. A circular pizza is divided equally into
Which ordered pair (a, c) represents a eight slices as shown in the diagram.
possible cost per adult ticket, a, and a If the radius of the pizza is 12 inches,
possible cost per child ticket, c? what is the arc length of the crust of
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

one slice?
A (45, 30)
B (30, 15)
C (60, 30)
D (30, 60)

35. Which of the following equations A 2π inches


represents the line passing through B 3π inches
(2, –5) and (0, 1)? C 4π inches
D 6π inches
A y = 3x - 1
B y = 3x + 1
C y = -3x - 1
D y = -3x + 1

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A9


38. Which angles are supplementary in 40. Which of the following represents the
the graphic shown below? graph below?

y
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
O x

A ∠1 and ∠4
B ∠2 and ∠3
A y ≥ -3x + 4
C ∠4 and ∠8
B y ≤ -3x + 4
D ∠7 and ∠8
C y ≥ 3x + 4
D y ≤ 3x + 4

39. The graph below shows the inequalities


y ≤ -x + 2 and y ≤ -2x + 4.
41. In 1930, Duke University opened
y its iconic tower Duke Chapel. It is
y = -2x + 4 210 feet tall. At 5:00 P.M., the chapel
y = -x + 2
tower casts a shadow 70 feet long.
At the same time, a nearby dorm
O x
building casts a shadow that is 26 feet
long. How tall is the dorm building?

A 8.6 feet

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


Which of the following points falls in B 75 feet
the solution set of this system of C 78 feet
inequalities?
D 94 feet
A (0, 0)
B (4, 0)
C (2, 2) 42. Between which two integers does √
28
D (0, 3) lie on a number line?

A 4 and 5
B 5 and 6
C 6 and 7
D 7 and 8

A10 North Carolina, Grade 8 Diagnostic Test


43. Ms. Hawk’s 8th grade class visited 45. The scatterplot below shows the
the battleship USS North Carolina height of a hot air balloon as it lifts
located in the port of Wilmington. For off. A line of best fit for the data is
a special ceremony, 2-foot by 2-foot also shown.
red carpet squares are placed along
a rectangular walkway with an area 300

Height (feet)
of 360 square feet. How many carpet 250
200
squares are needed to cover the 150
walkway? 100
50
A 180 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B 90 Time (minute)

C 60 Which of the following linear


D 45 equations represents the line of best
fit for x > 0?

A y = x + 25
44. On the scatterplot below, the x-axis B y = 25x
represents the latitude from the C y = 2x + 25
equator to the North Pole and the D y = 2x + 50
y-axis represents the average
temperature.

AVERAGE TEMPERATURE 46. What is the maximum number


Degrees Fahrenheit

100˚ of cubes with a side length of


3 centimeters that can fit in this box?
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


-10˚
12 cm
0˚ 90˚

Degrees Latitude

12 cm
Which statement best describes the
relationship between latitude and 18 cm
temperature?
A 16
A As latitude increases, temperature B 48
increases. C 96
B Latitude and temperature are not D 216
related.
C As latitude increases, temperature
decreases.
D As temperature changes, latitude
remains constant.

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A11


47. The graph below shows the monthly 49. The Guilford County Greenway bike
cost of a long-distance calling plan. trail is a 16-mile trail system. The
table below shows how far Jose had
CALLING PLAN ridden along the trail at 5-minute
$8 intervals.
Total Cost ($)

$6
$4 Time on Trail Distance
$2 (min) Traveled
5 3.2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 6.4
Minutes
15 9.6
20 12.9
What does the slope of the graph
represent? Which of the following equations
expresses the relationship between
A the cost of zero minutes of calls time in minutes, x, and distance, y?
B the cost per additional minutes of
x
A y = (3.2) __
long-distance calls (5)
C the total cost of long-distance calls B y = (3.2)(x - 4)
D the number of minutes $1 can buy C y = 3.2x - 4
D y = 5x + 3.2

48. Celia used the list of scores below to


find the mean, median, and mode for 50. The graph below shows the weight of
the Carolina Panthers in the 2009 a bucket as it is filled with sand.
regular football season.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


10, 20, 7, 20, 28, 99, 34, 20, 28, WEIGHT OF A BUCKET
17, 6, 16, 10, 26, 41, 23 y
Weight of Bucket (lb)

Later she discovered the outlier 6

99 had been recorded incorrectly 4


and should have been 9 instead.
2
Correcting the mistake will have
which of the following effects? 0
2 4 6 x
Amount of Sand (lb)
A the mean increases
B the interquartile range remains What is the weight of the empty
unchanged bucket?
C the median remains unchanged
A 0 pounds
D the median decreases
B 1 pound
C 2 pounds
D 6 pounds

A12 North Carolina, Grade 8 Diagnostic Test


51. Look at the graph below. 54. Betina painted a large blue square on
the wall above her bed. The area of
y
5 B the square was 12 square feet. What
4 was the side length of the square?
3
2
1 A √
12 feet
-3 -2 O 1 2 3 4 5x B 3 feet
-2
-3 C 4 feet
A
D 6 feet
Which of the following statements is
true?

A The slope of line A is greater than 55. In the diagram below, two ladders are
the slope of line B. placed against the side of a house.
B The slope of line B is greater than The taller ladder reaches 13 feet
the slope of line A. above the ground, and its base is
C The slopes are reciprocals. 8 feet from the house.
D The slopes are equal.

52. The following equation represents


13 ft
the amount of allowance (in dollars)
Tanisha earns, y, for doing x chores
during the week.
4 ft
y = x + 0.5 8 ft
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Which of the following ordered pairs is


not a solution to the equation? What is the length of the taller
ladder? Round to the nearest tenth
A (2, $2.50) of a foot.
B (3, $3.00)
A 16.5 feet
C (4, $4.50)
B 15.3 feet
D (10, $10.50)
C 18.3 feet
D 19.2 feet

53. Which expression is equivalent to


-3xy + 8y - 3yx + 5y?

A -3xy + 13y
B -6xy + 13y
C 13y
D 7xy

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A13


56. In the figure below,
and m are 58. The length of a wheelchair ramp
parallel lines. equals √
a2 + b2 where a represents
the ramp’s height in meters and b
represents the length of the ramp’s
1 base in meters.
m

√a2 + b 2
2 3

a
b

If a2 + b2 = 149 square meters, which


If m∠2 is 77°, what is m∠1? estimate is closest to the actual
A 13° length?
B 77° A 11 meters
C 103° B 12 meters
D 167° C 13 meters
D 14 meters

57. Using the diagram below, which


statement is true? 59. The area of a circular oil spot on
Manny’s garage floor is approximately
4 113 square inches. A week later,
2 3 5 Manny notices that the spot has
increased in size. Still circular, its
radius has doubled. What effect does

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


6 7 9
this have on the area of the spot?
8
A The area of the spot decreases
by 50%.
B The area of the spot doubles.
A ∠UVR ∠SRT
C The area of the spot increases
B ∠UVR ∠WVX
by 50%.
C ∠UVR ∠RVX
D The area of the spot quadruples.
D ∠UVR ∠UVW

A14 North Carolina, Grade 8 Diagnostic Test


60. The scatter plot below shows the
relationship between a person’s height
and the amount of time that person
spends reading books.

HEIGHT AND READING

inches

hours

Which conclusion can be drawn from


the scatter plot?

A As a person’s height increases, the


amount of time that person spends
reading books increases.
B A person’s height and the amount
of time that person spends reading
books are not related.
C As a person’s height decreases, the
amount of time that person spends
reading books increases.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

D As a person’s height increases, the


amount of time that person spends
reading books decreases.

Diagnostic Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A15


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.N.1
1. The land areas of the four largest 3. What is the missing value in the chart?
North Carolina counties are shown in
the table. Conversion Chart
Ounces Tons
County Land Area (square miles) 6,400,000 200
Robeson 949 1
___
Sampson 945 10
1
_____
Columbus 935 16 2,000
Bladen 875
A 320,000 ounces
The smallest county in the state has a
B 3,200 ounces
land area of √
29,929 square miles.
What is the difference in land area C 200 ounces
between the largest and smallest D 12.5 ounces
county?

A 1,122 square miles


B 776 square miles 4. GoMobile Car Rental Company
charges $30 per day plus 19 cents per
C 702 square miles
mile. Safe Ride Car Rental charges
D 173 square miles $39 per day and no mileage fee. What
is the maximum number of miles
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Corinne can drive for which GoMobile


offers a lower rate?
2. The distance from downtown
Chapel Hill to downtown Durham A 19 miles C 47 miles
is 11.1 miles. If Carmen bikes
B 39 miles D 205 miles
this distance in 0.72 hours,
approximately what is her
average speed in miles per hour?

A 0.065 miles per hour 5. One day, Enrico counts 10 cats in a


pet store. Some of the cats have 5 toes
B 6.5 miles per hour on each front paw and 4 toes on each
C 7.92 miles per hour back paw. The rest of the cats are
D 15.4 miles per hour polydactyl, with 6 toes on each front
paw and 4 toes on each back paw. All
of the cats have 2 front paws and 2
back paws. If Enrico counts a total of
188 toes, how many of the cats are
polydactyl?

A 4 C 6
B 5 D 10

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A17


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.N.1 (continued)
6. What is the value of 12__18 - 9__35 ? 8. Which expression has the
3 greatest value?
A 2__
5
A ⎪-3⎥ · ⎪-4⎥
21
B 2___
40
B -⎪3⎥ · ⎪-4⎥
19
C 3___
40
C -⎪-3⎥ · 4
21
D 3___
40
D -3 · ⎪-4⎥

7. A group of friends discuss tricks they


use to calculate a tip of 15% to 20% 9. If a = -5, b = 6, and c = __34 , what is
without using a calculator or paper the value of the expression a2b + 2c?
and pencil when they eat in a
restaurant. Which of the following A 151.5
is not a valid method? B 61.5
A For a tip that is 20% of the total, C -58.5
move the decimal point 1 place to the D -151.5
left and double the result.
B For a tip that is 15% of the total,

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


move the decimal point 1 place to the 2 cups of sugar for
10. A recipe calls for 2__
left, divide the result by 2, and add the 3
the cake and 1__ 1 cups of sugar for the
first and second answers. 4
C For a tip that is about 20% of the frosting. Mina wants to make 4 cakes
total, use the amount of the tax, which for the bake sale. How much sugar
is 7% in North Carolina. Multiply will she need to make the cakes and
the tax by 3 and round up to the frost them?
nearest dollar. 11 cups
A 3___
D For a tip that is 20% of the total, 12
move the decimal point two places B 11 cups
11___
to the left to multiply by 100 and 12
divide by 5. C 2 cups
15__
3
D 16 cups

A18 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.N.2
1. Which number has the greatest value? 4. Which choice lists three lengths in
order from least to greatest?
A 2.4

9 A 1.7, √ 3, 2
B √4
__
B √3 , 2, 1.7
C √
8 C 2, 1.7, √ 3
9
D __ D 2, √ 3 , 1.7
4

233√
2. Which point represents ⎪- √3⎥ on the 5. The expression _____
7
is greater than
number line below? which of the following?
√8
W X Y Z A ___
0.5
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 √
137
B _____
4
A W
√
172
B X C _____
3
C Y √5
D ___
D Z 1.5
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

6. Which of the following best describes


3. Which of the following numbers is a
the classification of - √
64 ?
rational number?
A The number - √
64 is a whole
A √
2

number because 
64 = 8.
B π
C -1.2568… B The number - √64 is rational
8
D 5 because it can be written as -__
1
.
C The number - √
64 is irrational
because √
64 cannot be simplified.
D The number - √64
 is a natural
number because -8 is a counting
number.

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A19


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.N.2 (continued)
7. A mirror in the shape of a square has 10. Which expression has the
an area of approximately 8 square greatest value?
feet. The length of each side of the
A 2.9%
mirror is √8 feet. Which point on the
number line best represents √ 8? B 1.53
C √5
A B C D 13
D ___
5
1 2 3 4

A A
52 √
B B 11. Which lists the expressions ____
4
,
√ - √
45 ______
____ 27
C C , , 0.1 √
104 , in order from
9 -2.5
D D least to greatest?
√
52 √
45 - √
27
A ____, 0.1 √
104 , ____, ______
4 9 -2.5
8. Which expression is between √
45 √
52 - √
27
B ____, 0.1 √
104 , ____, _____
-33 and -36? 9 -2.5 4
- √
27 √ 45 √52
C ______, ____, ____, 0.1 √
104
A -11 √8
 -2.5 9 4
B -3 √
135 √
45 - √
27 √
52
104 , ____, ______, ____
D 0.1 √

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


C -2 √
17 9 -2.5 4

D -3 √
23

12. The area of a square carpet is


150 square feet. Kordell uses the
9. Which of the following contains only formula s = √ 150 to find the length s
rational numbers? of one side of the square. Which of the
17 , 74%, π following points shows the location of
A 2, ___
30 s on the number line?
7
2 , 87.5%, __
B 1.675, √
8 " # $ %
2
16 , 9.8735, __
C 2-3, √
3 11 12 13 14 15
22
D -7, ___, 45, 1.313
7 A A
B B
C C
D D

A20 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.1
1. Mr. Stanton estimates it will cost him 3. Which of the following expressions is
$1.25 to plant and harvest one square equivalent to 3x(5 + x) - 2x(x + 3)?
yard of cotton. His cotton fields are
shown in the diagram. A 10x
B x2 - 9x
x yards y yards
C x2 + 21x
120 D x2 + 9x
yards

Which of the following expressions can


4. Sasha has plans to increase the length
be used to represent Mr. Stanton’s cost
and width of her rectangular herb
to plant and harvest cotton?
garden by 2 feet.
A $1.25(120x + 120y)
+2
B $150x + 120y
C ($1.25 + 120)(x + y)

D ($1.25)(120xy) w w+2

2. Demetrius is covering the top of


If the original width of the garden was
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

a shoebox that has an area of


8 feet, which expression represents
84 square inches. Which of the
the area of the new garden in feet?
following dimensions are possible
for the top of the box? A 10 + 20
A 12 inches by 8 inches B 120
B 16 inches by 6 inches C 8 + 16
C 28 inches by 4 inches D 10 + 2
D 14 inches by 6 inches

5. Lavan used the formula f = 3.28m to


convert meters, m, to feet, f. Which of
the following equations can he use to
solve f = 3.28m for m?

A m = f + 3.28
B m = f - 3.28
C m = 3.28f
f
____
D m =
3.28

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A21


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.1 (continued)
6. The equation 18 × 12 = 216 can be 7. A rectangle has an area of 160 square
rewritten, using the Distributive centimeters. Which dimensions could
Property of Multiplication. not represent the given rectangle?
(10 × 10) + (10 × 2) + (8 × 10) + A  = 8 cm; w = 20 cm
(8 × 2) = 216
B  = 10 cm; w = 16 cm
Which area model below demonstrates C  = 30 cm; w = 5 cm
the equation, using the Distributive
D  = 40 cm; w = 4 cm
Property?

A
8. What is the value of the expression
when y = 9?
-3y - 2(2y - 6)

A -51
B -75
C -348
B
D -510

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


9. Renata’s older sister uses the formula
below to solve chemistry problems.
PV = nRT

C Which equivalent formula can be used


to solve for the temperature, T ?
nR
A T = ___
PV
PV
B T = ___
nR

C T = nPRV

D T = PV - nR
D

A22 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.2
1. Alejandro identifies the equation 3. Which value satisfies the inequality
below as the formula for the area of a 3x + 10 - 2x < -4x + 45?
trapezoid.
1 h(b + b )
A 8
A = __
2 1 2 B 7.5
Which equation can Alejandro use if C 7
he needs to solve for b2?
D 6
1 Ahb
A b2 = __ 12
2A - b
B b2 = ___
h 1
4. Chase can spend no more than $15 on
2A - 2b snacks and drinks for his scout trip.
C b2 = ________1
h Snack bags cost $0.85 each and drinks
1 hb
D b2 = A - __ cost $1.25 each. Which inequality
12 represents the number of snack bags
s and drinks d Chase may buy?

2. Two cyclists are traveling along the A 0.85s + 1.25d ≤ 15


same road 20 meters apart. Lisa is B 0.85s - 1.25d ≥ 15
traveling at 12 meters per second, C 0.4sd ≤ 15
and Ramon is traveling at 8 meters D 0.4sd ≥ 15
per second.
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

20 meters
t_____
- 45
5. If v = -4
and v = 4, what is the
value of t?

A 61
12 m/s 8 m/s
B 45
If x represents the number of seconds, C 29
then y = 12x represents the position
D -29
of Lisa, and y = 8x + 20 represents
the position of Ramon. If the cyclists
continue to travel at a constant rate,
in how many seconds will Lisa catch 6. What is the solution set to the
up to Ramon? inequality 3a + 2 < −7?
A 1 second C 16 seconds A {a|a > -3}
B 5 seconds D 24 seconds B {a|a < -3}
C {a|a > 3}
D {a|a < 3}

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A23


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.2 (continued)
7. Karla says that the value of the 9. The graph below shows the solution
2 3
expression 2 ·3 + (-1) is 35. Su Li set of an inequality.
says that the value of the expression
is 17. Which choice best describes who - - - - -
5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5
is right and why?
Which of the following inequalities
does not have the solution set shown
Karla Su Li in the graph?
xvx2 + (–1) = 62 + (–1) xvx2 + (–1)xxxvxx x o

xxox = 18 – 1
A -4x + 5 > 9
x = 17 B 2x + 5 > 3
C 3x + 7 < 4
D 5x - 2 < -7

A Karla is right because she used the


correct order of operations.
B Karla is right because she 10. Agustín solved the inequality
subtracted 1 from 36. 2x + 3.6 ≤ 9.4. He wrote the solution
set in the form {x|x ≤ n}. What is the
C Su Li is right because she used the
value of n in Agustín’s solution?
correct order of operations.
D Su Li got the right answer, but her A 6.5

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


work is wrong because she did not B 5.8
find (-1)3. C 2.9
D 1.1

8. Colin’s movie collection contains


150 films. The number of DVDs in
his collection is 14 more than 3 times
11. What is the solution set to the
inequality -7a + 4 ≥ -10?
the number of videotapes. How many
DVDs are in Colin’s collection? A {a|a ≤ -2}
A 34 B {a|a ≥ -2}
B 46 C {a|a ≤ 2}
C 104 D {a|a ≥ 2}
D 116

A24 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.3
1. The graph below displays the amount 3. The graph below shows the handling
a music download store customer pays fee a company charges based on the
per month. weight of the package.

MY MUSIC TOTAL COST HANDLING FEES


20 y

Handling Fee (in dollars)


18
200
16
150
14
Monthly Cost ($)

12 100
10 50
8
6 0 20 40 60 80 x
4 Weight (lb)
2 According to the graph, which of the
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
following statements is true?
Number of Songs Downloaded A A package that weighs less than
What does the y-intercept indicate? 10 pounds has a $10 handling fee.
B The handling fee increases $1 for
A The cost of a song is $10. every 10 pounds.
B The cost of a song is $2. C The handling fee increases $10 for
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

C The subscription fee is $10. every 1 pound.


D The subscription fee is $2. D There is no handling fee for
packages that weigh 10 pounds
or less.

2. Which linear function has a graph that


includes all of the points in the table
below? 4. Which of the following pairs is a
solution to the linear equation?
x y 1x + 3
y = -__
-3 11 3
-1 5 A (6, 1)
0 2 B (3, 6)
2 -4 C (1, -3)
D (0, -3)
A y = -3x + 2
B y = 2x - 3
C y = -2x + 1
D y = -3x - 2

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A25


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.3 (continued)
5. Which set of ordered pairs represents 8. The graph shows what a salesperson
a linear relationship? will earn while working at the
warehouse. The x-axis represents the
A {(0, -1), (0, 1), (3, 3), (2, 4)} number of units sold, and the y-axis
B {(2, -2), (2, 1), (3, 1), (3, -2)} represents earnings.
C {(0, -5), (3, 1), (4, 3), (5, 5)}
SALESPERSON’S EARNINGS
D {(1, -5), (4, 6), (3, -1), (7, 2)}

Earnings (hundreds of $)
9
8
7
6
6. Which equation describes the line 5
4
graphed below? 3
2
y 1
6
5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 Units Sold
3
2 Which statement best interprets the
1
y-intercept in the graph?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6x
A Mr. Stimson earns $100 when he
A x - y=0 sells 1 unit.
B y = -3x + 5 B Ms. Satorelli earns no money even

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


C y = 5x + 5
-__ if she sells 1 unit.
3
D x + 3y = 5 C Ms. Amarova earns no income
when she sells 0 units.
D Mr. Singh earns $100 even if he
sells 0 units.
7. Henry graphs a line that has a
y-intercept of 5 and slope equal to -2.
Which of the following is a linear
equation that represents this 9. What is the slope-intercept form of the
relationship? line given by the equation below?

A y = 5x - 2 2y - x + 6 = -y + 2x + 9
B y = 2x
__
5 A y = -x - 3
C y = -2x + 5 B y = x+1
D y = -2x - 5 C y = x+3
D y = x+5

A26 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.4
1. What is the slope of the line through 4. Which line has the greatest slope?
the points with coordinates (4, -3)
and (2, -3)? A x + 3y = 5
B 2x + 2y = 12
A no slope
C 2x + 8y = 3
B 0
D 5x - y = 9
C -2
D 2

5. Carlton’s uncle grows peanuts and


produces peanut butter at his farm near
2. Which best describes the relationship Winston-Salem. Carlton gathered the
between the lines given by the following data and graphed the
equations below? coordinate pairs.
3x - 2y = 12
2x + 6
y = -__ pounds of
3 peanuts 90 180 360
A The lines are parallel. used (x)

B The lines intersect. pounds of


peanut
C The lines have the same 100 200 400
butter
y-intercept. made (y)
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

D The lines are the same.


What is the slope of the line that
passes through the points?
1
A __
3. The table below shows the average 2
height in inches of a teenage boy. Which 9
B ___
best describes the relationship between 10
the age and height of the boy? 10
C ___
9

Age 13 14 15 16 17 18 D 2
Height (in.) 61 64 67 68 69 69

A Nonlinear; the rate of change is


not constant. 6. Which of the following linear equations
B Nonlinear; the rate of change is does not have a slope equal to -1?
constant. A y = -x
C Linear; the rate of change is not B 3x - 3y = 4
constant.
C x+y=6
D Linear; the rate of change is
D 2y = -2x + 4
constant.

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A27


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.4 (continued)
7. Avery parked her car in a parking 9. Which graph best represents the table
garage. The parking costs are listed in of values below?
the table below.
x 0 1 2 4
Hours 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 y -1 1 3 7
Cost ($) 3 4 5 6 7 8
A y
Which statement best describes the
cost to park in this garage?

A Parking costs $3 for the first O x


half hour plus $1 for each
additional hour.
B Parking costs $3 per hour.
C Parking costs $3 for the first B y

half hour plus $1 for each


additional half hour.
D Parking costs $3 per half hour. O x

8. The table below shows the cost of

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


C y
taking a taxi.

Cost of Taxi Travel


O x
Distance d Cost c
(in miles) (in dollars)
0 4.00
1 4.50 y
D
3 5.50

Which equation represents the


O x
relationship between distance d and
cost c as shown in the table?

A c = 0.50d
B c = 0.50d + 4
C c = 4d
D c = 4d + 0.50

A28 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.5
1. The graph of y ≤ 3x - 2 is shown. 3. The price of a bowl of ice cream at
Gino’s is no more than $3.00 per
y cup plus $0.50 per topping. The
relationship is given by the inequality
y ≤ 0.5x + 3, where x is the number of
toppings and y is the price in dollars.
O x
Which graph shows this inequality?

A y
8
7
6
Which set contains only points that 5
satisfy the inequality? 4
3
A {(3, 1), (5, -1), (1, 4), (0, -3)} 2
1
B {(1, 1), (0, 3), (-3, 3), (-1, -1)} 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x
O
C {(0, -2), (3, -3), (2, 1), (-1, -6)} y
B 8
D {(0, 1), (1, 1), (2, 1), (3, 1)}
7
6
5
4
3
2. Which inequality describes the graph 2
below? 1
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x
y
C y
8
7
6
5
O x 4
3
2
1
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x

A y ≥ -2x + 3 D y
8
B y ≤ 2x - 3 7
6
C y ≥ -3x + 2 5
4
D y ≤ -2x + 3 3
2
1
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A29


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.A.5 (continued)
4. Which graph represents the solution 5. Bryonna is planning a party. She is
set to the inequality 2x - 4 < 6? sending out 30 invitations. She
expects to get responses from no
A y
8 more than 2 out of 3 people. She
6 has graphed the inequality below.
4
2
y
-8 -6-4 O 2 4 6 8x 8
-4 7
-6 6
-8 5
4
y 3
B 8 2
6 1
4
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8x
2
-8 -6-4 O 2 4 6 8x Which inequality represents the data
-4 in the graph?
-6
-8 2x 2x
A y ≤ __ C y < __
3 3
C y
8 2x 2x
6 B y ≥ __ D y > __
3 3
4
2

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


-8 -6-4 O 2 4 6 8x
6. 3 x - 3 is shown.
The graph of y < -__
-4
-6
4
-8
y

D y
8
6
4
2 O x

-8 -6-4 O 2 4 6 8x
-4
-6
-8
Which set contains only points that
satisfy the inequality?

A {(-5, 2), (-2, -4), (2, -3), (7, -9)}


B {(-6, 1), (0, -8), (0, -4), (4, -8)}
C {(-8, 2), (0, -2), (3, -6), (9, -9)}
D {(-6, 1), (-1, -3), (0, -6), (3, -4)}

A30 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.1
1. Which expression is between 4. The drawing below shows a triangular
-33 and -36? manmade pond surrounded by three
square parks.
A -11 √
3
B -3 √
135
C -2 √
17
D -3 √
23

2. Kyle is buying carpet for his square


living room. The dimensions of the room If the areas of the two smaller parks are
are 12 feet as shown below. 225 square yards and 400 square yards,
respectively, what is the length of each
12 feet side of the larger park?

A 20 yards C 30 yards
12 feet B 25 yards D 35 yards

How many square yards of carpet 5. Jerrick can use one of two cube-shaped
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

will Kyle need to cover the floor? boxes for shipping. One box has four-
inch sides and the other has five-inch
A 16
sides. The expression 53 - 43 represents
B 24 the difference in volume between the
C 36 two boxes.
D 144

3. Knowing the volume of a basketball,


3
Kaya calculated its radius to be √216
4 inches 5 inches
inches. Which of the following is the
radius of the ball? What is the value of 53 - 43?

A 6 inches A 1 C 9
B 12 inches B 3 D 61
C 36 inches
D 72 inches

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A31


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.1 (continued)
6. Which choice is more than 15, but less 10. The floor of a room measures 12 feet by
than 16? 10 feet. The room has 9-foot ceilings.
The walls of the room are to be painted.
A √
220 What is the approximate area to be
B √
250 painted in terms of square yards?
C √
260
12 ft
D √
300

Floor 10 ft

7. Which number has the greatest value?


3
A √ 343 A 22 square yards
B 3 3 B 44 square yards
3
C √512 C 198 square yards
3
D √ 216 D 396 square yards

8. Benita is fencing in a 36-square-foot 11. Anessia says the picture on her


area for her dogs. Which of the following bedroom wall has an area equal
are the dimensions that would require to √
2,916 . Which of the following could

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


the least amount of fencing? represent the dimensions of her picture?

A 1 foot by 36 feet A 8× 7
B 3 feet by 12 feet B 9× 6
C 4 feet by 9 feet C 10 × 5
D 6 feet by 6 feet D 12 × 4

9. Which expression is between 30


and 31?

A √
841
B √
894
C √
946
D √
967

A32 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.2
1. The top of a playground slide is 6 feet 3. A 26-ft rope is used to brace a tent pole
above the ground at its highest point. at the county fair. The rope is anchored
The distance from the base of the 10 feet from the base of pole.
ladder to the end of the slide is 4.5 feet.

tent pole
t
6 ft 26 f

4.5 ft

Approximately how long, in feet, is 10 ft


the slide?
How many feet tall is the tent pole?
A 5 feet C 7.5 feet
A 27.8 feet C 18.6 feet
B 5.5 feet D 10.5 feet
B 24 feet D 16 feet
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

2. The diagram shows the side view of a


support bracket used with a bookshelf. 4. Which of the following sets of three side
lengths could represent side lengths of a
14 in. right triangle?
shelf brace

A 6, 8, 10 C 6, 9, 12
B 3, 5, 5 D 1, 2, 3
20 in.
support rod

5. A portable DVD player has a rectangular


screen with a diagonal of 10 inches. If
the width of the screen is 8 inches, what
wall brace is the height of the screen?
To the nearest tenth-inch, what is the
length of the support rod? A 2 inches
B 4.5 inches
A 14.3 inches C 24.4 inches C 6 inches
B 22.5 inches D 29.8 inches D 12.8 inches

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A33


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.2 (continued)
6. The grid shows the locations of some of 8. Manuel is planning to plant a
Lakeisha’s favorite places in town. triangular garden in his backyard.
Which of the dimension should Manuel
FAVORITE PLACES choose if he decides he wants the
garden to be a right triangle?
9
Library
8 A 3.16 feet, 9.5 feet, 10.25 feet
7 B 4.65 feet, 8.35 feet, 13.3 feet
6 C 5 feet, 6 feet, 11 feet
5 D 5.25 feet, 7 feet, 8.75 feet
Pizza Shop
4
Movie Theater
3
2
Grandma’s 9. A ladder is leaning against a house as
1 shown below.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
If each unit represents 1 mile, about
how far will Lakeisha walk if she
travels in a straight line from her 20 ft
Grandma’s house to the movie theater?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


A 2.2 miles C 3.6 miles 12 ft

B 3.1 miles D 5 miles At what height does the ladder reach


the house?

A 2.8 feet
7. The surface of a picnic table is in the B 8 feet
shape of a square shown below.
C 16 feet
D 23.3 feet
4 ft

4 ft 10. Which of the following lengths could


An ant walks along the diagonal of represent side lengths of a right
the picnic table. To the nearest tenth triangle?
of a foot, what would be the distance A 3, 9, 12
in feet that the ant walks?
B 5, 11, 16
A 2.0 feet C 4.0 feet C 7, 9, 12
B 2.8 feet D 5.7 feet D 9, 12, 15

A34 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.3
1. Figure ABCD is a rectangle, m∠BDC 3. What is the measure of ∠ACD?
is 35°, and ∠BEC is a right angle.
"
" #
80‚
&
65‚
# $ %
A 35°
35‚ B 55°
% $
C 130°
What is the measure, in degrees,
D 145°
of ∠DBC?

A 35°
B 45° 4. Which term best describes the two
C 55° angles formed by the intersection of
D 75° Main Street and First Avenue?

ue
en
Av
2.

st
Which two angles in the parallelogram

Fir
are supplementary? 1 2
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Main Street
L K
70˚ A complementary angles
B supplementary angles
70˚ C vertical angles
M J N D corresponding angles

A ∠MJK and ∠KJN


B ∠MLK and ∠MJK
C ∠LMJ and ∠LKJ
D ∠LMJ and ∠NJK

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A35


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.3 (continued)
5. Lines m and n are parallel. Both lines 7. Amelia used a 6-inch radius North
are cut by transversals a and b. Carolina seal on the cover of her history
report. She calculated that the central
b angle for the segment shown is 90°.
a What is the arc length a?

1 6 E STATE
3 OF
TH OF

m MA
Y 20, 1775 N
L

O
EA

RT
a

REAT S

H
5

CAROLIN
2 4

EG
7

TH

A
n 8 
ES
SE
APR
IL 12, 1776

QUAM VIDER
I

The m∠3 = 53° and m∠5 = 106°. A π inches C 3π inches


What is the measure of ∠8?
B 2π inches D 4π inches
A 74°
B 106°
C 127° 8. In a circle with a radius of 100 feet,
D 159° what would be the approximate
length of the arc of the semi-circle,
which has a central angle of 180°?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


6. Alexander is creating a circle graph to
show his survey results. The circle A 314 feet
graph is shown below. B 494 feet
brown
C 628 feet
 D 1800 feet
blue

red
green

What is the measure of the central


angle of the brown segment if the arc
length, , is 3.14, and the radius of the
circle is 6 inches?

A 30° C 90°
B 45° D 135°

A36 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.G.4
1. Point A with coordinates (-3, -1) is 3. The point (5, 4) is graphed on a
shown on the coordinate grid below. coordinate grid. If it is rotated 270°
counterclockwise about the origin, what
y
will be the new coordinates?

A (-5, 4)
B (-4, -5)
O x C (-5, -4)
A
D (4, -5)

4. Triangle QRS is shown on the


What would be the coordinates of A
coordinate grid below.
following a 90° counterclockwise
rotation about the origin? y

A (3, 1)
B (1, 3)
C (1, –3)
O S x
D (–3, 1)
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Q R
2. Triangle ABC is shown on the
If the triangle is rotated 270°
coordinate grid below.
clockwise about the origin, in which
y
quadrant will it be located?

A Quadrant I
B Quadrant II
B C Quadrant III
A C x D Quadrant IV
O

This triangle is rotated 180° about


the origin. What will be the new
coordinates of point A after the
rotation?

A (-1, 1) C (1, -1)


B (-1, -1) D (1, 1)

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A37


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.M.1
1. A famous legend states that when the 3. An artist has been asked to paint a
North Carolina capital building was reproduction of a mural in the local
constructed in 1840, paver stones city hall entryway. The reproduction is
with metal rings were installed in to be one half the length and width of
each hallway to allow for access to a the original 4,900-square inch mural.
passageway below ground level. How
many times greater is the area of a Area = 4,900 in.2
square paver with 24-inch sides than
the area of a paver with 16-inch sides?

A 0.75 times the area x


B 1.5 times the area
C 2.25 times the area
D 3 times the area x

2. Eric buys a small can of paint that


can cover 512 square feet. He
originally painted a rectangle in the To determine how much paint she will
bus parking lot that was 8 feet by need, the artist must calculate the
16 feet. How can he increase the area of the new mural. What is the

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


dimensions of the painted rectangle so area in square inches?
that he uses the entire can of paint?
A 3,675 square inches
A increase the length and width by 4
B 2,450 square inches
B double the length and width
C 1,225 square inches
C quadruple the length and width
D 70 square inches
D increase the length and width by 8

A38 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.M.1 (continued)
4. The box shown below is a rectangular 6. The North Carolina quarter was
prism. released in 2001. Fernando stacks
10 quarters to form a cylinder as
) ( shown below. Each quarter is
1 millimeter thick.
'
&
$
% H CARO
RT 1789 LI
O Diameter

N
N

A
FIRST FLIGHT
" # = 24 mm
If the length, width, and height of the
box are each doubled, what is the E
PL 2 0 01 UM
URIBUS UN

effect on the volume of the box?


Consider the volume of this cylinder.
A The new volume will be twice the If the stack of quarters doubles in
original volume. height to 20 quarters, what effect
B The new volume will be four times will this have on the volume of
the original volume. the cylinder?
C The new volume will be six times
A The volume will double.
the original volume.
B The volume will quadruple.
D The new volume will be eight
times the original volume. C The volume cannot be determined.
D The volume will be ten times
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

greater.

5. The figure shown is a rectangular


prism.
7. Carlotta covers two vegetable cans
with paper for an architecture project.
4 in.
The cans are cylinders. The radius
and height of the larger can are twice
6 in. that of the smaller can. Which of the
8 in. following describes the surface area
of the larger can?
What effect does doubling each of the
dimensions have on the surface area A The surface area is 8 times that of
of the prism? the smaller can.
B The surface area is 4 times that
A The surface area will be the same.
of the smaller can.
B The surface area will double.
C The surface area is 2 times that of
C The surface area will quadruple. the smaller can.
D The surface area will increase by D The surface area is half that of the
208 square inches. smaller can.

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A39


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.S.1
1. Amisha has 4 red shirts, 3 blue shirts, 4. Henry has a jar containing
2 purple shirts, and 1 white shirt in 50 marbles. There are 15 white,
her drawer. She also has 3 blue skirts, 12 green, 10 blue, 8 black, and 5 red
2 black skirts, and 1 brown skirt in marbles in the jar. Henry randomly
her closet. If she selects one shirt and selects two marbles, one at a time,
one skirt at random, what is the without replacement. What is the
probability she selects a blue shirt probability of Henry choosing two
and blue skirt? red marbles?
3
A ___ 1
A ___
20 10
1
B __ 4
B ___
3 49
3
C __ 1
C ____
8 100
4
D __ 2
D ____
5 245

2. The population of Brevard is 6,716. Of 5. Ginny has a number cube with sides
these people, 199 live in rural areas of numbered 1 through 6. If she rolls the
the city and 6,517 live in urban areas. cube once, what is the probability the
If a Brevard resident’s name is chosen result will be an even number?

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


at random to win a free lilac tree,
A 0 1
C __
what is the approximate probability 3
that the winner is a rural resident? 1
__ 1
__
B D
6 2
A 3%
B 10%
C 58% 6. Cole is playing a game in which he
D 97% flips a coin and then rolls a number
cube with sides numbered 1 through
6. What is the probability of the coin
landing on heads and rolling an odd
3. A coin is tossed two times. What is the number?
probability that it will land heads up
both times? 1
A ___ 1
C __
12 4
A 0 1
B __ 1
D __
3 2
B 0.25
C 0.5
D 1

A40 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.S.2
1. Which of the following scatter plots 2. The scatter plot shows data points
represents a negative correlation? and a line of best fit for lemonade
sales as a function of the outside
A temperature.
Gas in Tank

LEMONADE SALES

80

Cups Sold
60

40
Miles Driven
20
B
70 75 80 85 90
Gas in Tank

Temperature (°F)

Which is the best prediction for


the number of sales when the
temperature reaches 90°F?
Miles Driven A 65 cups
C B 80 cups
C 90 cups
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Gas in Tank

D 110 cups

3. The line of best fit for the profits of a


Miles Driven 5-year-old company is shown below.
D
COMPANY PROFITS
y
(in millions of dollars)
Gas in Tank

4
Profit

0
2 4 6 8 x

Miles Driven Years

Which of the following equations


appears to best represent the line?

A y=x 1 x - __
C y = __ 1
2 2
B y = 3x + 2 3 x - __
D y = __ 1
2 2

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A41


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.S.2 (continued)
4. A basketball coach tracks the number 5. Which statement best describes the
of free throws that her team takes relationship shown on the scatter plot?
each game and the total points scored
during that game. The table shows the y

results of that tracking.

Demand
Basketball Score Tracking
Free Throws Total Points
4 35
x
6 48
Price
3 30
7 45 A As price increases, demand
decreases.
9 55
7 50 B As price increases, demand
increases.
4 25
8 49 C As demand decreases, price
increases.
5 36
D There is no relationship between
A scatter plot on the grid below shows price and demand.
the relationship between the free
throws taken in a game and the total

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


points scored during that game.
6. The scatter plot shows the relationship
y between the year of business and the
60
Total Points Scored

50 number of digital cameras sold.


40
30 DIGITAL CAMERA
20 SALES
10 600
x
Number of Digital

500
Cameras Sold

0 2 4 6 8 10 400
Number of Free Throws 300
200
Which of the following lines best fits
100
the scatter plot?
0
Ye r 1
Ye 2

Ye r 4
5
Ye r 3
ar

ar
a

A y = 5x + 15
a
a
Ye

Year of Business
B y = 40
C y = 5x + 55 Which of the following lines best fits
the data?
D y = 3x + 10
A y = 133x + 200 C y = 50x
B y = 300x - 700 D y = 135x

A42 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.S.2 (continued)
7. The graph shows a line of best fit for a 9. The line of best fit for the data in the
scatter plot that shows the cost of scatter plot below can be expressed as
tacos at vendor booths at a fair. y = -0.5x + 7.

TACO COSTS y
9
Total Cost (in dollars)

6 8
5 7
4 6
3 5
2 4
1 3
2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1
Number of Tacos
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9x
According to the line, what will be the
cost to buy 15 tacos? What is the best estimate for y when
x = 12?
A $3
A y=1 C y = -13
B $5
B y = -9.5 D y = -53
C $8
D $12

10. Which equation represents the line of best


fit for the data shown in the scatter plot
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

8. What type of relation is shown by the below?


scatter plot?
y
4 9
y 8
7
3 6
College GPA

5
2 4
3
2
1
1
x O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9x
0 1 2 3 4
High School GPA 2x + 3
A y = -__
A positive correlation 3
B 7x + 4
y = __
B negative correlation 2
C no relation C y - 3 = 2x
D linear relation D 3y = 2x + 9

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A43


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.S.3
1. Which, if any, of the points in the 4. The weights, in pounds, of some
following data set is an outlier? puppies are listed below.
77, 79, 80, 86, 87, 87, 94, 99 6, 8, 9, 40, 9

A 77 The 40 was written by mistake. It


should be 4. Which of the following
B 87
is true?
C 99
D No data point is an outlier A The mean will not change.
according to the formula. B The median will not change.
C The mode will not change.
D The mean, median, and mode
2. Which statement is true for the will all change.
data represented in the box and
whisker plot?

/6.#&30'803,&34
5. A veterinarian weighs each dog
she treats. She weighs seven dogs
on Friday. The list of weights is
shown below.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
27, 33, 28, 6, 36, 35, 40
A 12 is an outlier

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


B 30 is an outlier Calculate the mean and median, find
the outlier, and recalculate the mean
C 5 is an outlier
and median after excluding the
D no data point is an outlier outlier. Which statement is true?

A The median and mean are


unchanged.
3. Thad recorded the heights, in B The mean and median both
centimeters, of pea plants growing increase.
in the classroom. The data are
listed below. C The mean and median both
decrease.
4, 7, 5, 6, 6, 7, 4, 13, 2 D The mean increases and the
Which point is an outlier? median remains unchanged.

A 2
B 6
C 13
D No data point is an outlier.

A44 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice by Essential Standard


Name Date

Practice by Essential Standard


8.S.3 (continued)
6. Reza turned in seven science 8. Jalissa surveyed 8 of her close friends
homework assignments during the and asked them what their favorite
third quarter. He received the song was. Of the 8 students surveyed,
following scores. 6 indicated that a certain dance song
was their favorite. Jalissa concluded
72, 66, 85, 80, 94, 70, 79
that 75% of the 1,800 students in her
Reza’s teacher allows students to drop school would choose this song as their
their lowest homework score before favorite. Which of the following
the grade is calculated. To the nearest describes the flaw in Jalissa’s study?
tenth, how many points will the mean
of Reza’s scores increase if he drops A She asked only students who
his lowest homework score for the listened to music.
third quarter? B She asked only 8 students, all of
whom were friends.
A 9.4 points
C She asked for one favorite song,
B 4.2 points when she should have asked for
C 2.0 points three favorite songs.
D 0.2 points D She surveyed only students.

7. Silvia took a poll to find out which 9. Margaret published the salaries
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

team people think will win a football of local company presidents in


game between the University of the newspaper. The salaries are
Florida and North Carolina State listed below.
University. She asked every third
$62,000, $59,000, $110,000, $75,000
person leaving a high school football
$1,500,000, $140,000, $98,000
game in Raleigh.
She calculated that the average
Which of the following methods could
company president salary was
reduce the sampling error?
$292,000. What can be concluded
A asking every fifth person about the average salary.
B asking only men A Margaret calculated the mean,
C asking and equal number of people which is skewed by the outlier.
who support each university B Margaret calculated the median.
D asking people to also predict C The mean and the median are both
the score representative averages for
the data.
D The median is not representative
due to the outlier.

Practice by Essential Standard North Carolina, Grade 8 A45


Name Date

Countdown to the EOG


6 Weeks Until the Test
Monday
1. The data displayed represent what type Effect of Study Time on Test Scores
of relationship? 100
90
A a positive correlation where the y values are 80
70
exactly predicted by the line of best fit

Test Score
60
B a negative correlation where the y values are 50
40
exactly predicted by the line of best fit 30
C a positive correlation where the y values are 20
10
approximately predicted by the line of best fit
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
D a negative correlation where the y values are Time (min)
approximately predicted by the line of best fit

Tuesday Wednesday
2. Which list orders the numbers from 3. Which expressions is equivalent to
least to greatest? the expression below?

7 , √7 3j + b + 4b + s + 2j + 5b + 2s
A 2, 2.5, __ 
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

3
A 5j + 10b + 3s
B 7 , 2.5, √
2, __ 7
3 B 5j + 10b + 2s
C 5j + 9b + 3s
C √ 7 , 2.5, 2
7 , __
3 D 5j + 9b + 2s
7, 2
7 , 2.5, __
D √
3

Thursday Friday
4. A park has an area of 4x(2x + 5) 5. A toy box in the shape of a cube has
square miles. Which expression is a volume V of 8 cubic feet. What is
equivalent to 4x(2x + 5)? true about the length s of an edge of
the toy box?
A 6x + 5 C 8x2 + 4x
B 11x D 8x2 + 20x A s = 83 C s = 82
3
B s = √8 D s = √8

Countdown to the EOG North Carolina, Grade 8 A47


Name Date

Countdown to the EOG


5 Weeks Until the Test
Monday
1. The drawing shows an area model of (8x + 32) square ? cm
centimeters. Which pair of expressions represents possible
dimensions in centimeters of the model? ? cm (8x + 32) cm2

A x , 7x + 32
B 8, x + 24
C 8, x + 4
D 4x + 16, 4x + 16

Tuesday Wednesday
2. What is the value of x in the triangle 3. A rectangular box is used for
below? shipping. If all of the dimensions of
the box are doubled, which statement
is true about the new box?
x ft
9 ft A The volume is twice the volume of
the original box.
12 ft
B The surface area is twice the

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


surface area of the original box.
A √
21 C 21 C The volume is eight times the
B 15 D 225 volume of the original box.
D The surface area is eight times
the surface area of the original
box.

Thursday Friday
4. What is the slope of the graph of 5. Solve for k:
4x + 3y = 10?
3(k + 2) = 5k + 10
4 3
__
A -__ C 1
3 4 A -2 C __
2
3
B -__ 4
D __
4 3 1
B -__ D 2
2

A48 North Carolina, Grade 8 Countdown to the EOG


Name Date

Countdown to the EOG


4 Weeks Until the Test
Monday
1. Which linear inequality is shown by the graph? y

A y < 1.5x + 3
B y > 1.5x + 3
C y ≤ 1.5x + 3 O x
D y ≥ 1.5x + 3

Tuesday Wednesday
2. Which number is included in the 3. Which is the best estimate of the
solution to 6k + 3 < 8k + 10? length of one side of a a square
garden with an area of 58 square
A -5 feet?
B -4
7 A between 6 and 7 feet
C -__
2 B between 7 and 8 feet
D -3 C between 8 and 9 feet
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

D between 9 and 10 feet

Thursday Friday
4. At a store, a notebook costs $3 and a 5. Which statement best describes
pen costs $1. Mrs. Martinez spent the similarities of the graphs
$20 for n notebooks and p pens. The 6x + 3y = 20 and y = -2x + 5?
equation 3n + p = 20 represents the
situation. Which ordered pair (n, p) A The x-intercepts are the same.
represents how many items Mrs. B The y-intercepts are the same.
Martinez bought? C The lines are parallel.
A (3, 7) D The graphs are identical.
B (3, 9)
C (3, 11)
D (3, 13)

Countdown to the EOG North Carolina, Grade 8 A49


Name Date

Countdown to the EOG


3 Weeks Until the Test
Monday
1. The enrollments for the first eight years of a Charter School Enrollment
charter school are shown in the graph. Based on
850
the line of best fit shown, what would be the

Number of Students
800
school enrollment in Year 10? 750
700
A 850 students 650
B 835 students 600
550
C 810 students
D 780 students 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Year

Tuesday Wednesday
2. Ortiz played a game in which he 3. Angle AOB is a straight angle.
needed to toss a number cube twice.
What is the probability that Ortiz
would toss a 4 then a 3?

A 28% C 3% 135° x°

B 27% D 2% A O B

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


What is the value of x?

A 35 C 135
B 45 D 180

Thursday Friday
4. The ages of 17 people attending a 5. A toy repair shop has replacement
movie are shown below. tires for bikes and kiddie cars. The
equation 20 = 2x + 4y shows the
23 21 24 16 15 25 36 9 27
total number of in-stock tires for
28 30 65 38 41 33 20 3
x bikes and y kiddie cars. Which
Which age(s) can be considered an aspect of the graph of the equation
outlier? represents the number of kiddie cars
when there are no bikes?
A 3 C 3 and 65
B 3 and 9 D 65 A slope C y-intercept
B x-intercept D unit rate

A50 North Carolina, Grade 8 Countdown to the EOG


Name Date

Countdown to the EOG


2 Weeks Until the Test
Monday
1. In the graph at the right, point A is the image produced by y
4
rotating point A about the origin. What angle of rotation 3 A
was used to produce point A? A 2
1

A 90° counterclockwise -4 -3 -2 O 1 2 3 4x
-2
B 180° counterclockwise -3
C 270° counterclockwise -4

D 360° counterclockwise

Tuesday Wednesday
2. At a carnival game, a wheel has 12 3. The diagonal of a television screen
equal-sized sections. Landing on one measures 42 inches. The width of the
of the sections wins the player an television screen measures 21 inches.
extra spin. What is the chance of a What is the approximate length of
player winning an extra spin two the television screen?
times in a row?
A 1,323 in. C 36 in.
1
A __ 1
C ____
6 132 B 63 in. D 21 in.
1 1
B ___ D ____
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

12 144

Thursday Friday
4. In the figure, ℓ and m are parallel 5. What is the equation of the line that
lines. contains the points (3, 7), and (0, 2)?
p 3x + 2
A y = __
5
5x + 2
B y = __
 1 2 3
3 4
C y = 3x + 2
m
60° 5 D y = 10x + 2

Which statement is true?


A Angle 1 measures 30°.
B Angle 1 measures 60°.
C Angle 3 measures 30°.
D Angle 3 measures 60°.

Countdown to the EOG North Carolina, Grade 8 A51


Name Date

Countdown to the EOG


1 Weeks Until the Test
Monday
1. Rectangle ABCD in the graph at the right represents 5
y
D A
the original location of the bed in Abileen’s room. 4
Rectangle ABCD represents its new location. 3
2
What angle of rotation about the origin did she use 1 C B
to rotate her bed? -5 -4 -3-2 O 1 2 3 4 5x
B C
-2
A 90° clockwise -3
B 180° counterclockwise -4
-5
C 270° clockwise A D
D 270° counterclockwise

Tuesday Wednesday
2. The yearly salaries of seven employees 3. Which proportion can be used to find
at a department store are listed below. the length x of arc AB?
$26,000 $28,500 $32,000 $37,500 x
A ___ 30
= ____
$37,500 $46,500 $49,000 8π 360
x = ____
B ___ 360 A
Which statistical measure is most 8π 30 30° x

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


affected if the $49,000 employee is B
x = ____
C ____ 30 8m
promoted to a position with a salary 16π 360
of $65,000?
x
D ____ 360
= ____
16π 30
A mean C mode
B median D interquartile
range

Thursday Friday
4. Salina graphed a data set to make a 5. Which set contains only irrational
scatter plot and determined that the numbers?
line of best fit goes through (0, 2) and
(3, -1). What is the equation of her A {2, 5, 7, 10}
line of best fit for the data? B {__12, __23, 1__34, ___
15
2}
A y=x+2 C y = -x + 2 C {0.25, √
36 , √
90 , π}
B y=x-2 D y = -x - 2
D { √
5 , √10
, √
30 , √
37 }

A52 North Carolina, Grade 8 Countdown to the EOG


Name Date

Practice Test
Student Answer Document
Record your answers by coloring in the appropriate bubble for the best answer to
each question.

1 A B C D 28 A B C D 55 A B C D

2 A B C D 29 A B C D 56 A B C D

3 A B C D 30 A B C D 57 A B C D

4 A B C D 31 A B C D 58 A B C D

5 A B C D 32 A B C D 59 A B C D

6 A B C D 33 A B C D 60 A B C D

7 A B C D 34 A B C D 61 A B C D

8 A B C D 35 A B C D 62 A B C D

9 A B C D 36 A B C D 63 A B C D

10 A B C D 37 A B C D 64 A B C D

11 A B C D 38 A B C D 65 A B C D

12 A B C D 39 A B C D 66 A B C D

13 A B C D 40 A B C D 67 A B C D

14 A B C D 41 A B C D 68 A B C D

15 A B C D 42 A B C D 69 A B C D

16 A B C D 43 A B C D 70 A B C D
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

17 A B C D 44 A B C D 71 A B C D

18 A B C D 45 A B C D 72 A B C D

19 A B C D 46 A B C D 73 A B C D

20 A B C D 47 A B C D 74 A B C D

21 A B C D 48 A B C D 75 A B C D

22 A B C D 49 A B C D 76 A B C D

23 A B C D 50 A B C D 77 A B C D

24 A B C D 51 A B C D 78 A B C D

25 A B C D 52 A B C D 79 A B C D

26 A B C D 53 A B C D 80 A B C D

27 A B C D 54 A B C D

Student Answer Document North Carolina, Grade 8 A53


Name Date

Practice Test
1. A scientist fills a tank with 400 liters 3. What is the slope of the line graphed
of water. Then, he drains the tank at a below?
1 liters every 2 minutes. How
rate of 5__
2 CABBAGE SOUP
many minutes will it take for the
q

Amount of Soup
amount of water in the tank to reach 4

(in quarts)
356 liters? 3
2
A 14 minutes 1
c
B 16 minutes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Chicken Broth (in cups)
C 18 minutes
D 20 minutes
1
A __
2
3
2. The relationship between the number B __
4
of unopened water bottles in a cooler
4
and the total amount of water can be C __
3
represented by the discrete function
w = 34b, where b is the number of D 2
bottles and w is the amount of water
in fluid ounces.
4. Kelsey has completed 7 hours of
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

BOTTLES OF WATER community service for her leadership


w class. She plans to complete 9 hours of
Amount of Water

170
(in fluid ounces)

community service per month for the


136
102 next several months. Which equation
68 shows the relationship between h hours
34 of service and m months?
b
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A h = 9m - 7
Water Bottles
B h = 16m
Based on the graph, what is the
predicted amount of water when there C h = 7m + 9
are 8 bottles? D h = 9m + 7

A 4.25 fluid ounces


B 204 fluid ounces
C 238 fluid ounces
D 272 fluid ounces

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A55


5. Which graph shows a line with a slope 6. According to the table, which North
equal to zero? Carolina county is closest to having
1 of its population under 18 years old?
__
A WATER LEVEL 5
w
30 Percent of Population Under
Level (in inches)

25 18 Years Old
20 County Percent
15
Alleghany 18.8
10
5 Buncombe 21.5
t
Dare 21.3
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time (in minutes) Montgomery 25.0

B WATER LEVEL Wayne 25.7

w
30 A Alleghany
Level (in inches)

25
B Buncombe
20
15 C Dare
10 D Montgomery
5
t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time (in minutes) 7. Four students each tried to simplify
C WATER LEVEL this expression:

30
w
( -__15 ) × 8__13 - 3__34 ÷ ( -1___
17
28 )
Level (in inches)

25
20 Their results are shown in the table
15 below.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


10
5
t Student Solutions
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2
__
Avery -4 Alex 3
Time (in minutes)
WATER LEVEL 2
-__
D Jack
3
Nate 4
w
30 Who arrived at the correct answer?
Level (in inches)

25
20 A Avery
15
10 B Jack
5 C Alex
t
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D Nate
Time (in minutes)

A56 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


8. The table shows the linear relationship 11. Jacque burns 3 calories per minute
between the distance, d, remaining on while working out. Next week, he will
Dena’s road trip, and the number of increase the intensity of his workout
hours, h, traveled. so that he burns 4 calories per minute.
If Jacque creates a line graph showing
Dena’s Road Trip the number of calories burned per
Time Distance Remaining minute for each week, which of the
(in hours) (in miles) following best describes the two lines?
0 180
A The two lines are parallel.
1 135
B The two lines intersect.
2 90
C The line for week 2 is 1 unit above
3 45
the line for week 1.
What does the y-intercept of the graph D The line for week 1 is 1 unit above
of this data represent? the line for week 2.
A The distance of the road trip is
180 miles.
12. A painter found the diagonal
___ of a
B Dena has traveled halfway after rectangular canvas to be √52 feet.
___
2 hours. What type of real number is √ 52 ?
C Dena is traveling at 45 miles
per hour. A rational
D After 1 hour, Dena has 135 miles B irrational
left. C whole
D integer

9. Which of the following equations


Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

is true? 13. A gym has two membership plans.


3
____ The price, p, depends on the number
A √125 ____ = 5
3

3
of months, m.
B √125 = 5
____ Gold Plan: p = 10m + 180
C √125 = 53
____ Silver Plan: p = 30m + 20
D √125 = 5
Which best describes the graph of the
linear equations above?
____
10. Which point represents |-√175 |? A The lines are parallel.
B The lines are perpendicular.
" # $ %
C The lines intersect at a point.
11 12 13 14 15 D The lines are congruent.

A A
B B
C C
D D

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A57


14. Heather started collecting Scotch 16. Which is an accurate description of
bonnet seashells, a shell found the graph shown below?
primarily off Ocracoke Island. She
began with 14 shells. She then VINCE’S CHECKING
collected 8 shells each week for ACCOUNT
several weeks. Which table shows this a
432

Amount (in dollars)


relationship, where s represents 360
Heather’s total number of shells? 288
216
A Heather’s Collection 144
72
Weeks (w) 0 1 2 3 t
Shells (s) 14 22 30 38 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Time (in months)

B Heather’s Collection
A Vince has $0 in his account at the
Weeks (w) 1 2 3 4
beginning of the year and makes
Shells (s) 14 22 30 38 deposits of $40 per month.
B Vince has $360 dollars in his
C Heather’s Collection account at the beginning of the
Weeks (w) 0 1 2 3 year and $0 in his account at the
Shells (s) 8 22 36 40 end of the year.
C Vince deposits $360 at the
D beginning of the year and then
Heather’s Collection
makes deposits of $30 per month.
Weeks (w) 0 1 2 3
D Vince has $0 in his account at the
Shells (s) 0 14 28 42
beginning of the year and then has

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


an automatic payment of $30 per
month deducted.
15. What is the measure of ∠ x ?

17. In the diagram below, the measure


45˚ of ∠4 is 48°.

1 2
55˚ x 3 4
5 6
7 8
A 80°
B 90 What is the measure of ∠1?
C 100°
A 42° C 96°
D 120°
B 48° D 132°

A58 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


18. The table shows the relationship 20. Leona stacks bricks on a shipping
between m, the number of family pallet. The graph shows the maximum
memberships sold for the North weight of the pallet as bricks are
Carolina Zoological Society, and r, the added.
total revenue.
WEIGHT OF BRICKS
y
NC Zoological Socity (2010) 60

Weight of Pallet
(in pounds)
50
Memberships (m) 1 2 3 4 40
Revenue (r ) $59 $118 $177 $236 30
20
10
Which equation represents the data
O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
written in slope-intercept form?
Number of Bricks
A m + r = 59 Which linear inequality is represented
B m = 59r by the graph?
C r = m + 59
A y ≤ 10x + 10
D r = 59m
B y ≥ x + 10
C y ≤ 2x + 20
19. In the figure below lines l and m are D y ≤ 5x + 10
parallel.

21. Which of the following situations can


1 2 be represented by the graph of a

3 4 linear function?

A the speed of a roller coaster ride


5 6
m
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7 8 with respect to time


B the height of a spoke on a rotating
bicycle wheel with respect to time
Which angles are corresponding
angles? C the height of a ball thrown into the
air with respect to time
A ∠1 and ∠2 D the circumference of a circle with
B ∠2 and ∠3 respect to diameter
C ∠5 and ∠7
D ∠4 and ∠8

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A59


22. William borrowed some money from 24. At 208 feet tall, the Cape Hatteras
his brother Kyle to buy a new Lighthouse is the tallest brick
computer. The table below shows the lighthouse along the
__
East Coast.
remaining balance after each √
h
The formula t = ___ 4
represents the
payment.
time, t, in seconds that it takes an
object to fall from a height of h feet.
Loan Repayment
Approximately how many seconds
Number of
Balance (b) will it take a ball dropped from the
Payments (p)
top of the lighthouse to reach the
1 $900
ground?
2 $800
3 $700 A 52 seconds
4 $600 B 26 seconds
5 $500 C 14.4 seconds
The points (p, b) are solutions to D 3.6 seconds
which linear equation?

A b = 900p 25. A theme park log ride releases water


B b = 100p + 900 in cycles. The cycles and the
C b = -100p + 1000 accumulative total gallons of water
released are shown in the table.
D b = 900p - 1

Ride Cycles
23. Carlos bought a new cell phone. The Accumulative
Cycle Number Gallons of Water
graph below represents maximum cost
Released
he is willing to pay for the phone

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


1 50,000
usage based on the number of minutes
2 100,000
he uses.
3 150,000
CELL PHONE USAGE 4 200,000
25 5 250,000
Total Cost (in dollars)

20
15
Let the cycle number be x and
10
accumulative gallons be y. Which
5
linear equation represents the data?

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 A y = 50,000x


Number of Minutes B y = 50,000 + x
Which of the following is a solution to C y = x + 50,000
the linear inequality represented by D y = 2x + 50,000
the graph?

A (40, 15) C (100, 20)


B (0, 10) D (140, 10)

A60 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


26. Two number cubes are rolled. One is 29. Which scatterplot shows the negative
labeled from 1 to 6, and the other is relationship between the number
labeled from 7 to 12. Which statement of gallons of gas remaining in a
is true? motorcycle’s tank and the number of
miles driven since the tank was filled?
A Rolling a sum of 9 is more probable
than rolling a sum of 10. A
B Rolling a sum of 15 is more

Gas in Tank
probable than rolling a sum of 11.
C Rolling a sum of 16 is more
probable than rolling sum of 12.
D Rolling a sum of 13 is the most
probable.
Miles Driven

B
27. Which equation is equivalent to

Gas in Tank
2(3x - 1) = 14 - x?

A 6x - 2 - x = 14
B 6x - 1 + x = 14
C 2(3x - 1) - x = 14
Miles Driven
D 7x - 2 = 14
C
Gas in Tank
28. Which of the following terms best
describes the relationship between the
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

angles shown below?

Miles Driven

22˚
D
68˚
Gas in Tank

A complementary
B corresponding
C supplementary
D vertical Miles Driven

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A61


30. Jill, Anika, and Terrance are playing a 32. What is the value of x?
game with the spinner below.

15 m
9m
2 3
1 4
9 5 x
8 7 6
A 6 meters
If the pointer lands on a multiple of 2, B 12 meters
Jill gets a point. If the pointer lands C 17.5 meters
on a factor of 16, Anika gets a point. If D 24 meters
the pointer lands on a value less than
5, Terrance gets a point. Which
statement describes the fairness of
33. If the triangle shown on the
this game?
coordinate grid below is rotated 90°
A The game is not fair; Jill is more counterclockwise about the origin, in
likely to get a point than Terrance. which quadrant will the triangle be?
B The game is not fair; Terrance is y
more likely to get a point than
Anika.
C The game is not fair; Jill is more
likely to get a point than Anika.
D The game is fair; each player is x
equally likely to get a point. O
B

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


31. Which expression is between -29 A
C
and -30?
__
A -12√8
___
B -3√98 A Quadrant I
___
C -6√10 B Quadrant II
___
D -2√27 C Quadrant III
D Quadrant IV

A62 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


34. Which of the following is not a perfect 38. Which graph represents y ≥ __12 x -__12 ?
cube?
A y

A 8 cubic units
B 9 cubic units
C 27 cubic units O x
D 216 cubic units

35. What is the solution for the inequality B y

-3x + 5 ≥ -4?

A x ≥3
O x
B x ≤3
C x ≥ -3
D x ≤ -3
C y

36. Lines m and n are parallel.


C m O x
40˚

130˚ n y
D
A B
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

What is the measure of ∠CBA?


O x
A 40°
B 50°
C 80°
D 130°

39. Which of the following could not be


37. Madison writes the inequality below the area of a square?
to represent the number of hours she
A 169
can work per week. What is the
solution to the inequality? B 110
C 81
15.8 + y ≤ 50
D 9
A y ≤ 34.2
B y ≤ 33.8
C y ≥ 33.8
D y ≥ 34.2

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A63


40. In a triangular sail, the height is 42. A pet store charges the same price
known as the luff (P), the length of for every goldfish in its inventory.
the base is known as the foot (E), and Which of the following graphs could
the distance between the outer represent the relationship between
corners is known as the leech. the number of goldfish a customer
buys and the total price paid?

A
Leech 40
P
35

Price (dollars)
30
25
E 20
_______ 15
Leech = √P2 + E2 10
5

Minh is measuring the dimensions of 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20


this triangular mainsail. He finds the Number of Goldfish
luff is 10 meters and the foot is 4
B
meters. What is the best estimate of 40
the length of the leech? 35

Price (dollars)
30
A 10 meters 25
20
B 11 meters 15
C 13 meters 10
5
D 14 meters
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Number of Goldfish
41. A Pythagorean Triple is a set of three

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


C 40
positive integers that could be side 35
lengths of a right triangle. Kandra
Price (dollars)

30
needs to create a list of these for an 25
extra credit assignment. Which set 20
does not belong on Kandra’s list? 15
10
A 5, 12, 13 5

B 6, 8, 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

C 7, 24, 25 Number of Goldfish

D 8, 13, 15 D
40
35
Price (dollars)

30
25
20
15
10
5

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Number of Goldfish

A64 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


43. Which of the following tables does not 44. The equation y = 40x + 51.87 shows
represent a linear relationship? the relationship between y, the total
cost a web-page designer charges to
A develop an Internet site, and x, the
Payments in First Six Months number of hours she works on the
Month Total Amount Paid site.
1 $1,725 Which ordered pair is not a solution
2 $1,950 for the equation?
3 $2,175
A (2, 131.87)
4 $2,400
B (3, 171.87)
5 $2,625
6 $2,850 C (4, 191.87)
D (5, 251.87)
B
Free–Falling Objects
Time 45. Mr. Barns is moving merchandise
Height (in meters) into a new store. The merchandise is
(in seconds)
0 100 packed into boxes with the dimensions
1 95 shown below.
2 80
18 in.
3 55

C
Sightseeing Tour Costs 12 in.
Number of
Total Cost (in dollars) 8 in.
Students
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

5 $75 What would be the effect on the


10 $100 volume of the box if the dimensions
15 $125 were doubled?
20 $150 A The volume is doubled.
B The volume is quadrupled.
D
C The volume is eight times as much.
Time Needed to Knit a Scarf
Length, n Time, t D The volume is squared.
(in feet) (in hours)
3 2.7
5 4.5
7 6.3

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A65


46. The temperature of heated metal can 49. The formula A = bh can be used to
be evaluated, using the function find the area, A, of a parallelogram
t = 12.56s + 10, where t is the with base, b, and height, h. If the area
temperature and s is the time in of a parallelogram is 12 square
seconds that a piece of metal is meters, which of the following
heated. equations is equivalent to A = bh?
What is the value of t when s = 3? A b = 12h
A 4.18 h
B b = ___
B 37.68 12
C 12
b = ___
C 42.56 h
D 47.68
D b = h - 12

47. Rashan recorded the ages of six of his


50. The Shafers are building a new house.
friends. The ages are listed below.
Mr. Shafer would like the rectangular
12, 13, 121, 12, 13, 12 family room to be 288 square feet.
The number 121 was written by Which of the following length and
mistake. It should be 11. If Rashan width pairs is not a possible set of
corrects the mistake, which of the dimensions for the family room?
following statements is true? A 8 feet by 36 feet
A The mean will not change. B 12 feet by 24 feet
B The median will not change. C 14 feet by 16 feet
C The mode will not change. D 16 feet by 18 feet

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


D All measures of central tendency
will change.
51. The table shows the relationship
between m, the number of movies
48. Mariah is designing a garden in the rented, and c, the total cost.
shape of a right triangle. Which could
be the lengths, in meters, of the sides Online Movie Rental
of the garden? Movies (m) 1 2 3 4
Cost (c) $17.50 $20 $22.50 $25
A 6.5, 7.5, 8.5
B 7.5, 10, 15 Which equation represents the
C 7.5, 12.5, 19.5 relationship shown in the table?
D 12.5, 30, 32.5 A c = 17.5m
B c = 2.5m + 15
C c = 5m + 12.5
D c = 8.5m + 9

A66 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


52. The scatterplot shows the relationship 55. What would be the approximate slope
between the free throws taken in a of a line of best fit for the data
basketball game and the total points graphed?
scored during that game.
y
y
Total Points Scored 60
50

Demand
40
30
20
10
x x

0 2 4 6 8 10 Price
Number of Free Throws

Which of the following lines best fits A 2


the scatterplot?
B 1
A y = -5x + 10
C 1
__
B y = -3x + 10 2
C y = 5x + 15
D -1
D y = 10x

56. The graph below shows the monthly


53. Which statement describes the operating cost of a daycare center.
relationship between the lines given
by the equations y = -3x + 2 and CENTER OPERATING COSTS
x = 0.5y - 1.5? 8000
Operating Costs (Dollars)
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

7000
A they are parallel 6000
B they are perpendicular 5000
4000
C they intersect, but are not 3000
perpendicular 2000
D they are congruent 1000

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Number of Children
54. When Jorell adopted his dog, Poco, If this pattern continues, what are the
it weighed 15 pounds. Over the past
operating costs for 10 children?
few weeks, Poco’s weight increased
by 18%. How many pounds does A $8,000
Poco weigh now? B $10,000
A 2.7 pounds C $15,000
B 16.8 pounds D $50,000
C 17.7 pounds
D 33 pounds

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A67


57. At Duke University, the center circle 60. Yvonne is tiling her kitchen in the
of the basketball court has a radius of pattern shown below.
6 feet. What is the arc length, in feet,
of the semicircle? 10 + 3

10 10 × 10 10 × 3

2
2 × 10 2×3

Which of the following equations


Semi circle Center circle
represents a method for finding the
area of the floor?
A 3π feet
B 6π feet A A = 10(10 + 3) + 10(10 + 2)
C 8π feet B A = 10(10 + 3) + 2(10 + 3)
D 10π feet C A = 2(10 + 3) + 3(10 + 2)
D A = 3(10 + 2) + 2(10 + 3)

58. Which of the following sets of linear


equations represents parallel lines? 61. The table below shows Rafael’s
calculations of the land area of some
A y = 9x + 11 - 5x North Carolina counties.
y = 4x - 11
B y = 3x - 2 + 2x Land Area
County
y =x-2 (square miles)

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


C y = -4x + 8 Lenoir 2 4 · 52
y = x + 8 - 4x Halifax 272
D y = -2x + 5 Swain 232
________
y = 7x + 5 - 9x Edgecombe √255,025
_______
New Hanover √39,601
Iredell 26 · 32
59. Which of the following numbers is a
natural number? Which county shown has the greatest
land area?
1
A -__
3 A Halifax
__
B √1 B Swain
__ C Edgecombe
C √5
D Iredell
D π

A68 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


62. Which of the following equations is 66. The area of a square carpet is 150
equivalent to 5x + 4 = x + 8? square____
feet. Eric uses the formula
s = |√150 |to find the length, s, of one
A 4x = 2 side of the square. Which of the
B 4x = 4 following points shows the location of
C 4x = 12 s on the number line?
D 4x = 32
" # $ %

11 12 13 14 15
63. What is the equation, in slope-
intercept form, of the line through A A
(3, –4) with a slope of 2?
B B
A y = 2x - 2 C C
B y = 2x - 6 D D
C y = 2x - 10
D y = 2x + 11
67. Which of the following equations is a
line of best fit for the data represented
on the scatterplot?
64. Solve the function for y, when x = 13.
y = 4x - 2(2x - 18) 14

A –400 12

B –36 10
C 36
8
D 400
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

4
65. Delores bought a rectangular cover for 2
her backyard pool. The packaging states
that the area of the cover is 96 square 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
feet. Which of the following dimensions
are not possible for the pool?

A 24 feet by 4 feet 4x
A y = __
3
B 16 feet by 6 feet 4 x + __2
B y = __
C 14 feet by 7 feet 3 3
D 12 feet by 8 feet C y = −__4x
3
D y = −__4 x + __
2
3 3

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A69


68. If the expression n - 1 + (n - 22) 71. If rectangle PQRS is rotated
identifies a pattern, what is the value 90° clockwise about the origin,
of the expression when n = 8? where will P be located?

A 43 y
4
B 11 3
P 2
Q
C 3 1
D -29 -4-3-2-1 O 1 2 3 4x
-2
S -3 R
-4
69. Angela made a triangular scarf for her
school play costume. If she makes
another scarf that has side lengths A (2, 4)
twice those in triangle PQR, how will
B (2, -4)
the perimeter of the scarf change?
C (4, 2)
1 D (4, -2)
24 cm
12 cm

3 18 cm
2 72. Which subset
__ of real numbers
contains √7 ?

A the perimeter will double A integers


B the perimeter will halve B whole numbers
C the perimeter will quadruple C rational numbers
D the perimeter will remain the D irrational numbers
same

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


70. Which expression has a value between
14 and 15?
____
A √ 289
____
B √ 238
____
C √ 209
____
D √ 175

A70 North Carolina, Grade 8 Practice Test


73. There are 1,000 students in the 75. The highest mountain peak in North
seventh and eighth grades at North Carolina is Mount Mitchell at 6,686
Junior High. To determine which feet. Solve the inequality below for y,
school cafeteria foods students the maximum altitude of all other
preferred, the student council points in North Carolina.
surveyed 25 eighth grade students
y + 49 ≤ 6,686
who bought lunch on Monday. Which
of the following statements best Which of the following is the solution
describes the sampling technique? for the inequality?

A The technique is flawed in that the A y = 6,735


sample is small and not random. B y ≥ 6,735
B The sampling technique is flawed C y ≤ 6,637
in that only lunch buyers were D y ≥ 6,637
surveyed.
C The sampling technique is flawed
in that the student council 76. Civil engineers conducted load tests
conducted it. on concrete piles to be used for a
D The sampling technique is fair and new bridge at Oregon Inlet, North
representative of the population. Carolina. The concrete cylinder piles
were 42.7 meters long and 1.68 meters
in diameter. If the diameter and
74. The heights, in feet, of the seven length of the cylindrical piles were
tallest buildings in Charlotte are reduced by half, what effect would
listed below. that have on the volume?
871, 764, 659, 462, 503 601, 588 A The smaller 1 the
piles have __
8
Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Given that Q1 = 531.5, Q3 = 736, and volume.


IQR = 204.5, use the formulas below B The smaller 1 the
piles have __
4
to determine which, if any, of the data volume.
points, y, are outliers in this set. C The smaller 1 the
piles have __
3
y < [Q1 - 1.5(IQR)] or volume.
D The smaller 1 the
piles have __
y > [Q3 + 1.5(IQR)] 2
volume.
A 462 is an outlier
B 462 and 503 are outliers
C 871 is an outlier
D There are no outliers, according to
the formula.

Practice Test North Carolina, Grade 8 A71


77. The table shows a relationship 80. Which scatterplot shows a positive
between x and y. What is the slope of correlation between the number of
the line represented by the ordered weeks and the balance of a savings
pairs? account?

x y
A

Savings Account Balance


0 3
5 5
10 7
15 9
20 11
Number of Weeks
A 1 C 0.6 B

Savings Account Balance


B 0.8 D 0.4

78. What happens to the surface area of a


cube when the dimensions of each side
are doubled?
Number of Weeks
A The surface area is half as much
as the original surface area. C
Savings Account Balance

B The surface area is twice the


original surface area.
C The surface area is three times the
original surface area.

Copyright © Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.


D The surface area is four times the
original surface area. Number of Weeks

D
Savings Account Balance

79. The point with coordinates (3, -1) is


rotated 180° about the origin. What is
its new location?

A (-1, 3)
B (3, -1)
Number of Weeks
C (-3, -1)
D (-3, 1)

A72 North Carolina, Grade 6 Practice Test

You might also like